IS-01

List out the common barriers of effective communication? (2M)

Explain the communication? Explain the two way communication system? (8M)

Explain the based liability theory? (2M)

List out some unsafe conditions? (2M)

Explain the “5 whys” technique with the help of “Fish bone diagram”? (8M)

List out the types of Safety Plans? (2M)

Explain the “Competence Building Training (CBT)”? (8M)

What is Site Safety plan? (2M)

Define the term “Line function”? (2M)

List out the consideration of trainers while delivering the training? (8M)

Explain the following terms: (8M)

Explain the functions and duties of safety committee? (8M)

List out the non-management needs? (2M)

Explain about active monitoring and reactive monitoring? (8M)

What is the objective of safety and health? (2M)

Explain the key elements of safety and health management with neat diagram? (8M)

Explain the risk control measures? (2M)

What are the key factors to improve the management systems? (2M)

Explain about safety and health policy? (8M)

What are the tips for handling anger and frustration at work? (8M)

What is Risk control? (2M)

Define Safety and health Management? (2M)

Write short notes on reviewing? (2M)

Define safety and health performance? (2M)

Define safety and health target? (2M)

What is the objective of the strategic safety and health plan?

List out some unsafe acts? (2M)

What is an accident? Explain the techniques for accident prevention? (8M)

Explain about BIS 14489-1998? (2M)

Explain the different types of Communication Systems? (2M)

Explain key stages of risk assessment and control? (8M)

Explain Global warming and their effects? (8M)

Define the term First-Aid Plan? (2M)

Explain different communication patterns? (8M)

List out the key elements of safety and health management? (2M)

What is the purpose of safety and health policy? (2M)

What is reactive monitoring? (2M)

Explain the OS&H Audit? (8M)

Explain the roles and functions of safety and health advisers? (8M)

What is Risk assessment? (2M)

Explain risk control and their control measures? (8M)

List out the roles and functions of safety and health advisers? (8M)

Explain the supervisor’s role in motivating safety? (8M)

What does site specific safety plan mean? (2M)

List out Management needs? (2M)

Explain the Emergency preparedness and responses? (8M)

Define an Organization? (2M)

Explain the different types of Safety Plans? (8M)

What is the staff function? (2M)

List out the elements in safety management system framework model? (2M)
Write short notes on accident proneness theory? (2M)

Explain the importance of employee involvement in safety management? (8M)

List out the principles of workplace safety? (8M)

IS-01

1. List out the common barriers of effective communication? (2M)

The use of Over-complicated, unfamiliar and/or technical terms.

Emotional barriers: Some people may find it difficult to express their emotions and some topics may
be completely 'off-limits' or taboo.
Lack of attention, interest, distractions, or irrelevance to the receiver. (See our page Barriers to
Effective Listening for more information).
Differences in perception and viewpoint.
Physical disabilities such as hearing problems or speech difficulties.
Physical barriers to non-verbal communication. Not being able to see the non-verbal cues, gestures,
posture and general body language can make communication less effective.
Language differences and the difficulty in understanding unfamiliar accents.

2. Explain the communication? Explain the two way communication system? (8M)

Effective communication is an integral part of achieving an injury-free workplace. Most injuries are
due, in part, to risky behaviors, yet employees often are reluctant to provide safety-related feedback
to co-workers. You can improve your safety culture (and performance) by providing sound guidelines
to improve safety-related communication. By providing and receiving safety feedback more
effectively – including corrective feedback (for at risk behavior) and praise – the workplace can be
safer.
Communication with the person on the other end. Let's look at a simple model for two-way
communication.
Two-way communication is when one person is the sender and they transmit a message to another
person, who is the receiver. When the receiver gets the message, they send back a response,
acknowledging the message was received. The model looks like this:

Two-way communication is essential in the business world. Messages are transmitted between
employers, employees, customers and other stakeholders, and feedback is required to be certain that
the message was received and understood.
Two-Way Communication Systems
Many businesses and municipal services rely on two-way communication systems to stay in touch
with their employees on site and in the field. One of the most common examples of two-way
communication systems are the radio, telephone, and computer-aided dispatch systems used by
police, fire, and emergency response personnel.
These systems allow dispatchers and supervisors to keep in touch with individuals and to coordinate
the activities of groups of responders.
Two-way communications systems are also routinely used in the construction and building trades,
public transportation, the trucking industry, and aviation by commercial and non-commercial pilots,
just to name a few.
Two-way communication systems vary greatly in sophistication and special features. They range from
simple hand held two-way transceivers that use a single dedicated channel to more complex systems
that allow a large number of users to share several channels. The type of system chosen depends on
many factors, such as the intended use, the location, the number of users, the frequency band, and
the cost of the system. Regardless of the type of system chosen, the one common feature is that all of
the components must be compatible and work together to support a common purpose.

3. Explain the based liability theory? (2M)

Biased liability theory

Biased liability theory is based on the view that once a worker is involved in an accident, the chances
of the same worker becoming involved in future accidents are either increased or decreased as
compared to the rest of workers. This theory contributes very little, if anything at all, towards
developing preventive actions for avoiding accidents.

4. List out some unsafe conditions? (2M)

Inadequate or missing machine guards;
Defective tools or equipment;
Fire hazards;
Ineffective housekeeping;
Excessive noise; and
Poor ventilation and lighting and others.

5. Explain the “5 whys” technique with the help of “Fish bone diagram”? (8M)

The "5 Whys" Technique

The 5 Whys technique is a brainstorming technique that identifies root causes of problems by asking
why
behaviors occurred or conditions existed. This produces the most direct cause of the event. As the
diagram indicates, each cause is, at the same time, the effect of a deeper cause. For each of these
causes, ask why it occurred. Repeat the process for the other events associated with the problem.
6. List out the types of Safety Plans? (2M)

Site Safety Plan

Crowd Management Plan
Transport Management Plan
Emergency Plan
First-Aid Plan

7. Explain the “Competence Building Training (CBT)”? (8M)

Competency, as we know, is the summation of skills, knowledge, and job attitude in job behavior that
can be measured, observed, and evaluated. It is an important determining factor for successful
performance. Thus competency development has become one of the most important aspects in
modern Human Resources in organizations. Competency building is a complex process where
competencies are traditionally assumed for their ‘exchange value’ should also be conceived for their
‘use value’. By exchange value, it is meant that individual competencies that are officially recognized,
formally produced, and valued in the Labour market. And on the other hand, by use value, it is meant
that trans-individual competencies that are specific, and generated within organizational process
creation and use.
An integrated competency building system is built around three policy levels under ‘globalizing
learning economy’. These are:
Firm Level: Enterprise build their knowledge assets largely based of context-specific knowledge.
Inter-Firm Level: Inter-firm employee mobility, diffused forms of cooperation, alliance and networking
among firms.
Overall Level: Alliances must be made among education, society, and industry with regard to the
social capital production.
The purpose of competency building is to assist job cycles of employees in terms of selection,
performance management, training and succession planning. All the HR functions – assessments for
selection for various positions, performance management, succession planning programs for talents,
and training need assessments – would be anchored in these competencies

8. What is Site Safety plan? (2M)

Site Safety Plan - A site safety plan will come in handy for when you are planning a large outdoor
event, like a concert or fair. It combines a description of all the potential hazards of the site, structural
safety calculations and drawings, as well as a detailed description of site safety rules, any site crew
managers and safety coordinators.

9. Define the term “Line function”? (2M)

A "line function" is one that directly advances an organization in its core work. This always includes
production and sales, and sometimes also marketing.

10. List out the consideration of trainers while delivering the training? (8M)

WHEN DELIVERING TRAINING, TRAINERS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING:

Staff at all levels should receive appropriate training;
Training may need to be delivered on a regular basis;
All training should be conducted safely and be sufficiently supervised.
Practical training should allow the trainer to identify and correct
Anything the trainee is not doing safely;
A suitably equipped venue should be used;
Classroom training or demonstrations may be supported by on-the-
Job training under the supervision of a competent team member;
It is essential that training is appropriate to all employees, taking into
Account various levels of literacy, understanding, language barriers etc.;
Assessors should be trained and competent to carry out and record
Suitable assessments;
Training should include risk identification where appropriate;
All staff should be able to recognize and report hazardous situations.
Standard elements of training

11. Explain the following terms: (8M)

BIS 14489-1998 (b) EPA standards (c) ILO

THE BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS (BIS) is the national Standards Body of India working under the
aegis of Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food & Public Distribution, and Government of India. It is
established by the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 which came into effect on 23 December
1986.

BIS 14489-1998:
In order to promote public education and public safety, equal justice for all, a better informed
citizenry, the rule of law, world trade and world peace, this legal document is hereby made available
on a non-commercial basis, as it is the right of all humans to know and speak the laws that govern
them.

EPA has broad authority under the law to issue:

Information collection regulations that require the submission of health and safety studies which are
known or available to those who manufacture, process, or distribute in commerce specified
chemicals; and
Regulations designed to gather information from manufacturers and processors about
production/import volumes, chemical uses and methods of disposal, and the extent to which people
and the environment are exposed.

INTERNATIONAL LBOUR ORGANISATION (ILO) International Labour Organization SMS model

Since there are many models to choose from to outline the basic components of a safety
management system, the one chosen here is the international standard promoted by the
international (ILO). In the ILO document ILO-OSH 2001 Guidelines on Occupational Safety and Health
Management Systems, the safety management basic components are:
Policy
Organizing
Planning and implementation
Evaluation
Action for improvement

12. Explain the functions and duties of safety committee? (8M)

Functions and duties of the Safety Committee shall include-

Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives
outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier;
Dealing with all matters concerning health, safety and environment and to arrive at
practicable solutions to problems encountered;
Creating safety awareness amongst all workers;
Undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
Deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, emergency
plans safety audits, risk assessment and implementation of the recommendations made in
the reports;
Carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents;
(g) Looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and
health of the workers and suggest corrective measures; and
Reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.

13. List out the non-management needs? (2M)

 An overview of safety and health principles;

Detailed knowledge of the safety and health arrangements relevant to an individual’s job;

Communication and problem-solving skills to encourage effective participation in safety and

health activities.

14. Explain about active monitoring and reactive monitoring? (8M)

Active Monitoring
Every organisation should collect information to investigate the causes of substandard performance
or conditions adequately. Documented procedures for carrying out these activities on a regular basis
for key operations should be established and maintained.
The monitoring system should include:
Identification of the appropriate data to be collected and accuracy of the results required;
Monitoring of the achievement of specific plans, setting performance criteria and objectives;
Installation of the requisite monitoring equipment and assessment of its accuracy and
reliability;
calibration and regular maintenance of this equipment together with documented records of
both the procedures involved and the results obtained;
Analysis and records of the monitoring data collected, and documented actions to be taken
when results breach performance criteria;
Evaluation of all the data as part of the safety and health management review;
Documented procedures for reviewing the monitoring and safety and health implications of
forthcoming changes to work systems.

The following techniques should be used for active measurement of the safety and health
management system:
Systematic inspections of workplace processes or services to monitor specific objectives, e.g.
Weekly, monthly, or quarterly reports;
systematic review of the organisation’s risk assessments to determine whether they are
functioning as intended, need to be updated and any necessary improvements are being
implemented;
Plant or machinery inspections, e.g. statutory plant inspections and certification;
Environmental sampling for dusts, chemical fumes, noise, or biological agents;
Analysis of safety and health management system records.

These techniques are explained in more detail in Appendix D. Active monitoring should
Be proportional to the hazard profile of the organisation and should concentrate on areas likely to
produce the greatest benefit and lead to the greatest control of risk. Key risk- control systems and
related workplace precautions should therefore be monitored in more detail or more often (or both)
than low-risk systems or management arrangements.

Reactive Monitoring
A system of internal reporting of all accidents (which includes ill-health cases) and incidents of non-
compliance with the safety and health management system should be set up so that the experience
gained may be used to improve the management system. The organisation should encourage an open
and positive approach to reporting and follow-up and should also put in place a system of ensuring
that reporting requirements are met.
The organisation should establish procedures for investigating accidents and incidents to identify their
causes, including possible deficiencies in the safety and health management system. Those
responsible for investigating accidents, and incidents should be identified and the investigation should
include plans for corrective action, which incorporate measures for:
Restoring compliance as quickly as possible;
Preventing recurrence;
Evaluating and mitigating any adverse safety and health effects;
Reviewing the risk assessments to which the accident relates;
Assessing the effects of the proposed remedial measures.
The organisation should implement and record any changes in documented procedures resulting from
corrective and preventive action. Further information on measuring safety and health performance is
outlined.

16. What is the objective of safety and health? (2M)

Safety and health objective means the overall safety and health goal, arising from the safety and
health policy, that an organisation sets itself to achieve, and which is quantified where practicable.

17. Explain the key elements of safety and health management with neat diagram? (8M)

KEY ELEMENTS OF SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

The key elements of a successful safety and health management system are set out in this section.
They also comply with the main elements of an occupational safety and health management system
as set out in the ILO Guidelines. The manner and extent to which the individual elements will be
applied will depend on factors such as size of the organisation, its management structure, the nature
of its activities, and the risks involved.

POLICY AND COMMITMENT

The organisation should prepare an occupational safety and health policy programme as part of the
preparation of the Safety Statement required by section 20 of the 2005 Act. Effective safety and
health policies should set a clear direction for the organisation to follow. They will contribute to all
aspects of business performance as part of a demonstrable commitment to continuous improvement.
Responsibilities to people and the working environment will be met in a way that fulfils the spirit and
letter of the law. Cost-effective approaches to preserving and developing human and physical
resources will reduce financial losses and liabilities. In a wider context, stakeholders’ expectations,
whether they are shareholders, employees or their representatives, customers or society at large, can
be met.

PLANNING:

The organisation should formulate a plan to fulfil its safety and health policy as set out in the Safety
Statement. An effective management structure and arrangements should be put in place for
delivering the policy. Safety and health objectives and targets should be set for all managers and
employees.

IMPLEMENTATION AND OPERATION:

For effective implementation, the organisation should develop the capabilities and support
mechanisms necessary to achieve its safety and health policy, objectives and targets. All staff should
be motivated and empowered to work safely and to protect their long-term health, not simply to
avoid accidents.
The arrangements should be:
Underpinned by effective staff involvement and participation through appropriate
consultation, the use of the safety committee where it exists, and representation systems;
Sustained by effective communication and the promotion of competence which allows all
employees and their representatives to make a responsible and informed contribution to the
safety and health effort.

MEASURING PERFORMANCE:
The organisation should measure, monitor and evaluate its safety and health performance.
Performance can be measured against agreed standards to reveal when and where improvement is
needed. Active self-monitoring reveals how effectively the health and safety management system is
functioning. Self-monitoring looks at both hardware (premises, plant and substances) and software
(people, procedures and systems, including individual behavior and performance). If controls fail,
reactive monitoring should find out why they failed, by investigating the accidents, ill-health or
incidents that could have caused harm or loss. The objectives of active and reactive monitoring are:
To determine the immediate causes of substandard performance;
To identify any underlying causes and implications for the design and operation of the safety
and health management system.
Longer-term objectives should also be monitored.

AUDITING AND REVIEWING PERFORMANCE:

The organisation should review and improve its safety and health management system continuously,
so that it’s overall safety and health performance improves constantly. The organisation can learn
from relevant experience and apply the lessons. There should be a systematic review of performance
based on data from monitoring and from independent audits of the whole safety and health
management system. These form the basis of complying with the organisation’s responsibilities under
the 2005 Act and other statutory provisions. There should be a strong commitment to continuous
improvement involving the development of policies, systems and techniques of risk control.
Performance should be assessed by:
Internal reference to key performance indicators;
External comparison with the performance of business competitors and best practice in the
organisation’s employment sector.
Many companies now report on how well they have performed on worker safety and health in their
annual reports and how they have fulfilled their responsibilities with regard to preparing and
implementing their safety statements. In addition, employers have greater responsibilities under
section 80 of the 2005 Act on ‘Liability of Directors and officers of undertakings’ which requires them
to be in a position to prove they have proactively managed the safety and health of their workers.
Data from this ‘Auditing and Reviewing Performance’ process should be used for these purposes

DIAGRAM 1: KEY ELEMENTS OF A SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

18. Explain the risk control measures? (2M)

Elimination or substitution which is a permanent solution that eliminates the hazard

altogether or substitutes one that presents a lower risk. This could involve the elimination of a
hazardous process or substance or the substitution of a toxic substance with a less toxic one;
Engineering controls or safety measures to reduce the risk. These can include using machine
guards, isolation or enclosure of hazards, local exhaust ventilation, mechanical handling
methods, or protective barriers;
Administrative controls which reduce or eliminate exposure to a hazard by adherence to
procedures or instructions. These may include supervision, permit-to-work systems, and job
rotation;
Personal protective equipment (PPE). Appropriate training in the use and selection of
PPE is an essential element of risk control.

What are the key factors to improve the management systems? (2M)

Identifying the key processes;

Setting performance standards;
Measuring achievement against these standards;
Taking corrective action;
 Identifying opportunities for improvement.

20. Explain about safety and health policy? (8M)

SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY:

Management should develop and incorporate into the Safety Statement a safety and health
policy that recognises that safety and health is an integral part of the organisation’s business
performance. They should ensure that this safety and health policy:
is appropriate to the hazards and risks of the organisation’s work activities and includes a
commitment to protect, so far as is reasonably practicable, its employees and others,
such as contractors and members of the public, from safety and health risks associated
with its activities;
i n c l u d e s a commitment to comply with relevant safety and health legislation, codes of
practice and guidelines as a minimum;
provides a framework for measuring performance and ensuring continuous
improvement by setting, auditing, and reviewing safety and health objectives and
targets.
i s documented, understood, implemented, and maintained at all levels in the
organisation;
C l e a r l y places the management of safety and health as a prime responsibility of line
management from the most senior executive level to first-line supervisory level;
c o v e r s employee safety and health consultation, safety committee meetings where
they exist, worker participation; and safety representation and includes a commitment
to provide appropriate resources to implement the policy;
p r o v i d e s for employee co-operation and compliance with safety rules and procedures.

Effective safety and health management demands comprehensive safety and health policies that
fulfill the spirit and the letter of the law, are effectively implemented, and are considered in all
business practice and decision-making.

Organisations achieving high standards of safety and health develop policies that
recognise:
the contribution that safety and health can make to business performance by
preserving and developing human and physical resources, by reducing costs and
liabilities, and by expressing corporate responsibility;
the need for leaders to develop appropriate organisational structures and a culture that
supports risk control and secures the full participation of all members of the
organisation
T h e requirement to resource and plan policy implementation adequately;
T h e necessity of approaching injury, ill-health and loss prevention by systematically
identifying hazards, assessing and controlling risks;
T h e need for the organisation to develop an understanding of risks and risk control and
to be responsive to internal and external change;
 T h e requirement to scrutinize and review performance to learn from experience;

21. What are the tips for handling anger and frustration at work? (8M)

Tips for Handling Anger and Frustration at Work:

Understand the issues that can cause anger, frustration and, potentially, insubordination.
Be sure that preventive conflict measures are in place to the extent possible.
Realize when your stress levels are high and use stress and anger management techniques to
reduce your volatility.
Remember the context of work precludes any actions that may appear violent or disruptive.
Do not anticipate the motives of others but rather give them time to share their ideas,
thoughts and views without judgment.
Be aware of employee workload issues and distribute tasks as evenly as possible.
Be circumspect in dealing with issues, consider implications before taking action.
Be sure policies and procedures addressing the specific behavior are in place.
Be sure staff is educated on these policies.
Seek or provide training on these topics as appropriate.
The management of risk data and information is key to the success of any risk management effort
regardless of an organization's size or industry sector. Risk management information systems/services
(RMIS) are used to support expert advice and cost-effective information management solutions
around key processes such as:
Risk identification and assessment
Risk control
Risk financing

22. What is Risk control? (2M)

Risk control: Risk control is the basis for ensuring that adequate workplace precautions are provided
and maintained. At the input stage, the aim is to minimize hazards and risks entering the organization.
At the process stage, the focus is on containing risks associated with the process. At the output stage,
risk control should prevent the export of risks off-site, or in the products and services generated by
the business. The nature and relative importance of risk control will vary according to the nature and
hazard profile of the business and workplace precautions.
Organizations need risk controls appropriate to the hazards arising from their activities and sufficient
to cover all hazards. The design, reliability and complexity of each risk- control method should be
proportion to the hazards and risks involved.

23. Define Safety and health Management? (2M)

Safety and health means occupational health, safety, and welfare in the context of preventing
accidents and ill-health to employees while at work.
Safety and health management system means the part of the overall management system that
includes the organizational structure, planning activities, responsibilities, practices, procedures and
resources for developing, implementing, achieving, reviewing and maintaining the occupational safety
and health policy.

24. Write short notes on reviewing? (2M)

Reviewing is the process of making judgments about the adequacy of performance and taking
decisions about the nature and timing of the actions necessary to remedy deficiencies. Organizations
need to have feedback to establish whether their safety and health management system is working
effectively. The main sources of information come from measuring activities and from audits of risk-
control systems and workplace precautions.

25. Define safety and health performance? (2M)

Safety and health performance means the measurable results of the management system related to
an organization’s control of its safety and health aspects, based on its safety and health policy,
objectives, and targets.

26. Define safety and health target? (2M)

Safety and health target means the detailed performance requirement, quantified where
practicable, applicable to an entire organization or its parts, that arises from the safety and health
objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve these objectives.

27. What is the objective of the strategic safety and health plan?

Objective of the strategic Safety & Health Plan

To establish policies and practices that lead to best-practice safety

To experience zero permanently disabling injuries

To create a culture of zero tolerance to injury and inappropriate safety behaviors

To ensure staff take responsibility for their safety and the safety of others

To provide management example and support by the implementation of appropriate management

systems

To ensure compliance with safety legislation Vision

28. List out some unsafe acts? (2M)

Unsafe acts:
Working without authority;
Failure to warn others of danger;
Using dangerous equipment;
Using wrong equipment;
Failure to issue control measures.; and
Horseplay

29. What is an accident? Explain the techniques for accident prevention? (8M)
Every accident has one or more identifiable causes. The employer is responsible for ensuring a safe
system of work is in place and therefore must take action to prevent accidents from occurring or
recurring. For some, this concept still causes difficulty. The term "accident" suggests that an event
occurred itself, with some degree of chance and it implies no blame or responsibility. Some people
associate or equate an accident with injury or damage, when on many occasions accidents do not
result in injury or damage. These events are often termed "near misses".
Determining where, why and how accidents occur is fundamental to understanding the causation and
implementing preventive measures. Once the circumstances and causes have been identified,
effective measures can be taken to prevent similar occurrences.

TECHNIQUES FOR ACCIDENT PREVENTION

All employers, employees and self-employed persons have a duty of care towards their own, and
others ‘health and safety at their workplace.
Compliance with legislative requirements may assist by providing either performance based or
prescriptive criteria to achieve required results. Various legislative requirements may impact on
activities within workplaces to ensure that workers are able to work in a safe environment.
Under general duty of care legislation, employers have a duty to ensure, as far as practicable, that
employees are not exposed to hazards at the workplace. Under regulations and in accordance with
codes of practice, employers also have an obligation to identify workplace hazards, to assess the
associated risks and to make the necessary changes to minimise the risks. These three basic steps
should be taken to ensure a safe and healthy workplace and prevent accidents. They are based on the
concept that the workplace should be modified to suit people, not vice versa. The three steps are:

Identifying the Hazard - involves recognising things which may cause injury or harm to the health of a
person, for instance, flammable material, ignition sources or unguarded machinery.

Assessing the Risk - involves looking at the possibility of injury or harm occurring to a person if
exposed to a hazard.

Controlling the Risk - by introducing measures to eliminate or reduce the risk of a person being
exposed to a hazard.
It is important to regularly review the steps, especially if there are changes in the work environment,
new technology is introduced, or standards are changed.

READING PRINCIPLES OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION

OHS legislation promotes cooperation and consultation between the employer and employees within
the workplace to achieve a healthy and safe work environment. Employers should consult with OHS
representatives, if any and employees during these steps. Involvement of elected OHS
representatives can provide an opportunity for problems to be resolved using knowledge within the
immediate work area.

30. Explain about BIS 14489-1998? (2M)

BIS 14489-1998:
In order to promote public education and public safety, equal justice for all, a better informed
citizenry, the rule of law, world trade and world peace, this legal document is hereby made available
on a non-commercial basis, as it is the right of all humans to know and speak the laws that govern
them.
EPA has broad authority under the law to issue:
Information collection regulations that require the submission of health and safety studies which are
known or available to those who manufacture, process, or distribute in commerce specified
chemicals; and
Regulations designed to gather information from manufacturers and processors about
production/import volumes, chemical uses and methods of disposal, and the extent to which people
and the environment are exposed.

31. Explain the different types of Communication Systems? (2M)

Two-way communication is essential in the business world. Messages are transmitted between
employers, employees, customers and other stakeholders, and feedback is required to be certain that
the message was received and understood.

Two-Way Communication Systems

Many businesses and municipal services rely on two-way communication systems to stay in touch
with their employees on site and in the field. One of the most common examples of two-way
communication systems are the radio, telephone, and computer-aided dispatch systems used by
police, fire, and emergency response personnel. These systems allow dispatchers and supervisors to
keep in touch with individuals and to coordinate the activities of groups of responders. Two-way
communications systems are also routinely used in the construction and building trades, public
transportation, the trucking industry, and aviation by commercial and non-commercial pilots, just to
name a few. Two-way communication systems vary greatly in sophistication and special features.
They range from simple hand held two-way transceivers that use a single dedicated channel to more
complex systems that allow a large number of users to share several channels. The type of system
chosen depends on many factors, such as the intended use, the location, the number of users, the
frequency band, and the cost of the system. Regardless of the type of system chosen, the one
common feature is that all of the components must be compatible and work together to support a
common purpose.

List out standard elements of training? (8M)

STANDARD ELEMENTS OF TRAINING WILL USUALLY INCLUDE:

Guidance and Codes of Practice where relevant. Current relevant
Legislation should be included where appropriate
Assessment of risks, including where appropriate
Tasks (including unplanned but foreseeable occurrences)
Loads
Working environment/terrain
The importance of good housekeeping.
Other standard elements include:
The limits of individual capability (their own and that of others)
Any special circumstances that may exist at certain sites or certain Times
Importance of ergonomic design
Dealing with unpredictable occurrences
The employee’s authority and ability to take remedial action and/or Report incidents
Appropriate and safe use of equipment
Problem solving
Staff welfare.

32. Explain key stages of risk assessment and control? (8M)

Key Stages of Risk Assessment and Control:

The key stages in the risk assessment and control processes are as set out in the flowchart
following.

Use Trained Risk Assessors

Ensure that the people responsible for carrying out risk assessments have the necessary skills and
training to carry out these assessments. The training must include a specific focus on the
methodology to be used. Risk assessors must be familiar with any relevant safety and health
legislation, standards, codes of practice, or guidance covering the activity being assessed.

Prepare an Inventory
An inventory of all work activities, processes, equipment, or machines used must be prepared for
each work area or location being assessed. It is vital to include infrequent maintenance tasks as
well as more routine day-to-day work. Possible ways of classifying work activities include:
G e o g r a p h i c a l areas within/outside the organisation’s premises;
S t a g e s in the production process, or in the provision of a service;

P l a n n e d and reactive work;

D e f i n e d tasks (e.g. driving).

Identify the Hazards

For each activity, the hazards must be identified. These may include:
s l i p s , trips, or falls on the level;
f a l l s of persons from heights;
f a l l s of tools or materials from heights;
I n a d e q u a t e headroom;
H a z a r d s associated with manual lifting/handling of tools, materials, people, or
animals;
H a z a r d s from plant and machinery associated with assembly, commissioning,
operation, maintenance, modification, repair and dismantling;
V e h i c l e hazards, covering both site transport (e.g. at loading bays or in the
warehouse) and travel by road;
F i r e and explosion;
S u b s t a n c e s that may be inhaled, absorbed, or ingested;
S u b s t a n c e s or agents that may damage the eye;
H a r m f u l energies (e.g. Electricity, radiation, noise, vibration);
W o r k - r e l a t e d upper limb disorders resulting from frequently repeated tasks;
I n a d e q u a t e thermal environment, e.g. too hot or too cold;
l i g h t i n g level for tasks;
S l i p p e r y , uneven ground/surfaces;
I n a d e q u a t e or no guard rails/hand rails on stairs/steps;
C o n t r a c t o r s ’ activities on site;
c o n f i n e d space entry;
human factor hazards (e.g. Human error, stress, violence to staff, bullying, passive smoking,
sexual harassment, shift-work, piece-work);
T e m p o r a r y work;
Assess the Risks
The risks associated with each hazard must then be assessed by determining who might be harmed
and how. The assessment should evaluate the potential for harm and its consequences.
Consideration should be given to the number of persons exposed to the hazard, the frequency and
duration of exposure to the hazard, potential failure modes, and routes of exposure. The
consequence of harm could range from slight injury or ill- health to lacerations, fractures,
amputations, chronic pain, poisonings, cancer, or fatal injuries.
Identify Appropriate Action
If the arrangements in place for the activity being assessed are not in accordance with the
relevant safety and health legislation, codes of practice, authoritative standards or guidance, the
deficiencies should be noted and appropriate action identified. Items in need of attention can be
prioritized as:
Immediate;
Short-term;
Medium-term;
Long-term.

Risk Assessment Records and Control

A written record of the risk assessments must be retained, and all relevant safety and health
procedures documented. These should be integrated into the organisation’s Safety Statement and
brought to the attention of all affected persons. Adequate documentation can also contribute to
consistent application.

33. Explain Global warming and their effects? (8M)

Global warming effects - mitigate temperature increase

We would like to show the urgent need to act in order to mitigate global warming. For this purpose,
we simulate different scenarios for the future emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) and calculate their
effects on the rise of the average temperature on Earth. Information about the simulation model can
be found further down at the end of this article.
Let's first repeat some basic facts of global warming:
Global warming is caused by the emission of greenhouse gases. 72% of the totally emitted
greenhouse gases are carbon dioxide (CO2). Therefore CO2 emissions are the most important cause
of global warming
.
CO2 is created by burning fossil fuels like e.g. Oil, natural gas, and diesel. The emissions of CO2 have
been dramatically increased within the last 50 years and are still increasing (CO2 emissions by
country).
Carbon dioxide remains in the atmosphere for 80 to 200 years.
According to recent investigations, unimaginable catastrophic changes in the environment are
expected to take place if the global temperatures increase by more than 2° C (3.6° F). A warming of 2°
C (3.6° F) corresponds to a carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration of about 450 ppm (parts per million) in
the atmosphere.
The current (year 2007) concentration of CO2 is at about 380 ppm and it is currently increased by 2 to
3 ppm each year.

Simulations of the effects of global warming: average temperature increase

Let's first look at the "business as usual" scenario. What would happen if we carried on with
increasing CO2 emissions and if no measures were taken to mitigate global warming? The prediction
of CO2 emissions are taken from "World energy outlook 2006" of the International Energy Agency
(IEA) for 2007 until 2030. After 2030, we have extrapolated the trend.

34. Define the term First-Aid Plan? (2M)

First-Aid Plan - Accidents happen and people fall ill. Always make sure you have the basic services for
first aid provided at any sized event. Be prepared with the numbers of all important emergency
services that you can distribute to your staff. Depending on whether you have a large number of
people in attendance you will need to find first aid provisions suitable enough, like having a medical
officer on staff.

35. Explain different communication patterns? (8M)

COMMUNICATION PURPOSE PROCESS AND TYPES

One of the most effective ways to improve a safety culture and prevent injuries is to optimize safety-
related communication throughout an organization (Williams, 2003). Unfortunately, employees often
fail to “speak up” when they observe risky behaviours even when they know they should.
The Safety Culture Survey administered to hundreds of organizations by Safety Performance Solutions
Inc. (SPS) indicates 90 per cent of respondents believe employees should caution others when they’re
operating at-risk.
However, only 60 per cent say they actually do provide this critical feedback.
During training and structured interviews, we ask employees why there’s such a gap between
people’s values (“should caution”) and actual behaviours (“do caution”). Participants respond that
giving safety-related feedback will create interpersonal conflict, indicating, “It’s not our job to give
safety feedback.” Also, they often do not feel competent at giving safety feedback or they don’t want
to insult co-workers who have more experience (Geller & Williams, 2001).
It is unfortunate employees are reluctant to warn co-workers when they observe risky behaviours,
especially considering that most injuries have a behavioral component (along with system factors;
Geller, 2001, 2005, 2008).
Ironically, people underestimate others’ willingness to receive safety feedback. In fact, 74 per cent of
respondents (from the SPS Safety Culture Survey) confirm they welcome peer observations for the
purposes of receiving safety related feedback. Yet, only 28 per cent believe other employees feel the
same way.
Employees will be more open to safety-related feedback if co-workers do a better job of providing
and receiving it. To provide effective corrective feedback to others when they are working at-risk,
don’t make it personal – focus on behaviour. Ask questions to facilitate discussion, and don’t lecture.
Give feedback immediately and one-on-one, while showing genuine concern for others’ feelings and
wellbeing. Offer the opportunity to work together to find better solutions. Finally, thank the person
for listening.
To receive corrective feedback effectively, you must actively listen and don’t interrupt. Remain open
and receptive and don’t get defensive. Discuss better ways of doing the task. Finally, thank the person
for providing feedback.
In addition to cautioning co-workers operating at-risk, it’s important to praise employees who
regularly do their jobs safely. This builds a more open, positive safety culture and increases the
likelihood these work practices will be performed safely in the future. However, most employees say
they almost never receive one-on-one praise or appreciation for their safety-related behaviours.
Employee’s at all organizational levels are well served to provide frequent, genuine praise for safe
work practices (Williams, 2003, 2002). Before addressing more communication guidelines, it’s useful
to consider various communication styles.

Communication Styles
A complicating factor with safety communication is that people have different styles of
communication. Broun stein (2001) defines four basic communication patterns: the Dominant,
Passive, Passive-Aggressive and Empathic styles.
The first three styles are generally maladaptive and stifle the cultivation of a total safety culture. The
fourth style, the Empathic pattern, is ideal and most conducive to effective communication and
culture improvement.

The Dominant Communicator – Dominant communicators tend to “run people over” in interpersonal
conversations.
Dominant communicators often believe they’re never wrong, their opinions are more important than
those of others, and people who disagree with them are either disloyal or misinformed. These
misguided beliefs often lead to maladaptive behaviours such as public criticism of others, blaming
others when problems arise, acting bossy and negative, using verbally aggressive and threatening
language, showing a lack of appreciation for the accomplishments of others, interrupting others and
even finishing their sentences or dismissing new ideas without listening to the rationale.
Dominant communicators often provoke fear, counter control and alienation among others. Their
behaviour fosters resistance, defiance, sabotage, and retaliation, formation of alliances, lying and
covering up. Dominant communicators damage corporate culture and morale and hinder optimal
organizational performance. Basketball coach Bobby Knight is an example of a dominant
communicator.

The Passive Communicator – Passive communicators tend to turn people off by being indirect and
meek in their interpersonal communication. Passive communicators often believe you shouldn’t
express your true feelings, make waves or disagree with others. Woody Allen is cited as an example of
a passive communicator.
They often think other people’s opinions are more important than their own. These beliefs often lead
to maladaptive behaviours such as remaining quiet, even when being treated unfairly; asking for
permission unnecessarily; frequently complaining rather than acting; and delegating personal choice
to others. Passive communicators retreat from interpersonal conflict and accept directions without
question. Passive communicators create frustration and mistrust because of not knowing where they
stand. They create the presumption they lack the courage to be a leader. They also hinder open
communication.

The Passive-Aggressive Communicator – Passive-aggressive communicators tend to believe you

should “go behind people’s backs” instead of dealing with people directly. They appear to agree with
others when they really don’t agree. They make sarcastic remarks and take subtle digs at others. They
send critical messages via e-mail and copy others. They hold grudges, value “getting even” and
sabotage others behind their backs (i.e., spreading negative gossip). Passive-aggressive
communicators refuse to help others or give others “the silent treatment.”
Passive-aggressive communicators cause increased factions and favoritism in the workplace. They
increase negative gossip or “back stabbing,” creating an environment of low interpersonal trust. Their
actions often lead to diminished job performance, increased uncertainty and job dissatisfaction and
increased turnover.

The Empathic Communicator – Unlike the previous three styles, the empathic communicator
interacts effectively with others to maintain healthy, long-term relationships (Williams, 2006).
Companies with numerous empathic communicators are likely to have more healthy organizational
cultures. Empathic communicators generally believe that personal opinions and the opinions of
others are important and that the process of coming to a decision – not just the outcome – is
important. They think acquiring input from others boosts morale and generally leads to better
decision making.
These beliefs often lead to desirable behaviours, such as communicating expectations instead of
demands. The focus tends to be on proactive and action-oriented conversation, with stated, realistic
expectations. Empathic communicators, an example of which is Oprah Winfrey, communicate in a
direct and honest manner, and work to achieve goals without compromising others. Empathic
communicators increase perception of autonomy or personal control, and motivate people to achieve
and “go beyond the call of duty” for the organization. They foster an improved sense of appreciation
and respect, which in turns leads to increased levels of interpersonal trust, respect, honesty and
openness. The end result is enhanced organizational communication, higher morale and better
performance.

Improving Listening Skills

What good is an empathic communicator if no one listens? Of course, empathic communicators also
are good listeners. They listen for both emotion and content to understand what the other person is
saying. They also reflect back what the speaker is saying to show understanding (“So what you’re
saying is…”).

36. List out the key elements of safety and health management? (2M)

Policy and Commitment

Planning
Implementation and Operation
Measuring Performance
Auditing and Reviewing Performance

37. What is the purpose of safety and health policy? (2M)

Safety and health policy means a statement by an organization of its intentions and approach in
relation to its overall safety and health performance that provides a framework for action, and for
the setting of its safety and health objectives and targets.

38. What is reactive monitoring? (2M)

The organization should establish procedures for investigating accidents and incidents to identify
their causes, including possible deficiencies in the safety and health management system. Those
responsible for investigating accidents, and incidents should be identified and the investigation
should include plans for corrective action, which incorporate measures for:
r e s t o r i n g compliance as quickly as possible;
p r e v e n t i n g recurrence;
e v a l u a t i n g and mitigating any adverse safety and health effects;
r e v i e w i n g the risk assessments to which the accident relates;
a s s e s s i n g the effects of the proposed remedial measures.

39. Explain the OS&H Audit? (8M)

Executing the OS&H Audit

This would include a field visit with the audited organization by the audit team which would cover the
following activities. During this field visit, the Concerned officials of the auditee would accompany the
team during their visits around the plant.

3. 1 Opening Meeting
The purpose of an opening meeting is to;
introduce the members of the audit team to the auditor’s senior management;
 review the scope and the objectives of the audit;
provide a short summary of the methods and procedures to be used to conduct the
audit;
establish the official communication links between the audit team and the auditee;
confirm that the resources and facilities needed by the audit team are available;
fix a schedule of visits to individual plants/departments;

IS 14489: 1998
discuss the auditor’s senior management; the areas of concerned and suggested
areas of focus by the audit team;
confirm the time and date for the closing meeting and any interim meetings of the
audit
Team and the auditor’s senior management;
clarify any unclear details of the audit plan,
4.3.2 Presentation by auditee management on organization, manufacturing processes; organization
structure and specified requirements of the OS&H system.
4.3.3 Examination

4.3.3. 1 collecting evidence

Evidence should be collected through interviews, examination of documents, and observation of
activities and conditions in the areas of concern. Clues suggesting nonconformities should be noted if
they seem significant, even though not covered by check-lists, and should be investigated.
Information gathered through interviews should be tested by acquiring the same information from
other independent sources, such as physical observation, measurements and records
NOTE — a questionnaire for performing safety audit has been given in Annex C for guidance only.
4.3.3.2 Audit observations
Ail audit observations should be documented. After all activities have been audited, the audit team
should review all of their observations to determine which are to be reported as nonconformities. The
audit team should then ensure that these are documented in a clear, concise manner and are
supported by evidence.
Nonconformities should be identified in terms of the specific requirements of the standard or other
related documents against which the audit has been conducted. Observations should be reviewed by
the lead auditor with the responsible auditee manager. All observations of nonconformities should be
intimated to the auditee and acknowledged by it.
It should be remembered that purpose of audit is not to comprehensively check implementation of
each safety system element- The purpose is to sample/test check the implementation of each
element of the OS&H system. Therefore, the information is to be corrected for a few cases of
nonconformity in respect of each element; as a basis for evaluating implementation of that element.
However, recommendations are not only to correct the observed nonconformities, but the
implementation of the element as a whole.

4.3.4 Audit Recommendations

The desired end result of an OS&H audit is the identification of primarily unrecognized hazards, in the
light of experience and early recognition of short comings in the areas such as the maintenance and
testing of critical equipment. The auditor should make recommendations to the auditee for the
improvements to the OS&H system.
In case of an organization whose OS&H system specified requirements/description are well
developed; it would be sufficient to point out nonconformities with the requirement. However when
these are not well laid down, it becomes all the more important to make recommendations.
These recommendations are of two types:
For improvement in the system's specified requirements; and
For more effective implementation of the specified requirements of the system.
It is up to the auditee to determine the extent, the way and means of actions to improve the OS&H
system as per recommendations of the audit team. However, the recommendations regarding
compliance with statutory and legal requirements are to be fully implemented.

4.3.5 Closing Meeting with Auditee

At the end of the OS&H audit, prior to preparing the audit report, the audit team should hold a
meeting with the auditor’s senior management and those responsible for the functions concerned.
The main purpose of this meeting is to present audit observations and recommendations to the
senior management in such a manner so as to ensure that they clearly understand the results of the
audit.
The lead auditor should present observations and recommendations, taking into account their
perceived
Significance. The lead auditor should present the audit team's conclusions regarding the OS&H
system's
effectiveness in ensuring that objectives will be met.
Records of the closing meeting should be kept.

40. Explain the roles and functions of safety and health advisers? (8M)
Safety and health advisers should:
s u p p o r t the provision of authoritative and independent advice;
have a direct reporting line to directors on matters of policy, and have the authority to stop
work if it contravenes agreed standards and puts people at risk of serious injury;
h a v e responsibility for professional standards and systems; on large sites or in a
Group of companies, they may also have line-management responsibility for other safety and health
professionals.
Relationships outside the Organisation
Safety and health advisers will need to liaise with a wide range of bodies and individuals as necessary,
including:
T h e Health and Safety Authority;
L o c a l - a u t h o r i t y Environmental Health Officers and licensing officials;
T h e Fire Service;
T h e Garda Síochána;
T h e Coroner or the courts;
E m p l o y e r s ’ and workers’ representatives;
C o n t r a c t o r s , architects, and design consultants;
Equipment suppliers;
I n s u r a n c e companies;
Clients , customers, and the public;
General medical practitioners and occupational health physicians;
Occupational health specialists and services;
T h e media.
They should be trained to communicate effectively with these groups.

External Specialist Safety and Health Support

From time to time, an organisation may require further specialist safety and health support. Areas
where specialist support may be needed, where in-house expertise and/or resources may be
insufficient to meet the organisation’s needs or where they may wish to have an independent view,
include:
I n i t i a l safety and health management system review;
Gu i d a n c e in following and interpreting statutory requirements;
H a z a r d identification and risk assessment;
D e s i g n of new facilities, equipment and processes;
S a f e t y and health investigations;
P e r s o n a l monitoring of exposure to hazardous agents;
 H e a l t h surveillance;
c o n t r o l strategies for eliminating or reducing risk, i.e. engineering controls or PPE;
A c c i d e n t or incident investigation and specifying remedial actions;
S p e c i a l i s t safety and health training;
c a r r y i n g out safety and health management system measurements, reviews and audits.
The 2005 Act requires that preference should be given to appointing internal expertise to carry out
this work, where the expertise is available. It should also be noted that the definition of ‘director’ in
the 2005 Act does not include a person who gives advice in a professional capacity.

41. What is Risk assessment? (2M)

Risk assessment means the process of evaluating and ranking the risks to safety and health at work
arising from the identification of hazards at the workplace. It involves estimating the magnitude of
risk and deciding whether the risk is acceptable or whether more precautions need to be taken to
prevent harm.

42. Explain risk control and their control measures? (8M)

Risk Control:
When risks have been analysed and assessed, risk assessors can make decisions about workplace
precautions.
All final decisions about risk-control methods must take the relevant legal requirements into account,
as they establish minimum levels of risk prevention or control. Some of the duties imposed by the
2005 Act and the relevant statutory provisions are absolute. However, the general duties of care in
section 8 of the 2005 Act is qualified by the words ‘so far as is reasonably practicable’. This means
that In assessing risk, employers and those who control workplaces to any extent must put in place
appropriate preventive or control measures to protect the safety and health of employees and others
unless these measures are wholly disproportionate to the elimination of the actual risk involved. In
short, if the risk is high, a lot must be done to eliminate or control it. To comply with this requirement,
employers should adopt the following hierarchy of risk control measures:
E l imi n a t i o n or substitution which is a permanent solution that eliminates the hazard
altogether or substitutes one that presents a lower risk. This could involve the elimination of a
hazardous process or substance or the substitution of a toxic substance with a less toxic one;
E n g i n e e r i n g controls or safety measures to reduce the risk. These can include using
machine guards, isolation or enclosure of hazards, local exhaust ventilation, mechanical
handling methods, or protective barriers;
A dmi n i s t r a t i v e controls which reduce or eliminate exposure to a hazard by adherence
to procedures or instructions. These may include supervision, permit-to-work systems, and
job rotation;
P e r s o n a l protective equipment (PPE). Appropriate training in the use and selection of
PPE is an essential element of risk control.
Further information on risk assessment and control is given in Appendix C.

Controlling Health Risks

Occupational safety and health legislation requires employers to ensure the health as well as the
safety of their employees. The principles for controlling health through risk assessment are the same
as those for safety.
However, the nature of health risks can make the link between work activities and employee ill-health
less apparent than in the case of injury from an accident. Unlike safety risks, which can lead to
immediate injury, the results of daily exposure to health risks may not become apparent for months,
years or, in some cases, decades.
Health may be irreversibly damaged before the risk is apparent. It is therefore essential to develop a
preventive strategy to identify and Control risks before anyone is exposed to them. Failure to do so
can lead to workers’ disability and loss of livelihood. It can also mean financial losses for the
organisation through absence, lost production, compensation, and increased insurance premiums.
Risks to health from work activities may include: • S k i n contact with irritant substances, leading to
dermatitis etc.
I n h a l a t i o n of respiratory sensitizers, triggering immune responses such as asthma;
B a d l y designed workstations requiring awkward body postures or repetitive movements,
resulting in upper limb disorders, repetitive strain injury, or other musculoskeletal conditions;
N o i s e levels that are too high, causing deafness and conditions such as tinnitus;
E x c e s s i v e vibration, e.g. from hand-held tools, leading to hand-arm vibration syndrome
and circulatory problems;
E x p o s u r e to ionising and non-ionising radiation, including ultraviolet from the sun’s rays,
causing burns, sickness, or skin cancer;
I n f e c t i o n s ranging from minor sickness to life-threatening conditions caused by inhaling
or being contaminated by microbiological organisms;
s t r e s s causing mental or physical illness.
Some illnesses or conditions such as asthma and back pain have both occupational and non-
occupational causes, and it may be difficult to establish a definite link with a work activity or exposure
to particular agents or substances. However, if there is information that shows the illness or condition
is prevalent among the occupational group to which the sufferer belongs or among workers exposed
to similar agents or substances, it is likely that work is at least a contributory factor.
Some aspects of managing risks to health may need input from specialist or professional advisers such
as technical staff or occupational health hygienists, nurses and occupational physicians. Much can be
done to prevent or control risks to health by
Taking straightforward measures such as:
c o n s u l t i n g the workforce on the design of workstations;
t a l k i n g to suppliers of substances, plant and equipment about minimising exposure;
e n c l o s i n g machinery to cut down noise or fumes;
r e s e a r c h i n g the use of less hazardous materials;
e n s u r i n g that employees are trained in the safe handling of all the substances and
materials with which they come into contact.

43. List out the roles and functions of safety and health advisers? (8M)

Role and Functions of Safety and Health Advisers

Safety and health advisers should have the status and competence to advise management
and employees with authority and independence. By virtue of the definition of ‘competent
person’ under the 2005 Act, they must possess sufficient
Training, experience, and knowledge appropriate to the work to be done. They should be capable of
advising on:
formulating and developing safety and health policies, not just for existing activities but
also with respect to new acquisitions or processes;
p r o m o t i n g a positive safety and health culture in the organisation and securing the
effective implementation of safety and health policy;

p l a n n i n g for safety and health, including the setting of realistic short- and long-term
objectives, deciding priorities, and establishing adequate systems and performance
standards;
D a y - t o - d a y implementation and monitoring of policy and plans, including accident and
incident investigation, reporting, and analysis;
r e v i e w i n g performance and auditing the whole safety and health management
system.
To do this properly, safety and health advisers should:
b e properly trained by reputable organisations or be individuals who are suitably
qualified. They should also be undergoing a continuous professional development
programme. Membership of recognised professional safety and health bodies or
qualification to at least Diploma level in a recognised third-level safety and health
course may offer routes for demonstrating competence;
m a i n t a i n adequate information systems on topics including safety and health law,
safety and health management, and technical advances;
d e m o n s t r a t e the ability to interpret the law in the context of the organisation;
be involved in establishing organisational arrangements, systems, and risk- control
standards relating to hardware and human performance, by advising line management
on matters such as legal and technical standards;
e s t a b l i s h and maintain procedures for reporting, investigating, recording, and
analysing accidents and incidents;
establish and maintain procedures, including monitoring and other means such as review
and auditing, to ensure that senior managers get a true picture of how well safety and
health is being managed (where a benchmarking role may be especially valuable);
p r e s e n t their advice independently and effectively.

44. Explain the supervisor’s role in motivating safety? (8M)

Supervisors Role in Motivating safety

Supervisors or middle managers are responsible for multiple priorities but have limited time in which
to manage them. In addition, many people are promoted into these positions for their technical
expertise and may not have received formal training in management and leadership.

Engaging supervisors and managers effectively in safety requires more than a general charge to
“support safety.” Organizations need to define specific activities that can be integrated with the
supervisor’s or manager’s other tasks and demands, including (at least):

Practice safety-critical behaviours – At-risk behaviours can occur at any level. Supervisors and
managers must be able to identify how their behaviours influence hazards and consciously practice
behaviours that reflect their support of safety.

Make regular safety contacts – Supervisors and managers need to assure basic safety functioning
beyond the usual safety meeting. Together with senior leaders, this level can define essential safety
practices that can be tracked over time for the workgroup. For example, safety planning with
employees before a particular job or personally signing work permits.

Remove system barriers – Supervisors and managers are well-positioned to correct organizational
conditions and systems that contribute to exposure. Addressing equipment availability or applying
exposure recognition systems, for example, can help align the safety objective and conditions on the
ground.

Monitor and correct working interface conditions – Supervisors and managers need to track leading
indicator data and correct identified exposure conditions as they occur. To support this, this group
needs to build fluency with the hierarchy of controls and its application in reducing or eliminating
exposures.
Build the culture – Finally, supervisors and middle managers need to develop strong working
relationships with their employees. In many respects, workers take the words and deeds of their
supervisors and managers to represent “the company.” Qualities such as the perceived fairness of a
supervisor’s decisions and the level of a manager’s credibility powerfully contribute to a safety-
supporting culture.

45. What does site specific safety plan mean? (2M)

Site specific safety plan is designed by keeping the specific hazards that are most common in the
work place in mind. As with the changing work place, the nature of hazards also changes. So, the
safety plan that is designed for a specific site is known as site specific safety plan.
A site specific safety plan is a documented procedure that is designed to cover the hazards with a high
chance of occurrence. Safety plans are custom made documents that can be amended and changed
keeping in view the hazards of the work place. For example, in a workplace where there is a stacking
of flammable liquids, the site safety plan will specifically cover the fire safety procedures. On a
construction site, the site specific safety plan will include the procedures of Personal Protective
Equipment, the fencing procedures, procedures regarding working at heights,
etc...
Purpose:
Planning is the key to ensuring that potential health and safety risks have been anticipated and
assessed, and appropriate measures have been established to control the risks involved.

46. List out Management needs? (2M)

Management needs:
Leader Ship skills;
communication skills;
Techniques of safety and health management;
Training , instruction, coaching and problem-solving skills relevant to safety and health;
Understanding of the risks in a manager’s area of responsibility;
Knowledge of relevant legislation and appropriate methods of control, including risk
assessment;
Knowledge of the organization’s planning, measuring, reviewing, and auditing arrangements;
Awarness of the financial and economic benefits of good safety performance.
Some managers in key positions may have particular needs. This would apply to those who devise and
develop the safety and health management system, investigate accidents or incidents, take part in
review and audit activity, or who implement emergency procedures.

47. Explain the Emergency preparedness and responses? (8M)

Emergency Preparedness and Response
The organisation should establish and maintain procedures to respond to accidents and emergency
situations, and to prevent and minimise the safety and health impacts associated with them.
Emergency planning should cover:
T h e development of emergency plans;
T h e testing and rehearsing of these plans and related equipment, including firefighting
equipment
and fire alarms;
Training personnel on what to do in the event of an emergency, particularly those people who
have to carry out duties (e.g. Fire-fighting teams, first- aiders);
Advising people working or living near the installation about what they should do in the event
of an
emergency;
Familiarizing the emergency services with the facilities at the organisation so that they know
what to expect in the event of an emergency.
The emergency plan itself should include:
 Details on the installation, availability, and testing of suitable warning and alarm systems;
Details of emergency scenarios that might occur, including the means for dealing with these
scenarios;
the emergency procedures in the organisation, including the responsibilities of key personnel,
procedures for fire-fighting and evacuation of all personnel on site, and first-aid
requirements;
Details of emergency services (e.g. Fire brigade, ambulance services, spill clean-up services),
and the contact arrangements for these services;
Internal and external communications plan;
training plans and testing for effectiveness;
Details on the availability of emergency rescue equipment and its maintenance log.
The organisation should periodically test, review, and revise its emergency preparedness and
response
procedures where necessary, in particular after the occurrence of accidents or emergency situations.
The plan should dovetail with the safety statement as required by section 20 of the 2005 Act.

48. Define an Organization? (2M)

Organization means a company, corporation, firm, enterprise, or institution, or part or combination

of any of these, whether incorporated or not, public or private, that has its own functions and
administration. For organizations with more than one operating unit, a single operating unit may be
defined as an organization.

49. Explain the different types of Safety Plans? (8M)

TYPES OF SAFETY PLANS

Site Safety Plan - A site safety plan will come in handy for when you are planning a large outdoor
event, like a concert or fair. It combines a description of all the potential hazards of the site, structural
safety calculations and drawings, as well as a detailed description of site safety rules, any site crew
managers and safety coordinators.

Crowd Management Plan - The key to a good crowd management plan is to first understand the
characteristics of the people that will be in attendance. Map out your plans for event admittance and
denials in advance and make sure to coordinate a chain of command. Always make sure to remain
communicative with your staff and with your guests.

Transport Management Plan - Figure out how guests will be arriving and departing. Ask yourself,
what you need to provide your attendees so that this process can go as smoothly as possible. If your
event is serving alcohol make sure you have on hand lists of ways your guests can make it home.
Detail all parking arrangements and any that have to be made with the local traffic authorities in case
of road closures

Plan - Always, always have a contingency plan. It's all better to hope for the best but plan for the
worst. Get together a plan detailing how you and your staff will deal with a major
Incident or disaster: How will you make announcements? How will people exit the premises? If exiting
is not possible, what resources do you have to keep people calm?

First-Aid Plan - Accidents happen and people fall ill. Always make sure you have the basic services for
first aid provided at any sized event. Be prepared with the numbers of all important emergency
services that you can distribute to your staff. Depending on whether you have a large number of
people in attendance you will need to find first aid provisions suitable enough, like having a medical
officer on staff.
50. What is the staff function? (2M)

Staff Function:

A "staff function" supports the organization with specialized advisory and support functions. For
example, human resources, accounting, public relations and the legal department are generally
considered to be staff functions. Both terms originated in the military.

51. List out the elements in safety management system framework model? (2M)

The elements in safety management system framework model:

Safety Administration
Safety Policy, Programs, Procedures Manual
Safety Orientation
Safety Training
Safety Meetings
Safety Inspections
Safety Incidents
Safety Standards
Safety Handbook
Safety Miscellaneous

52. Write short notes on accident proneness theory? (2M)

Accident proneness theory:

Accident proneness theory maintains that within a given set of workers, there exists a subset of
workers who are more liable to be involved in accidents. Researchers have not been able to prove this
theory conclusively because most of the research work has been poorly conducted and most of the
findings are contradictory and inconclusive. This theory is not generally accepted. It is felt that if
indeed this theory is supported by any empirical evidence at all, it probably accounts for only a very
low proportion of accidents without any statistical significance.

53. Explain the importance of employee involvement in safety management? (8M)

EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT IN SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Employee involvement provides the means through which workers develop and express their own
commitment to safety and health, for both themselves and their fellow workers.
All are aware that the growing recognition of the value of employee involvement and the increasing
number and variety of employee participation arrangements can raise legal concerns. It makes good
sense to consult your labour relations advisor to ensure that your employee involvement program
conforms to current legal requirements.

Examples of employee participation include:

Participating on joint labour-management committees and other advisory or specific purpose
committees.
Conducting site inspections.
Analysing routine hazards in each step of a job or process, and preparing safe work practices or
controls to eliminate or reduce exposure.
 Developing and revising the site safety and health rules.
Training both current and newly hired employees.
Providing programs and presentations at safety and health meetings.
Conducting accident/incident investigations.
Reporting hazards.
Fixing hazards within your control.
Supporting your fellow workers by providing feedback on risks and assisting them in eliminating
hazards.
Participating in accident/incident investigations.
Performing a pre-use or change analysis for new equipment or processes in order to identify hazards
up front before use.

54. List out the principles of workplace safety? (8M)

Principles of Workplace Safety :

Because it is apparent that questions of accident prevention can be solved not in isolation, but only in
the context of their relationship with production and the working environment, the following
principles for accident prevention can be derived:
Accident prevention must be built into production planning with the goal of avoiding disruptions.
The ultimate goal is to achieve a production flow that is as unhindered as possible. This results not
only in reliability and the elimination of defects, but also in the workers’ well-being, labour-saving
methods and job safety.
Some of the practices commonly used in the workplace to achieve job safety and which are necessary
for disruption-free production include, but are not limited to the following:
Workers and supervisors must be informed and aware of the dangers and potential hazards (e.g., through
education).
Workers must be motivated to function safely (behaviour modification).
Workers must be able to function safely. This is accomplished through certification procedures, training
and education.
The personal working environment should be safe and healthy through the use of administrative or
engineering controls, substitution of less hazardous materials or conditions, or by the use of personal
protective equipment.
Equipment, machinery and objects must function safely for their intended use, with operating controls
designed to human capabilities.
Provisions should be made for appropriate emergency response in order to limit the consequences of
accidents, incidents and injuries.
The following principles are important in understanding how accident prevention concepts relate to
disruption-free production:
Accident prevention is sometimes considered a social burden instead of a major part of disruption
prevention. Disruption prevention is a better motivator than accident prevention, because improved
production is expected to result from disruption prevention.
Measures to ensure workplace safety must be integrated into the measures used to ensure
disruption-free production. For example, the instructions on hazards must be an integral part of the
general directions governing the flow of production at the workplace.
IS-02

What is Industrial ventilation? (2M)

Briefly discuss on the following (8M)

Write the use of color coding in Industries? (2M)

List out the factors for severity of electricity? (2M)

Explain the elements of an effective housekeeping program? (8M)

What are the hazards of electrical energy? (2M)

Explain the following (8M)

List out the benefits of good housekeeping? (2M)

Write two causes of hand tool injuries? (2M)

Explain the static electricity controlling techniques? (8M)

What is power tool? Explain different types of power tool? (8M)

Detail the safe procedure of working in contained space? (8M)

What is machine guarding? (2M)

Write the safety precaution in general machine shop? (8M)

Explain any four defects in chain sling? (2M)

What is mechanical handling? Write down the precaution for safe handling the material with the

List out the scaffold components? (2M)

Write any five precautions in general machine shop? (2M)

Explain the elements of an effective housekeeping program? (8M)

List out the potential light stroke injuries? (2M)

How is evaluation of noise done? (2M)

Explain different methods for verification measurement? (8M)

What is static electricity? (2M)

List out the tool failure causes? (2M)

Write briefly about electrical safety? (8M)

Name different types of scaffolds? (2M)

What is the daily Inspection? (2M)

List out the few types of general principal of guarding? (2M)

Define the term Ergonomics? (2M)

List out General principles of plant layout & design? (8M)

What are the effects of heat stress? (2M)

List out common scaffolding hazards? (8M)

What is an acoustic material? Give example? (2M)

What is Inherent Safety? (2M)

What is the purpose of a ventilation system? (2M)

Explain the general requirement for storage of materials? (8M)

List out the Duties and Responsibilities of competent person? (8M)

List out the duties and responsibilities of competent person? (8M)

Explain in detail about with safety measures that are to be followed while working at height with example?

(8M)

List out General Requirements of stairways and ladders? (2M)

Write short notes on Travel Restraint System? (2M)

Explain the hierarchy of risk control produced by noise? (8M)

Discuss the hazards related to material handling and ware housing? (8M)

What is lifting equipment? Give examples? (2M)

What is forklift truck? (2M)

List out the points in manhole entry procedure? (2M)

Explain about photo electric safety guards? (8M)

Explain the selection and Design of guards? (8M)

List out typical machine guard ergonomic principles? (2M)

Write short notes on guard’s selection and design? (2M)

List out hazardous tasks of handling? (2M)

List out the general precaution shall be observed by power tool users? (8M)
State the benefits of goods illumination. What are the factors to be considered for adequate lighting? (8M)
IS-02
1. What is Industrial ventilation? (2M)
Ventilation is the mechanical system in a building that brings in "fresh" outdoor air and removes the
"contaminated" indoor air.
Purpose of ventilation:
Provide a continuous supply of fresh outside air.
Maintain temperature and humidity at comfortable levels.
Reduce potential fire or explosion hazards.

2. Briefly discuss on the following (8M)

Illumination (b) ventilation and heat stress
Air pollution and its effects on health
National building code
Illumination:
Illumination is the lighting that a place has it never be constant for all workplaces with depends upon the
following factors
Size of the work area
Size of the object
Age of the person
Type of the work
Ventilation:
Ventilation is the mechanical system in a building that brings in “fresh” outdoor air and removes the
“contaminated” indoor air.
Heat stress:
Heat stress can affect individuals in different ways, and some people are more susceptible to it than
others.
Typical symptoms are:
An inability to concentrate
Muscle cramps
Heat rash
Severe thirst - a late symptom of heat stress
Fainting
Heat exhaustion - fatigue, giddiness, nausea, headache, moist skin
Heat stroke - hot dry skin, confusion, convulsions and eventual loss of consciousness. This is the most
severe disorder and can result in death if not detected at an early stage

Air pollution:
Air pollution occurs when harmful substances including particulates and biological molecules are
introduced into earth’s atmosphere
Effects of air pollution:
Irritation of the eyes, nose and throat
Coughing chest highness and breathing difficulty
Worsening lung and heart attack
It may cause cancer
It damage immunity reproductive and
Respiratory systems
National building code:
The national building code of India is a comprehensive building code to providing guidelines for regulating
the building construction activities across the country.

3. Write the use of color coding in Industries? (2M)

Use of colour coding in industries
Easy identification
Visual communication
Avoid potential hazards and accidents
Reduce operational errors
Enhances the safety aspects

4. List out the factors for severity of electricity? (2M)

An electric shock can result in anything from a slight tingling sensation to immediate cardiac arrest. The
severity depends on the following:
The amount of current flowing through the body,
The current’s path through the body,
The length of time the body remains in the circuit, and
The current’s frequency. This table shows the general relationship between the amount of current
received and the reaction when current flows from the hand to the foot for just 1 second.

5. Explain the elements of an effective housekeeping program? (8M)

Dust and Dirt Removal
In some jobs, enclosures and exhaust ventilation systems may fail to collect dust, dirt and chips
adequately. Vacuum cleaners are suitable for removing light dust and dirt. Industrial models have special
fittings for cleaning walls, ceilings, ledges, machinery, and other hard-to-reach places where dust and dirt
may accumulate.

Employee Facilities
Employee facilities need to be adequate, clean and well maintained. Lockers are necessary for storing
employees' personal belongings. Washroom facilities require cleaning once or more each shift. They also
need to have a good supply of soap, towels plus disinfectants, if needed.
Surfaces
Floors: Poor floor conditions are a leading cause of accidents so cleaning up spilled oil and other liquids at
once is important. Allowing chips, shavings and dust to accumulate can also cause accidents. Trapping
chips, shavings and dust before they reach the floor or cleaning them up regularly can prevent their
accumulation. Areas that cannot be cleaned continuously, such as entrance ways, should have anti-slip
flooring. Keeping floors in good order also means replacing any worn, ripped, or damaged flooring that
poses a tripping hazard. Walls: Light-coloured walls reflect light while dirty or dark-coloured walls absorb
light. Contrasting colours warn of physical hazards and mark obstructions such as pillars. Paint can
highlight railings, guards and other safety equipment, but should never be used as a substitute for
guarding. The program should outline the regulations and standards for colours.

Maintain Light Fixtures

Dirty light fixtures reduce essential light levels. Clean light fixtures can improve lighting efficiency
significantly.

Aisles and Stairways

Aisles should be wide enough to accommodate people and vehicles comfortably and safely. Aisle space
allows for the movement of people, products and materials. Warning signs and mirrors can improve
sightlines in blind corners. Arranging aisles properly encourages people to use them so that they do not
take shortcuts through hazardous areas.

Spill Control
The best way to control spills is to stop them before they happen. Regularly cleaning and maintaining
machines and equipment is one way. Another is to use drip pans and guards where possible spills might
occur. When spills do occur, it is important to clean them up immediately. Absorbent materials are useful
for wiping up greasy, oily or other liquid spills. Used absorbents must be disposed of properly and safely.

Tools and Equipment

Tool housekeeping is very important, whether in the tool room, on the rack, in the yard, or on the bench.
Tools require suitable fixtures with marked locations to provide orderly arrangement, both in the tool
room and near the work bench. Returning them promptly after use reduces the chance of being misplaced
or lost. Workers should regularly inspect, clean and repair all tools and take any damaged or worn tools
out of service.

Maintenance
The maintenance of buildings and equipment may be the most important element of good housekeeping.
Maintenance involves keeping buildings, equipment and machinery in safe, efficient working order and in
good repair. This includes maintaining sanitary facilities and regularly painting and cleaning walls. Broken
windows, damaged doors, defective plumbing and broken floor surfaces can make a workplace look
neglected; these conditions can cause accidents and affect work practices. So it is important to replace or
fix broken or damaged items as quickly as possible. A good maintenance program provides for the
inspection, maintenance, upkeep and repair of tools, equipment, machines and processes.

Waste Disposal
The regular collection, grading and sorting of scrap contribute to good housekeeping practices. It also
makes it possible to separate materials that can be recycled from those going to waste disposal facilities.
Allowing material to build up on the floor wastes time and energy since additional time is required for
cleaning it up. Placing scrap containers near where the waste is produced encourages orderly waste
disposal and makes collection easier. All waste receptacles should be clearly labelled (e.g., recyclable
glass, plastic, scrap metal, etc.).

Storage
Good organization of stored materials is essential for overcoming material storage problems whether on a
temporary or permanent basis. There will also be fewer strain injuries if the amount of handling is
reduced, especially if less manual materials handling is required. The location of the stockpiles should not
interfere with work but they should still be readily available when required. Stored materials should allow
at least one meter (or about three feet) of clear space under sprinkler heads.

6. What are the hazards of electrical energy? (2M)

Hazards of electrical energy
Shock
Electrical burn
Electrical fire
Electrification(death due to shock)

7. Explain the following (8M)

Types of sound-absorbing material
Adverse effects of noise
Noise induced hearing loss
Important of vibration control in industrial machinery
Types of sound absorbs in material
Acoustic fiber glass
Acoustic foam
Acoustic partions
Echo absorber (acoustic cotton)
Hanging baffles
Other foams
Adverse effects of noise:
Sleep Disturbance
Effect on immune system
Annoyance
Ischemic heart disease
Hearing impairment
Hypertension
Birth effects
(c) Noise induced hearing loss:
Sounds can be harmful when they are too aloud even for a brief time (or) when they are both aloud and
long lasting
These sounds can damage sensitive structure in the inner ear and cause noise induced hearing loss
Noise induced hearing loss can be immediate or long time noticeable
It can be temporary or permanent and it can effect one ear or two ears
(d)important of vibration control in industrial machinery:
Vibration can create occupational disease like white finger disease. Which can sensitive the finger spans
and vibrate continuously vibration also creates hand arm vibration syndrome so it is important to control
and protect workers from occupational health disease.

8. List out the benefits of good housekeeping? (2M)

Reduced handling to ease the flow of materials
Fewer tripping and slipping accidents in clutter-free and spill-free work areas
Decreased fire hazards
Lower worker exposures to hazardous substances (e.g. Dusts, vapours)
Better control of tools and materials, including inventory and supplies
More efficient equipment clean-up and maintenance
Better hygienic conditions leading to improved health
More effective use of space

9. Write two causes of hand tool injuries? (2M)

Improper usage of hand tools
Hidden damaged parts
Mushroomed surface
Improper posture

10. Explain the static electricity controlling techniques? (8M)

Sparks
Main article: electric spark
A spark is triggered when the electric field strength exceeds approximately 4–30 kv/cm[1] — the dielectric
field strength of air. This may cause a very rapid increase in the number of free electrons and ions in the
air, temporarily causing the air to abruptly become an electrical conductor in a process called dielectric
breakdown.

IONIZATION
By following the above steps, you can reduce the hazards of building up high charges of static electricity to
a point. However the above steps are passive and of limited effectiveness. Also changing a specified
material or adding a spray may not be possible or allowed. An active method static control is by ionization.
It is important to understand that static electricity cannot be entirely eliminated. In fact, the terminology,
"static eliminators," is definitely misleading.
Static eliminators are really ionizing units that produce both positive and negative ions to be attracted by
the unbalanced material so that neutralization does occur. For example, a charged piece of material can be
neutralized by utilizing a static neutralizer. However, it does not eliminate the static electricity because, if
the material is again fractioned after being neutralized, static electricity will be generated.
In order to gain the most benefit from your static neutralizing or static control equipment, it is important
that you understand how they operate and how they provide the means of neutralization. Most electronic
static neutralizers are constructed by placing a high voltage on a sharp point in close proximity to a
grounded shield or casing. There are two basic types static control ionizers- AC & DC.
Nuclear-powered equipment may also be used to generate ionized air for static neutralization. These
devices, powered by Polonium 210 isotopes which have a half-life of only 138 days, are continually losing
their strength and must be replaced annually. They are more expensive and less effective than electrically
powered devices. These nuclear devices cannot be purchased and are leased by users. One year lease
costs are usually more than the purchase price of comparable electrically powered devices Passive
Solutions

INDUCTION
Removing or neutralizing static electricity by induction is the simplest and oldest method. Tinsel or special
wire is the most common tools for this application. However, tinsel is oftentimes misused, get dirt and
damaged and, therefore, oftentimes not successful. The first thing that must be recognized is the fact that
any induction device, such as tinsel, will never reduce or neutralize static electricity to the zero potential
level. This is due to the fact that a threshold or beginning voltage is required to "start" the process and
that voltage is high.

GROUNDING
It is also possible to disturb the molecular construction of your operator. As ridiculous as these sounds, if
an operator is isolated by standing on a wooden floor or wearing crepe rubber soles, he will soon pick up a
voltage gradient. For example, it is possible for an operator to charge to several hundred volts each time
he handles a piece of charged plastic. As he handles many different pieces, he will become charged to a
higher voltage gradient until a flash-over will occur and the operator receives a shock, and or damages a
static sensitive device. This can be prevented by having your operator stand on a grounded conductive
mat, by the use of personnel grounding equipment that is commercially available and by ionization.
Personnel grounding equipment becomes important if your operators are sitting while working. This is the
best means of isolating operators and, therefore, they become extremely vulnerable to static discharge
due to charging. This phenomenon can be related to an individual dragging his feet on the living room rug
and then discharging himself by touching a well-grounded lamp.

LIGHTNING ARRESTER is a device used on electrical power systems and telecommunications systems to
protect the insulation and conductors of the system from the damaging effects of lightning. The typical
lightning arrester has a high-voltage terminal and a ground terminal. When a lightning surge (or switching
surge, which is very similar) travels along the power line to the arrester, the current from the surge is
diverted through the arrestor, in most cases to earth

11. What is power tool? Explain different types of power tool? (8M)
Power tools can be hazardous when improperly used. There are several types of power tools, based on the
power source they use: electric, pneumatic, liquid fuel, hydraulic, and powder-actuated.

Guards
Hazardous moving parts of a power tool need to be safeguarded. For example, belts, gears, shafts, pulleys,
sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of
equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by employees.
Guards, as necessary, shall be provided to protect the operator and others from the following:
Point of operation;
Nip points;
Rotating parts;
Flying chips; and
Sparks.
Safety guards shall never be removed when a tool is being used. For example, portable circular saws shall
be equipped with guards. An upper guard shall cover the entire blade of the saw. A retractable lower
guard shall cover the teeth of the saw, except when it makes contact with the work material. The lower
guard shall automatically return to the covering position when the tool is withdrawn from the work. Refer
to the University of Chicago's Machine Guarding policy.

Safety Switches
The following hand-held power tools shall be equipped with a momentary contact “on-off” control switch:
drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical and angle grinders with wheels larger than two inches
in diameter, disc and belt sanders, reciprocating saws, sober saws and other similar tools. These tools also
may be equipped with a lock-on control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of
the same finger or fingers that turn it on.

The following hand-held powered tools may be equipped with only a positive “on-off” control switch:
platen sanders, disc sanders with discs two inches or less in diameter; grinders with wheels two inches or
less in diameter; routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws and jigsaws with blade
shanks quarter inch wide or less.

Electric Tools
Employees using electric tools shall be aware of several dangers with the most serious being the possibility
of electrocution. Among the chief hazards of electric-powered tools are burns and slight shocks which can
lead to injuries or even heart failure.
To protect the user from shock, tools shall either have a three-wire cord with ground or be grounded, be
double insulated, or be powered by a low-voltage isolation transformer. Anytime an adapter is used to
accommodate a two-hole receptacle, the adapter wire shall be attached to a known ground. The third
prong shall never be removed from the plug.
Tools shall be shut down before cleaning, repairing or oiling. Disconnect or use Lockout/Tag out
Procedures.

12. Detail the safe procedure of working in contained space? (8M)

Safe system of working in confined space
Safe entry permit
Appointment of a supervision
Appointment of a suitable person for the task
Isolation
Cleaning before entry by forced manner
Check the size of entrants
Provisions of ventilation
Testing of air(OFT)
Provision of special tools and lighting
Provision of breathing apparatus
Preparation of emergency arrangements
Provisions of rescue harness
Provisions of communications
Appointment of standby or attendant person
Take work permit for receptive work

13. What is machine guarding? (2M)

Machine guarding is a precautionary safety features or manufacturing or other engineering equipment
specifically it is a shield or a device covering hazardous areas of the machine to prevent contact with body
parts.
14. Write the safety precaution in general machine shop? (8M)
1: Be sure that all machines have effective and properly working guards that are always in place where
machines are operating.
2: Replace guards immediately after any repair.
3: Don’t attempt to oil, clean, adjust or repair any machine while it is running, stop the machine and lock
the power switch in the off position.
4: Even after the power is off, don’t leave the machine until it has stopped running. Someone else may
notice that it is still in motion and be injured.
5: Don’t operate any machine unless authorized, to do so by the instructor or under his supervision.
6: Don’t try to stop the machine with your hand or body.

15. Explain any four defects in chain sling? (2M)

Four defective chain slings :
wear defective welds
cracks, breaks, stretch, bends, discoloration due to excessive heat
corrosion
throat opening of hooks

16. What is mechanical handling? Write down the precaution for safe handling the material with the
help of a lift truck? (8M)
Mechanical handling is defined as the movement of the goods by mechanical force that is machine
Main hazards of mechanical handling:
Contact with moving parts
Falling from height
Struck by falling bodies
Safe handling with the help of lift truck:
Capacity of the lift truck should be marked on
They should not be overloaded
Loaded or empty forks should be carry as low as possible but high enough not to strike a ramp
Care must be taken to avoid jerking especially when the load is at height
Persons must not be allowed to ride on the forks. forks should be driven well under the load preference
b/w full length or at least 2/3rd of the length
Where there is a danger of falling objects over the operator canopy overhead guard should be provided
Trained operators should be deployed and daily checklist shall be maintained
Lift truck to be provided with a reverse horn and other safety devices
Carrying persons using lift truck shall be strictly prohibited

17. List out the scaffold components? (2M)

A base jack or plate which is a load bearing base for the scaffold.
The standard which is the upright component with connector joins.
The ledger (horizontal brace).
The transom which is a horizontal cross section load bearing component which holds the batten,
board or decking unit.
Brace diagonal and/or cross section bracing component.
Batten or board decking component used to make the working platform.
Coupler a fitting used to join components together.
Scaffold tie used to tie in the scaffold to structures.
Brackets used to extend the width of working platforms.

18. Write any five precautions in general machine shop? (2M)

Don’t operate machinery when the instructor is not in the workshop.
When working with another worker only one should operate machine or switches.
Don’t rest against the machine.
Concentrate on the work and don’t talk unnecessary while operating machine.
Don’t talk to others when they are operating a machine.
Get first aid immediately for any injury.
19. Explain the elements of an effective housekeeping program? (8M)
The elements of an effective housekeeping program:
Dust and Dirt Removal
In some jobs, enclosures and exhaust ventilation systems may fail to collect dust, dirt and chips
adequately. Vacuum cleaners are suitable for removing light dust and dirt. Industrial models have special
fittings for cleaning walls, ceilings, ledges, machinery, and other hard-to-reach places where dust and dirt
may accumulate.
Special-purpose vacuums are useful for removing hazardous substances. For example, vacuum cleaners
fitted with HEPA (high efficiency particulate air) filters may be used to capture fine particles of asbestos or
fibreglass.
Dampening (wetting) floors or using sweeping compounds before sweeping reduces the amount of
airborne dust. The dust and grime that collect in places like shelves, piping, conduits, light fixtures,
reflectors, windows, cupboards and lockers may require manual cleaning.
Compressed air should not be used for removing dust, dirt or chips from equipment or work surfaces.
Employee Facilities
Employee facilities need to be adequate, clean and well maintained. Lockers are necessary for storing
employees' personal belongings. Washroom facilities require cleaning once or more each shift. They also
need to have a good supply of soap, towels plus disinfectants, if needed.
If workers are using hazardous materials, employee facilities should provide special precautions such as
showers, washing facilities and change rooms. Some facilities may require two locker rooms with showers
between. Using such double locker rooms allows workers to shower off workplace contaminants and
prevents them from contaminating their "street clothes" by keeping their work clothes separated from the
clothing that they wear home.
Smoking, eating or drinking in the work area should be prohibited where toxic materials are handled. The
eating area should be separate from the work area and should be cleaned properly each shift.
Surfaces
Floors: Poor floor conditions are a leading cause of accidents so cleaning up spilled oil and other liquids at
once is important. Allowing chips, shavings and dust to accumulate can also cause accidents. Trapping
chips, shavings and dust before they reach the floor or cleaning them up regularly can prevent their
accumulation. Areas that cannot be cleaned continuously, such as entrance ways, should have anti-slip
flooring. Keeping floors in good order also means replacing any worn, ripped, or damaged flooring that
poses a tripping hazard.
Walls: Light-coloured walls reflect light while dirty or dark-coloured walls absorb light. Contrasting colours
warn of physical hazards and mark obstructions such as pillars. Paint can highlight railings, guards and
other safety equipment, but should never be used as a substitute for guarding. The program should outline
the regulations and standards for colours.
Maintain Light Fixtures
Dirty light fixtures reduce essential light levels. Clean light fixtures can improve lighting efficiency
significantly.
Aisles and Stairways
Aisles should be wide enough to accommodate people and vehicles comfortably and safely. Aisle space
allows for the movement of people, products and materials. Warning signs and mirrors can improve sight-
lines in blind corners. Arranging aisles properly encourages people to use them so that they do not take
shortcuts through hazardous areas.
Keeping aisles and stairways clear is important. They should not be used for temporary "overflow" or
"bottleneck" storage. Stairways and aisles also require adequate lighting.
Spill Control
The best way to control spills is to stop them before they happen. Regularly cleaning and maintaining
machines and equipment is one way. Another is to use drip pans and guards where possible spills might
occur. When spills do occur, it is important to clean them up immediately. Absorbent materials are useful
for wiping up greasy, oily or other liquid spills. Used absorbents must be disposed of properly and safely.
Tools and Equipment
Tool housekeeping is very important, whether in the tool room, on the rack, in the yard, or on the bench.
Tools require suitable fixtures with marked locations to provide orderly arrangement, both in the tool
room and near the work bench. Returning them promptly after use reduces the chance of being misplaced
or lost. Workers should regularly inspect, clean and repair all tools and take any damaged or worn tools
out of service.
Maintenance
The maintenance of buildings and equipment may be the most important element of good housekeeping.
Maintenance involves keeping buildings, equipment and machinery in safe, efficient working order and in
good repair. This includes maintaining sanitary facilities and regularly painting and cleaning walls. Broken
windows, damaged doors, defective plumbing and broken floor surfaces can make a workplace look
neglected; these conditions can cause accidents and affect work practices. So it is important to replace or
fix broken or damaged items as quickly as possible. A good maintenance program provides for the
inspection, maintenance, upkeep and repair of tools, equipment, machines and processes.
Waste Disposal
The regular collection, grading and sorting of scrap contribute to good housekeeping practices. It also
makes it possible to separate materials that can be recycled from those going to waste disposal facilities.
Allowing material to build up on the floor wastes time and energy since additional time is required for
cleaning it up. Placing scrap containers near where the waste is produced encourages orderly waste
disposal and makes collection easier. All waste receptacles should be clearly labelled (e.g., recyclable glass,
plastic, scrap metal, etc.).
Storage
Good organization of stored materials is essential for overcoming material storage problems whether on a
temporary or permanent basis. There will also be fewer strain injuries if the amount of handling is
reduced, especially if less manual materials handling is required. The location of the stockpiles should not
interfere with work but they should still be readily available when required. Stored materials should allow
at least one metre (or about three feet) of clear space under sprinkler heads.
Stacking cartons and drums on a firm foundation and cross tying them, where necessary, reduces the
chance of their movement. Stored materials should not obstruct aisles, stairs, exits, fire equipment,
emergency eyewash fountains, emergency showers, or first aid stations. All storage areas should be clearly
marked.
Flammable, combustible, toxic and other hazardous materials should be stored in approved containers in
designated areas that are appropriate for the different hazards that they pose. Storage of materials should
meet all requirements specified in the fire codes and the regulations of environmental and occupational
health and safety agencies in your jurisdiction.

20. List out the potential light stroke injuries? (2M)

Eye injury
Lung damage
Heart damage
Superficial burns
Eardrum rupture
Broken bones and dislocations
Skull fractures and cervical spine injuries
Keraunoparalysis - a temporary paralysis

21. How is evaluation of noise done? (2M)

Evaluation of noise should be done by different types of sound level meters it is measured in decibels.
According to OSHA standards more than 85 dB called as noise

22. Explain different methods for verification measurement? (8M)

MEASUREMENT OF VENTILATION:
DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE (DBT) METHOD: It is the temperature of air measured by a thermometer freely
exposed to the air but shielded from radiation and moisture. DBT is the temperature that is usually
thought of as air temperature, and it is the true thermodynamic temperature. It indicates the amount of
heat in the air and is directly proportional to the mean kinetic energy of the air molecules. Temperature is
usually measured in degrees Celsius (°C), Kelvin (K), or Fahrenheit (°F).
Unlike wet bulb temperature, dry bulb temperature does not indicate the amount of moisture in the air.
In construction, it is an important consideration when designing a building for a certain climate. Niall called
it one of "the most important climate variables for human comfort and building energy efficiency.
DBT is an important variable in Psychometrics, being the horizontal axis of a Psychometric chart.
WET-BULB TEMPERATURE METHOD: It is the temperature a parcel of air would have if it were cooled to
saturation (100% relative humidity) by the evaporation of water into it, with the latent heat being supplied
by the parcel.[1] A wet-bulb thermometer will indicate a temperature close to the true (thermodynamic)
wet-bulb temperature. The wet-bulb temperature is the lowest temperature that can be reached under
current ambient conditions by the evaporation of water only. Wet-bulb temperature is largely determined
by both actual air temperature (dry-bulb temperature) and the amount of moisture in the air (humidity).
At 100% relative humidity, the wet-bulb temperature equals the dry-bulb temperature.
MEAN RADIANT TEMPERATURE (MRT) METHOD: It is defined as the uniform temperature of an imaginary
enclosure in which the radiant heat transfer from the human body is equal to the radiant heat transfer in
the actual non-uniform enclosure.
MRT is a concept arising from the fact that the net exchange of radiant energy between two objects is
approximately proportional to their temperature difference multiplied by their ability to emit and absorb
heat (emissivity). It is simply the area weighted mean temperature of all the objects surrounding the body.
This is valid as long as the absolute temperatures of objects in question are large compared to the
temperature differences, allowing linearization of the Stefan-Boltzmann Law in the relevant temperature
range.
MRT also has a strong influence on thermo physiological comfort indexes such as physiological equivalent
temperature (PET) or predicted mean vote (PMV).

23. What is static electricity? (2M)

It is an imbalance of electric charges within or on the surface of the material.
The charge remains until it is able to move away by means of an electric current (or) electrical discharge.
A static electric charge can be created whenever two surfaces are contact and separate.

24. List out the tool failure causes? (2M)

Prevention of economic loss to Tool users Tool manufacturers
Steelmakers Safety issues, i.e., the need to ensure
Operating safety Labour safety
Environmental safety
Compliance with quality assurance requirements

25. Write briefly about electrical safety? (8M)

There are four main types of injuries: electrocution (fatal), electric shock, burns, and falls. These injuries
can happen in various ways:
Direct contact with exposed energized conductors or circuit parts. When electrical current travels through
our bodies, it can interfere with the normal electrical signals between the brain and our muscles (e.g.,
heart may stop beating properly, breathing may stop, or muscles may spasm).
When the electricity arcs (jumps, or "arcs") from an exposed energized conductor or circuit part (e.g.,
overhead power lines) through a gas (such as air) to a person who is grounded (that would provide an
alternative route to the ground for the electrical current).
Thermal burns including burns from heat generated by an electric arc, and flame burns from materials that
catch on fire from heating or ignition by electrical currents or an electric arc flash. Contact burns from
being shocked can burn internal tissues while leaving only very small injuries on the outside of the skin.
Thermal burns from the heat radiated from an electric arc flash. Ultraviolet (UV) and infrared (IR) light
emitted from the arc flash can also cause damage to the eyes.
An arc blast can include a potential pressure wave released from an arc flash. This wave can cause physical
injuries, collapse your lungs, or create noise that can damage hearing.
Muscle contractions, or a startle reaction, can cause a person to fall from a ladder, scaffold or aerial
bucket. The fall can cause serious injuries.
Do not work close to power lines. Recommended distances vary by jurisdiction and/or utility companies.
Check with both your jurisdiction and electrical utility company when working, driving, parking, or storing
materials closer than 15 m (49 feet) to overhead power lines.
If you must be close to power lines, you must first call your electrical utility company and they will assist
you.
If your vehicle comes into contact with a power line:
DO NOT gets out of your vehicle.
Call108 and your local utility service for help.
Wait for the electrical utility to come and they will tell you when it is safe to get out of your vehicle.
Never try to rescue another person if you are not trained to do so.
If you must leave the vehicle (e.g., your vehicle catches on fire), exit by jumping as far as possible - at least 45
to 60 cm (1.5 to 2 feet). Never touch the vehicle or equipment and the ground at the same time. Keep your
feet, legs, and arms close to your body.
Keep your feet together (touching), and move away by shuffling your feet. Never let your feet separate or you
may be shocked or electrocuted.
Shuffle at least 10 metres away from your vehicle before you take a normal step. Do not enter an electrical
power substation, or other marked areas.
General tips:
Inspect portable cord-and-plug connected equipment, extension cords, power bars, and electrical fittings
for damage or wear before each use. Repair or replace damaged equipment immediately.
Always tape extension cords to walls or floors when necessary. Nails and staples can damage extension
cords causing fire and shock hazards.
Use extension cords or equipment that is rated for the level of amperage or wattage that you are using.
Always use the correct size fuse. Replacing a fuse with one of a larger size can cause excessive currents in
the wiring and possibly start a fire.
Be aware that unusually warm or hot outlets may be a sign that unsafe wiring conditions exists. Unplug
any cords or extension cords to these outlets and do not use until a qualified electrician has checked the
wiring.
Always use ladders made with non-conductive side rails (e.g., fibreglass) when working with or near
electricity or power lines.
Place halogen lights away from combustible materials such as cloths or curtains. Halogen lamps can
become very hot and may be a fire hazard.
Risk of electric shock is greater in areas that are wet or damp. Install Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters (GFCI’S) as they will interrupt the electrical circuit before a current sufficient to cause death
or serious injury occurs.
Use a portable in-line Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) if you are not certain that the receptacle you
are plugging your extension cord into is GFCI protected.
Make sure that exposed receptacle boxes are made of non-conductive materials.
Know where the panel and circuit breakers are located in case of an emergency.
Label all circuit breakers and fuse boxes clearly. Each switch should be positively identified as to which
outlet or appliance it is for.
Do not use outlets or cords that have exposed wiring.
Do not use portable cord-and-plug connected power tools with the guards removed.
Do not block access to panels and circuit breakers or fuse boxes.
Do not touch a person or electrical apparatus in the event of an electrical accident. Always disconnect the
power source first.

26. Name different types of scaffolds? (2M)

Supported scaffold
Suspended scaffold
Aerial scaffold
Rolling scaffold
Mobile scaffold
Foot long scaffold
Bird cage scaffold
Cantilever scaffold

27. What is the daily Inspection? (2M)

It is the checklist based process conducting daily to identify potential or existing hazards along with
appropriate remedies.
33. Explain lightening stroke effects on Health? (8M)
LIGHTNING STROKE EFFECT ON HEALTH:
Lightning strikes present weather-related medical emergencies. Lightning is consistently among the top 5
weather-related causes of death. In common years past, lightning has killed more people in the world than
any other type of natural disaster with the exception of flash floods, to include tornadoes. The number of
deaths caused by lightning has decreased fortunately.
An injury from a lightning strike can happen in a number of ways:
Direct Strike - When lightning strikes a person directly
Contact Strike - When an object a person is touching has been struck by lightning
Side Splash - When lightning jumps from the primary strike object on its way to the ground
Ground Strike - When lightning strikes the ground and the current spreads out in a circle from the spot
Blunt Injury - When a person is thrown from the lightning strike or explosive force that happens as
surrounding air is superheated and rapidly cooled
A person may also be injured in what is known as an, 'Upward Streamer.' An upward streamer is when a
low-energy electrical charge streams upward to meet a downward leader. It might carry enough current to
cause electrical injury, even if it does not connect with the downward current to complete the lightning
strike.

28. List out the few types of general principal of guarding? (2M)
Prevent contact b/n hazardous moving parts and body (or) clothing
Secure guard which is not easily removed
Protect from objects falling into machinery
Does not create new hazards
Not interfere with the job or task
Allow safe lubrication without removing guards if possible

29. Define the term Ergonomics? (2M)

Ergonomics is essentially fitting the workplace to the worker and with the design of safe systems of work. .
The better the fit the higher the level of safety and worker efficiency.”

30. List out General principles of plant layout & design? (8M)
Plant layout will be based on factors like:
New site development or addition to previously developed site.
Type and quantity of products to be produced,
Possible future expansion,
Operational convenience and accessibility,
Type of process and product control,
Economic distribution of utilities and services,
Type of building and building code requirements,
Guidelines related to health and safety,
Waste-disposable problems,
Space available and space requirement,
Auxiliary equipment, and
Roads and railroad.

31. What are the effects of heat stress? (2M)

Heat stress can affect individuals in different ways, and some people are more susceptible to it than
others.
Typical symptoms are:
An inability to concentrate
Muscle cramps
Heat rash
Severe thirst - a late symptom of heat stress
Fainting
Heat exhaustion - fatigue, giddiness, nausea, headache, moist skin
Heat stroke - hot dry skin, confusion, convulsions and eventual loss of consciousness. This is the most
severe disorder and can result in death if not detected at an early stage
 32. List out common scaffolding hazards? (8M)
Common Scaffolding Hazards Individuals exposed to scaffolding hazards include scaffold erectors and
dismantlers, personnel working on/under scaffolds, and employees and the general public near scaffolding.
Scaffold erectors and dismantlers are at particular risk, since they work on scaffolds before ladders,
guardrails, platforms, and planks are completely installed. Common scaffolding hazards are:
Hazards from Structural Flaws
Missing/improperly supported base plates
Scaffold not tied properly to building
Platform slope exceeds requirement
Legs not plumb
Braces/runners/cross-bracing not secure
Missing braces/runners and cross-bracing
Some planks overextended/under extended
Severe overloading/danger of collapse
Broken pins on frames Fall Hazards
•Missing mid and top guardrails
•Improper access
•Platforms not fully planked
•Substandard planks
•Falling objects/missing toe boards
•Slippery platforms Electrical Hazards
•Building scaffold too close to power lines
•Ungrounded/damaged tools & equipment on scaffold These hazards mainly come from parts failure, not
following proper installation, inspection, and dismantling procedures, the failures at attachment points,
inadequate fall protection, changing weather conditions, and overloading of scaffolds.

33. What is an acoustic material? Give example? (2M)

It is a material designed to control direct and manipulate sound waves as these might occurs in gases,
liquids, and solids.
Ex: Types of acoustic material:
Sound absorbers
Sound diffuses
Noise barriers
Sound reflectors

34. What is Inherent Safety? (2M)

The major principle in Inherent Safety is to remove the hazard altogether. The best method to achieve this
is to reduce the inventory of hazardous substances such that a major hazard is no longer presented.
However, this is not often readily achievable and by definition no COMAH facility will have done so. Other
possible methods to achieve an Inherently Safer design are:
Intensification to reduce inventories;
Substitution of hazardous substances by less hazardous alternatives;
Attenuation to reduce hazardous process conditions i.e. Temperature, pressure;
Simpler systems/processes to reduce potential loss of containment or possibility of errors causing a
hazardous event;
Fail-safe design e.g. Valve position on failure.

35. What is the purpose of a ventilation system? (2M)

There are four purposes of ventilation:
Provide a continuous supply of fresh outside air.
Maintain temperature and humidity at comfortable levels.
Reduce potential fire or explosion hazards.
Remove or dilute airborne contaminants.

36. Explain the general requirement for storage of materials? (8M)

General Requirements for Storage of Materials:

Store materials in a planned and orderly manner that does not endanger employee safety. Ensure
stacks, tiers, and piles are stable and stacked to aid safe handling and loading. Store hazardous
materials in accordance with the individual requirements.

Store all materials on pallets to discourage rodent infestation. Immediately clean up spills and leaks
that create such rodent habitat.

Use slings to hoist bagged material, lumber, bricks, masonry blocks, and similar loosely stacked
materials only if the slings are fully secured against falling by straps, sideboards, nets, or other
suitable devices.

Storing Materials in an Open Yard:

Storing materials in an open yard requires attention to combustible materials, access, power
lines, and fire protection.

Combustible Materials. Stack combustible materials securely.

Stacks or piles must be no more than 16 feet high. Store combustible material at least 10 feet away
from a building or structure.

Access. Driveways between and around combustible storage piles must be at least 15 feet wide.
Keep them free from accumulations of material or rubbish. Use a map grid system of 50 by 150 feet
when planning driveways in open-yard combustible material storage areas.

Power lines. Do not store materials under power lines or where materials may block egress or
emergency equipment.

Fire Protection. Provide portable fire extinguishing equipment rated 2-A:40-B:C at accessible marked
locations in the yard so that the nearest extinguisher is no more than 50 feet away for a Class B hazard or
75 feet away for a Class A hazard.

Requirements for Storing Materials Indoors:

Storing materials indoors requires attention to access, fire prevention and protection, floor loading, and
overhead hazards. Buildings under construction require special precautions.

Access. Place or store materials so they do not interfere with access ways, doorways, electrical panels, fire
extinguishers, or hoist ways. Do not obstruct access ways or exits with accumulations of scrap or
materials. Aisles must be wide enough to accommodate forklifts or fire fighting equipment.

Fire Prevention. When storing, handling, and piling materials, consider the fire characteristics. Store non-
compatible materials that may create a fire hazard at least 25 feet apart or separate them with a barrier
having at least a 1-hour fire rating. Pile material to minimize internal fire spread and to provide
convenient access for fire-fighting.

Fire Doors. Maintain a 24-inch clearance around the travel path of fire doors.

Sprinklers. Maintain at least an 18-inch clearance between stored materials and sprinkler heads.

Heating Appliances. Maintain at least a 3-foot clearance between stored materials and unit heaters,
radiant space heaters, duct furnaces, and flues or the clearances shown on the approval agency label.

Fire Protection. Emergency fire equipment must be readily accessible and in good working order.
Floor Loading. Conspicuously post load limits in all storage areas, except for floors or slabs on grade.

Buildings Under Construction. Store materials inside buildings under construction at least 6 feet away
from any hoist way or inside floor openings, and 10 feet away from an exterior wall that does not extend
above the top of the material stored.

37. List out the Duties and Responsibilities of competent person? (8M)
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMPETENT PERSON:
Carrying out regular hazard inspections and reporting the findings to senior management
2) Organising safety audits and advising on safety management systems
3) Identifying training needs of employees, identifying appropriate training courses, as well as
additional competence requirements
4) Advising management of action which needs to be taken to reduce occupational risks
5) Liaising with safety representatives (if appointed) to cooperate whenever necessary
6) Keeping records of examinations, tests, inspections, accidents, including illnesses, and dangerous
occurrences, emergency exercises
7) Increasing safety awareness within the company by regular staff and management briefings
8) Acting as a liaison person with contractors coming onto site, ensuring their safety procedures are in
order and ensuring that they are provided with the same standards of health and safety as company
employees
9) Investigating accidents, occupational illnesses and dangerous occurrences
10) Building up an information base which will allow the company to keep abreast of health and safety
requirements and to ensure that all appropriate information is passed on to employees
11) Participating in and ensuring that an effective consultation mechanism is maintained within the
organisation for health and safety
12) Liaising with state and semi-state authorities on health and safety issues

38. List out the duties and responsibilities of competent person? (8M)
Is qualified because of knowledge, training and experience to organize the work and its performance
Is familiar with the acts and regulations that applied to the work
Has knowledge of any potential or actual danger to health or safety in the workplace
Roles:
Carrying out regular hazard inspection and reporting the findings to senior management
Organizing safety audits and advising on safety management systems
Identifying training needs of an employee’s identifying appropriate training content
Advising management of action which needs to be taken to reduce occupational diseases
Maintain cooperation with safety representatives
Keeping records of examinations, tests, inspections, accidents, including illness and dangerous occurrences
as well as emergency exercises
Increasing safety awareness within the company by regular staff and management briefings
Acting as a liaisim person with contractors coming on to sight, ensuring their safety procedures are in
order and ensuring that they are providing with the same standard of the health and safety as company
employees
Investigating accidents, occupational illness and dangerous occurrences
Building of an information base which allows the company to keep their interest of health and safety
requirements
Participating in an effective consultation mechanism within the organization for health and safety
Liaising with started semi state authorities on health and safety issues

39. Explain in detail about with safety measures that are to be followed while working at height with
example? (8M)
General precautions while working at height:
Cutoff power in nearby electrical lines to avoid shock and fall.
Do not lift or carry excessive loads, so as to loose balance and fallen
Tools should be attached by lanyard to the belt or garment to prevent their fall on others
Safety helmet, shoes, safety belt, and other PPE’S shall be used as per requirement
Keep work floor always dry, and clean and well protected
No safe means of access, emergency stair cage, fire extinguishers, and first aid box before starting the
work
Workers suffering from balance disorders(vertigo epilepsy)should not be employed on continuously to
work at height
Safety belts, lanyards, lifelines and trained workers are allowed to working at heights
Provide proper ant adequate working platforms.

40. List out General Requirements of stairways and ladders? (2M)

A stairway or ladder must be provided at all worker points of access where there is a break in elevation of
19 inches (48 cm) or more and no ramp, runway, embankment, or personnel hoist is provided.
When there is only one point of access between levels, it must be kept clear to permit free passage by
workers. If free passage becomes restricted, a second point of access must be provided and used.
When there are more than two points of access between levels, at least one point of access must be kept
clear.
All stairway and ladder fall protection systems required by these rules must be installed and all duties
required by the stairway and ladder rules must be performed before employees begin work that requires
them to use stairways or ladders and their respective fall protection systems

41. Write short notes on Travel Restraint System? (2M)

Travel-Restraint Systems:

A travel-restraint system lets a worker travel just far enough to reach the edge but not far enough to fall
over.

The basic travel-restraint system consists of

Full body harness

Lanyard
Lifeline
Rope grab to attach harness or lanyard to lifeline
Adequate anchorage (capable of supporting a static load of 2 kilonewtons—450 pounds
With a recommended safety factor of at least 2, that is, 4 kilonewtons or 900 pounds).

42. Explain the hierarchy of risk control produced by noise? (8M)

The WHS Regulations require duty holders to work through a hierarchy of control to choose the control
measure that most effectively eliminates or minimises the risk in the circumstances. The hierarchy ranks
the ways of controlling the risk of hearing loss from noise from the highest level of protection and
reliability to the lowest so that the most effective controls are considered first. Effective risk control may
involve a single control measure or a combination of two or more different controls.
ELIMINATE THE RISK The most effective control measure is to eliminate the source of noise completely,
for example by ceasing to use a noisy machine, changing the way work is carried out so hazardous noise is
not produced or by not introducing the hazard into the workplace.
MINIMISE THE RISK If it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the source of noise, you must minimize
the risk associated with hearing loss as far as is reasonably practicable. This includes ensuring that the
noise does not exceed the exposure standard by choosing one or more of the following measures: „
Substitute the hazard with plant or processes that are quieter „ modify plant and processes to reduce the
noise using engineering controls „ isolate the source of noise from people by using distance, barriers,
enclosures and sound absorbing surfaces. If there is a remaining risk, it must be minimised so far as is
reasonably practicable by implementing administrative controls, and if a risk still remains, then suitable
personal protective equipment must be provided and used. These two types of control measures, when
used on their own, tend to be least effective in minimising risks because they rely on human behaviour
and supervision.
SUBSTITUTING PLANT OR PROCESSES to reduce noise BUY ‘QUIET’ One of the most cost-effective and
long-term ways of reducing noise at work is to introduce a purchasing and hiring policy to choose the
quietest plant for the job. This can be done by obtaining information on noise emission (for example, data
on sound power level or sound pressure level at the operator position) from the manufacturer, importer
or supplier of plant and comparing it to determine the quietest plant.
Ask the suppliers about the likely noise emission under the particular conditions in which you will operate
the machinery, as well as under standard test conditions. If you ask the same question to all suppliers you
can compare information. Sound power level data will only ever be a guide as many factors affect the
actual noise levels experienced by your workers, but it will help you buy quieter machines.
CHANGE THE WAY YOU DO THE JOB A different way of doing the job may provide the same result with a
lot less noise. For example, bending metal in a vice or a press is quieter than hammering it into shape,
welding is generally quieter than riveting, gluing is quieter than hammering in nails, clipping is quieter than
stapling, and lowering materials in a controlled manner is quieter than dropping them on hard surfaces.
USING ENGINEERING CONTROLS A good understanding of the operation of the plant or process is
necessary when considering ways of minimizing noise at its source. Examples of engineering control
measures include: „
Eliminating impacts between hard objects or surfaces „
Minimizing the drop height of objects or the angle that they fall onto hard surfaces „ Using absorbent
lining on surfaces to cushion the fall or impact of objects „
Fitting exhaust mufflers on internal combustion engines „

43. Discuss the hazards related to material handling and ware housing? (8M)
Hazards related to material handling:
Hazards due to load
Hazards due to task
Hazards due to environmental factors
Hazards due to lifting equipment
Factors effecting for load:
Weight
Size
Shape
Damaged surface
Absence or inappropriate handles
Imbalance
Factors effecting for task hazards:
lifting and lowering
pushing or pulling
inability
lack of accuracy and precision
hazardous movement are postures
multiple handling requirements
Factors effecting for environment hazards :
high temperature
relative humidity
lack of illumination
noise
time constraints
physical conditions
Factors effecting for lifting equipment hazards :
excessive loads
high speed operation
no hand signals
improper maintenance and inspection
damaged lifting equipment’s

44. What is lifting equipment? Give examples? (2M)

Lifting equipment is any work equipment for lifting and lowering loads, and includes any accessories used
in doing so (such as attachments to support, fix or anchor the equipment).
Examples of lifting equipment include:
Overhead cranes and their supporting runways
Patient hoists
Motor vehicle lifts
Vehicle tail lifts and cranes fitted to vehicles
A building cleaning cradle and its suspension equipment
Goods and passenger lifts
Telehandlers and fork lifts
Lifting accessories

45. What is forklift truck? (2M)

A forklift truck is a powered industrial truck equipped with lifting media made up of a mast and elevating
load carriage to which a pair of fork arms or other arms that can be raised 900 mm or more off the ground.
Ride-on forklift trucks are a greater risk to the health and safety of workers and other people than
pedestrian-operated forklift trucks and therefore require a high risk work license to operate.

46. List out the points in manhole entry procedure? (2M)

Manhole Entry Procedures:
Put on body harness and attach it to lifeline.
Check manhole entry steps by hitting each one before putting weight on it.
If a manhole does not have steps; use a ladder that reaches to the bottom.
Take the gas monitor into the manhole.
If the gas monitor alarm sounds, climb out of the manhole immediately.
If the gas monitor alarm does not sound, atmospheric levels are acceptable. Proceed to work,
following all safety procedures.

47. Explain about photo electric safety guards? (8M)

Photo electric safe guards are used in presence in sensing system
There are two types of presence sensing systems
Laser guards
Light guards
Laser guards: laser guards are photo electric safety system that detect an obstruction in the path taken by
a beam or beams of light
If the field of light is broken the machine stops and will not run
The invisible barriers operated by the system may consists of a single beam or multiple beam of light
This device should be used only on machines that can be stopped before the workers can reach the danger
area
Light guards: light guards which are light beams used in guarding of machinery there may be a scanning
beam or beams or a no. of fixed beams.
The light may be visible or invisible.
The light beams may be modulated and coherent
Ex: infrared rays
When property maintained present using system stop the machinery before the person moves into a
position there they could be injured
They turn of the running machine or equipment before access can be gained to a dangerous area
surrounding the machine
They relay on sensitive trip machine and the machine being able to start quickly
Photo electric curtains laser scanners and pressure mats (or) examples of these types of guards
There must be operated and maintained according to manufactures instruction.

48. Explain the selection and Design of guards? (8M)

All guards must be of suitable design and construction
They should be strong, resilient, difficult to defeat or override, and securely fixed in position
 Where there is frequent access to a danger zone, it is normally preferable to interlock the guard
with a device that isolates the power supply and arrests dangerous machine movements when the
guard is opened
Guards must be effective in preventing access to danger zones and require regular checks to
ensure that fingers, arms, feet or bodies cannot reach into such zones
Finally, guards must be maintained in position whenever the machine is operating or dangerous
parts are in motion. This will involve not only providing the guards themselves but also training,
supervision and employee discipline.

ERGONOMICS OF MACHINE GAURDING:

Ergonomics and machine guarding a critical aspect of machine guarding is to ensure workers cannot reach
past the guarding into the machine. The way the worker uses and interacts with a machine (ergonomic
principles) needs to be considered when deciding how to best guard a machine.
Typical ergonomic principles include:
•The nature of postures and movements
•The ease of physical operation
•The effects of noise or temperature the lighting environment
•The clarity and location of manual controls
•The design of dials, markings and displays.

49. List out typical machine guard ergonomic principles? (2M)

ERGONOMICS OF MACHINE GAURDING:
Ergonomics and machine guarding a critical aspect of machine guarding is to ensure workers cannot reach
past the guarding into the machine. The way a worker uses and interacts with a machine (ergonomic
principles) needs to be considered when deciding how to best guard a machine. Typical ergonomic
principles include:
•the nature of postures and movements
•the ease of physical operation
•the effects of noise or temperature the lighting environment
•the clarity and location of manual controls
•the design of dials, markings and displays.

50. Write short notes on guard’s selection and design? (2M)

Selection and Design of Guards
The following is a description of the common types of guards available, their design considerations and
limitations of use. Each type of guard is designed to suit a particular purpose. You should consider which
type of guard is best suited for your needs. For some applications, you may need to use a combination of
guards in order to achieve the safety outcome.

Irrespective of which guard you select, you need to ensure that:

The guard is such that it makes by-passing or disabling, whether deliberately or by accident, as difficult as
is reasonably possible; and
The guard does not cause a risk in itself and cause injury.

51. List out hazardous tasks of handling? (2M)

lifting or lowering

Repetitively

Quickly

For extended periods of time

While seated or kneeling

Immediately after prolonged flexion

 Shortly after a period of rest

● An inability to get close to the load moving the load over large distances

● Accuracy and precision required because of

Fragile loads, or

Specific unloading locations

● Materials positioned too low or too high

● Hazardous movements or postures (e.g., twisting, extended bending and reaching)

● Multiple handling requirements (e.g., lifting, carrying, unloading)

52. List out the general precaution shall be observed by power tool users? (8M)
The following general precautions shall be observed by power tool users:
Never carry a tool by the cord or hose;
Never remove prongs from any cords;
Never stand in or near water when using tools;
Always use a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) with electrical tools if working in a wet environment;
Never “yank” the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the receptacle;
Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil and sharp edges;
Replace all frayed and/or damaged extension cords. Do not try to tape cords;
Disconnect tools when not in use, before servicing and when changing accessories such as blades, bits and
cutters;
All observers shall be kept at a safe distance away from the work area;
Secure work with clamps or a vice, freeing both hands to operate the tool;
Avoid accidental starting. The worker shall not hold a finger on the switch button while carrying a plugged-
in tool;
Tools shall be maintained with care. They shall be kept sharp and clean for the best performance. Follow
instructions in the user’s manual for maintenance, lubricating and changing accessories;
Maintain good footing and balance;
Avoid loose fitting clothes, ties or jewelry such as bracelets, watches or rings, which can become caught in
moving parts;
Use tools that are either double-insulated or grounded (three-pronged);
Keep work area well lit when operating electric tools;
Ensure that cords and hoses do not pose as a tripping hazard; and
All portable electric tools that are damaged shall be removed from use and tagged “Do Not Use”. This
shall be done by supervisors and/or employees.

53. State the benefits of goods illumination. What are the factors to be considered for adequate
lighting? (8M)
Benefits of good illumination:
Reduces risk of occupational accidents and health problems
Better concentration and accuracy in work
A brighter and cleaner work place resulting in more active and cheerful environment
Improved work performance
Better visibility, improved accuracy and increased work speed and enhancing production
It avoids errors, fatigue and accidents
Factors for adequate lighting
The level of illumination required in a workroom or factory depends on factors such as:
The age of worker and his visual ability
Size of the object and type of work
Contrast b/w the object and the background is another factor. which should be taken into account in
designing the lighting arrangement
Glare arises when some parts of the fields of vision is bright in relation to the general level. the design of
lighting arrangement should aim at minimum glare in the work room
IS-03

List out various ill effects of acid rain on mankind? (2M)

What are the safe measures taken in boiler as they operate above atmospheric pressure? (8M)

Explain briefly about colour codes of safety signs? (2M)

What are long term health effects of a welder? (2M)

Explain about liquid waste treatment process? (8M)

List down few lifting appliances? (2M)

List out the operations where work permits are required and why. Explain? (8M)

List out some source of waste? (2M)

List out the effects of water pollution? (2M)

Discuss about cleaner technologies? (8M)

List out the hazards in loading docks? (8M)

List out the points in scaffold safety checklist? (8M)

What are the hazards associated with mature and dry crops in agro industry? (2M)

Briefly explain the COSHH? (8M)

What is confined space? What is purpose of confined space? (2M)

Explain the chemical hazards in sugar industry and list their control measures? (8M)

List out the hazards in dock works? (2M)

What are the operations carried out in automobile industry? (2M)

Explain the boiler dry storage procedure? (8M)

What are the occupational health hazards in textile industry? Explain the preventive measure for them?

(8M)

List out most common hazards in the agricultural industry? (2M)

Explain in detail about safety measured that are to be followed at a construction site? (8M)

List out the factors can cause injury to younger workers in Agro Industry? (2M)

List out Health hazards in Super Industry? (2M)

Explain about some health and safety hazards associated with being a welder? (8M)
Explain the safety tips used in docks? (8M)

What is zoonosis? List out zoonotic preventive measures? (2M)

List out General hazards in foundries and Forges? (2M)

List out man made sources of Air pollution? (2M)

Explain the effects of water pollution? (8M)

What is acid rain? (2M)

List out the Hazards in boiler operation? (2M)

What are the hazards in Automobile Industry? (2M)

List out different types of hazards in sugar industry? Explain at least 5 from the following? (8M)

What is an Excavation? List out the Excavation Supporting Methods? (2M)

Explain different water pollutions? (8M)

What are some health and safety hazards associated with being a welder? (8M)

Explain safety tips for brazing? (8M)

List four safety requirements of Electrode holder of arc welding? (2M)

What are the hazards from welding gases? (2M)

Explain step by step process of work permit system from opening till closing of a permit in any

operation? (8M)

List out some types Wastes? (2M)

List out various causes accidents in dock work? (2M)

Write short notes on welding? (2M)

Write short notes on soldering? (2M)

What should you do with empty cylinders? (2M)

List out various types of work permits? (2M)

What are the occupational health hazards in automobile industry? Explain the preventive measure for

them? (8M)

List out sources of Land Pollution? (2M)List out waste Disposal methods? (2M)

Explain the tips in Cargo Handling? (8M)

List out vehicle safety rules? (8M)

Explain about sources of land pollution? (8M)

Explain General boiler test procedures? (8M)

 IS-03

1. List out various ill effects of acid rain on mankind? (2M)

 Effects Thom on nervous system
 Effects respiratory system
 Effects digestive system
 Skin lances and other disorders
 May lead to skin sensitization and irritation

2. What are the safe measures taken in boiler as they operate above atmospheric pressure? (8M)
Safety measures in boiler operations:
 Follow manufacture instructions
 Provide adequate training
 Maintain good house keeping
 Wear protective clothing and equipment
 Follow lock out tag out procedures
 Reduce noise levels
 Checking of oil temperature periodically
 Checking of heaters periodically
 Maintain insulation to all steam lines
 Maintain proper colour coding to pipe lines
 Test the pressure safety values periodically
 Use accepted methods for purging and recharging gas lines
 Proper maintenance of boiler
 Following SOP strictly
 Test for lakes and arrest if any
 Maintain indicating devices and safety devices in condition.

3. Explain briefly about colour codes of safety signs? (2M)

Safety sign:
It is defined as information or instruction about health and safety at work for sign board
 It is maintained in different colours for different hazards
 Red - danger or prohibition
 Yellow & amber – warning
 Blue – mandatory
 Green – eye, emergency escape, first aid

4. What are long term health effects of a welder? (2M)

 Possible hearing loss.

 The exposure to UV light may result in chronic damage to the eyes and skin.
 Damage to the central nervous system, when exposed to lead, manganese and aluminium fumes.

atmospheres (particularly in poorly ventilated places).
 ain materials are present in welding fumes such as zinc or cadmium,
polychlorinated biphenyls (from decomposition of anti-corrosion oils), or decomposition products
from paints.
5. Explain about liquid waste treatment process? (8M)

Wastewater (liquid waste) from flushing the toilet, bathing, washing sinks and general cleaning
goes down the drain and into a pipe, which joins a larger sewer pipe under the road. The larger pipe
also joins a major pipe that leads to the treatment centre.
STAGE ONE: SCREENING
Screening is first stage of the wastewater treatment process. Screening removes large objects like,
diapers, nappies, sanitary items, cotton buds, face wipes and even broken bottles, bottle tops,
plastics and rags that may block or damage equipment.
Special equipment is also used to remove grit that gets washed into the sewer.
STAGE TWO: PRIMARY TREATMENT
This involves the separation of organic solid matter (or human waste) from the wastewater. This is
done by putting the wastewater into large settlement tanks for the solids to sink to the bottom of
the tank. The settled solids are called ‘sludge’. At the bottom of these circular tanks, large scrappers
continuously scrape the floor of the tank and push the sludge towards the centre where it is
pumped away for further treatment. The rest of the water is then moved to the Secondary
treatment.
STAGE THREE: SECONDARY TREATMENT
The water, at this stage is put into large rectangular tanks. These are called aeration lanes. Air is
pumped into the water to encourage bacteria to breakdown the tiny bits of sludge that escaped the
sludge scrapping process.
STAGE FOUR: FINAL TREATMENT
Next the ‘almost’ treated wastewater is passed through a settlement tank. Here, more sludge is
formed at the bottom of the tank from the settling of the bacterial action. Again, the sludge is
scrapped and collected for treatment. The water at this stage is almost free from harmless
substances and chemicals. The water is allowed to flow over a wall where it is filtered through a
bed of sand to remove any additional particles.

6. List down few lifting appliances? (2M)

 chain slings
 wire rope slings
 synthetic web sling
 metal mesh sling
 D shackles
 bow shackles
 lifting beams
 spreader beams

7. List out the operations where work permits are required and why. Explain? (8M)
Work permits
 working at height
 hot work permit
 cold work permit
 electrical permit
 confined permit
 excavation permit
 safe work permit
requirements of work permits
 ensure that the work which is intended to takes place is properly authorized
 clarify the nature and extent of the work
 specify which precautions must be taken and which activities are prohibited
 indicating the data time and location that the specified activities may occur
 ensure that all those persons who have control of (or) are effected by the activity or away
 Provide a record of the work that the specified precautions have been understood and enacted and that the
workplace and or equipment is return to a safe condition.

8. List out some source of waste? (2M)

Municipal sources of waste:

This includes trash or garbage from households, schools, offices, market places, restaurants and
other public places. They include everyday items like food debris, used plastic bags, soda cans and
plastic water bottles, broken furniture, grass clippings, product packaging, broken home appliances
and clothing.
Medical/clinical waste normally refers to waste produced from health care facilities, such as
hospitals, clinics, surgical theatres, veterinary hospitals and labs. They tend to be classified as
hazard waste rather than general waste. Items in this group include surgical items,
pharmaceuticals, blood, body parts; wound dressing materials, needles and syringes
Agricultural sources of waste:
Typically, this is waste generated by agricultural activities. These include horticulture, fruit growing,
seed growing, livestock breeding, market gardens and seedling nurseries.
Waste items in this group include empty pesticide containers, old silage wrap, out of date
medicines and wormers, used tires, surplus milk, cocoa pods and corn husks.

9. List out the effects of water pollution? (2M)

Effects of water pollution.

You will notice in the previous pages that water pollution is very harmful to humans, animals and
water life. The effects can be catastrophic, depending on the kind of chemicals, concentrations of
the pollutants and where there are polluted. Below, we shall see a summary of the effects of water
pollution. (Make sure you see the factsheet page for some very unfortunate incidents of water
pollution in recent time)
The effects of water pollution are varied and depend on what chemicals are dumped and in which locations.
Many water bodies near urban areas (cities and towns) are highly polluted. This is the result of both
garbage dumped by individuals and dangerous chemicals legally or illegally dumped by
manufacturing industries, health centres, schools and market places.
Death of aquatic (water) animals
The main problem caused by water pollution is that it kills life that depends on these water bodies.
Dead fish, crabs, birds and sea gulls, dolphins, and many other animals often wind up on beaches,
killed by pollutants in their habitat (living environment).
Disruption of food-chains
Pollution disrupts the natural food chain as well. Pollutants such as lead and cadmium are eaten by
tiny animals. Later, these animals are consumed by fish and shellfish, and the food chain continues
to be disrupted at all higher levels.
10. Discuss about cleaner technologies? (8M)
Cleaner technology
Cleaner technology refers to any process product or service that reduces negative environmental impacts
through significant energy efficiency improvements the sustainable use of resources or the environmental
protection activities.
Cleaner technology includes a broad range of technology related to recycling, relievable energy information
technology, green transportation, electric motors green chemistry, lighting, gray water and more
The expected technology from above include
 Better preservation of rapidly diminishing water resources
 Lower risk of effecting the usability of the receiving water bodies for irrigation and livestock watering.
 Reduces the scope of land polluted of composting
 Lower hazardous or unpleasant air emissions.
 Maintain appropriate occupational health and safety standards
 Provide better working condition and lesser the accident rates and severity.

11. List out the hazards in loading docks? (8M)

• Slips caused by wet or oily floors

• Falls from dock edges
• Falls caused by unsecured dock plates
• Carbon monoxide exposure from truck and powered material handling equipment
• Back injuries from improper lifting or carrying
• Head and eye injuries from falling objects
• Hearing damage from a loud noise level; and
• Injuries from careless operation of material handling equipment.
Preventing slips, trips and falls not surprisingly, slips, trip, and falls are among the most common
types of loading dock accidents. With so much activity, materials and equipment around,
employees are at risk of injury unless precautions are taken to manage the area to promote safety.
Make sure to address these concerns whenever they arise.
• Spills, leaks and wet areas need to be cleaned up immediately.
• Cracks, holes or other damage to flooring needs to be repaired.
• Dock plates must be properly placed.
• Containers, packaging and too is must be kept out of the way.
• Trash must be removed from the area and disposed of properly.
• Employees must be encouraged to watch where they're walking and to stay clear of dock edges.
• Horseplay and other unsafe behaviour, such as jumping onto or off the loading dock must be
firmly discouraged.
Employees must also be taught how to use material handling equipment safely. For example, they
should know how to load a hand truck safely so that it is well balanced and the load is secure.
Safety precautions required around vehicles Some loading dock injuries occur when employees are
hit by powered material handling equipment operating in the area. Other accidents occur because
trucks and trailers are not properly secured and shut down.

12. List out the points in scaffold safety checklist? (8M)

 Site location
 Period of time the scaffold is required to be in place
 Intended use
 Height and length and any critical dimensions which may affect the scaffold
 Number of boarded lifts
 Maximum working loads to be imposed and maximum number of people using the scaffold at any
one time
 Type of access onto the scaffold e.g. staircase, ladder bay, external ladders
 Whether there is a requirement for sheeting, netting or brick guards
 Any specific requirements or provisions e.g. pedestrian walkway, restriction on tie locations,
 Inclusion/provision for mechanical handling plant e.g. hoist)
 Nature of the ground conditions or supporting structure
 Information on the structure/building the scaffold will be erected against together with any
relevant
 Dimensions and drawings
 Any restrictions that may affect the erection, alteration or dismantling process
 Prior to installation, the scaffold contractor or scaffold designer can then provide relevant
information about the scaffold. This should include:
 Type of scaffold required (tube & fitting or system)
 Maximum bay lengths
 Maximum lift heights
 Platform boarding arrangement (i.e. 5 + 2) and the number of boarded lifts that can be used at any
one time
 Safe working load / load class
 Maximum leg loads
 Maximum tie spacing both horizontal and vertical and tie duty
 Details of additional elements such as beamed bridges, fans, loading bays etc., which may be a
standard configuration or specifically designed
 Information can be included in relevant drawings if appropriate
 Any other information relevant to the design, installation or use of the scaffold
 Reference number, date etc. To enable recording, referencing and checking
 All scaffolding must be erected, dismantled and altered in a safe manner. This is achieved by
following the guidance provided by the NASC in document SG4 ‘Preventing falls in scaffolding’ for
tube and fitting scaffolds or by following similar guidance provided by the manufacturers of system
scaffolding.

13. What are the hazards associated with mature and dry crops in agro industry? (2M)

The most common hazards in the agricultural industry are:

 Using unguarded machinery – e.g. the power take off on tractors or conveyor lines
 Manual harvesting - e.g. fruit picking that involves awkward working positions and reaching above
your shoulder or head
 Heavy lifting - e.g. moving or lifting animals, moving feed and lifting fruit cases
 Elevated work - e.g. working in silos and cool stores where there is the possibility of falling
 Fatigue - e.g. Working extended hours during peak times (e.g. harvesting) and working in hot or
cold weather.

14. Briefly explain the COSHH? (8M)

COSHH - WHAT IS REQUIRED

Under the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations (COSHH) employers are required
to eliminate exposures or if that is not possible the use of substances should be controlled and
exposures reduced to the lowest level possible. Employers must:
 Assess the risks to health arising from the use of hazardous substances at work
 Prevent or control the risk of exposure
 Ensure that control measures are used and maintained
 Monitor exposure and undertake health surveillance as necessary
 Inform, instruct and train all exposed employees - and others, e.g. third parties on site such as
contractors - about the hazards, risks and controls
 Keep records of assessments, maintenance, monitoring, health surveillance and training.

COSHH ASSESSMENTS
A COSHH assessment is the process of evaluating the risks to health from a substance and deciding
on the action needed to reduce or control those risks. The responsibility for carrying out the
assessment rests with the employer, though the task can be delegated to somebody who has the
necessary level of competence. The competent person needs to understand the regulations and
legal requirements as set out in the Approved Code of Practice on COSHH.
When carrying out the assessment it is important that there is consultation with managers and
employee's representatives so there is a full understanding of the work and the risks involved.
It is important not to focus entirely on the substances that you buy or use or the product you
manufacture. Look at the main processes and consider where potentially hazardous substances
might be generated during work activity.
Consider fumes and dusts given off as a result of the work such as in soldering, degreasing or
drilling/cutting printed circuit boards:
 Think of the measures that are currently in place and consider their effectiveness
 Consider how the exposure might occur
 Consider the work routines and the lengths of time that people, including non-employees, are
exposed
 Think about the effects of the substances and what harm could result (both short and long term)
 Could hazardous substances be breathed in or will there be direct skin contact? Could it be
swallowed as a result of contamination to hands or clothing?
 Could there be exposure through accidental leakage, spillage or during maintenance?
Evaluate the risks and decide on what is needed to adequately control the risks. You may find that
many of the measures necessary to control the risks are already provided, but in any case, you
should write down the conclusions of your assessment. You need to review the assessments from
time to time to check that they remain valid. All assessments should be reviewed and revised at
least every 2 years or whenever the workplace or processes are changed.

KEY ACTION STEPS

 Compile a full list of all substances in use within the workplace, and obtain all relevant material
safety data sheets (MSDS's) from suppliers. Include substances that are generated by work, by-
products and waste materials
 Ensure that all health risks to employees and others have been properly identified and assessed
 Carry out a COSHH Assessment for each substance and/or potentially hazardous activity
 Ensure that exposure to hazardous substances is prevented or adequately controlled
 Decide what control measures are needed, and how to provide them
 Maintain all control measures and ensure they are used
 Monitor exposure levels and provide health surveillance, as required
 Provide employees (and others) with necessary information, instruction and training
 Review COSHH assessments at least every 2 years or whenever changes in workplace or process
are made
 Keep written records as required

CONTROL MEASURES
The purpose of an assessment is to decide what measures are needed to control the health risks
presented by the substances.
The best and most reliably effective control measures must be considered first.
The general hierarchy of control measures is as follows:
 changing the process to eliminate the use of hazardous substance or substitution etc.
 Substitution of the hazardous substance
 Total enclosure of the process, separating the substances from the person
 Partial enclosure or local exhaust ventilation (LEV)
 Good general ventilation
 Personal protective equipment such as respirators gloves and goggles
Other measures might include prohibiting eating and drinking in work areas; providing facilities for
washing and changing clothes as well as regular cleaning of the workplace.
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS EXPOSURES
These could arise from the following:
 Use of rosin cored solder
 Use of corrosive liquids e.g. fluxes
 Cleaning and degreasing using solvents
 Heating of polyurethane coated wires giving rise to fumes

15. What is confined space? What is purpose of confined space? (2M)

DEFINITION OF A CONFINED SPACE

A space large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned
work and has the following characteristics:
A. Limited means for entry and exit;
 B. Non-existent or inadequate ventilation of the space, allowing for the potential accumulation of
toxic air contaminants, flammable or explosive agents, and/or depletion of oxygen; and
C. Not intended for continuous worker occupancy.
Examples of confined spaces: Boilers, degreasers, drop inlets, furnaces, manholes, pipelines, pits,
pumping stations, sewers, septic tanks, silos, storage tanks, tanks, tunnels with limited entry, utility
vaults, vats, wells, or similar types of enclosures. See maps following page 15 in Manual.

PURPOSE
The purpose of the Confined Space Entry Program is to prevent accidents and injuries by training
and equipping employees who might be required to enter approved Class C confined spaces. This
program is designed to help eliminate or control the hazards associated with entering, working
within, and exiting confined spaces.

16. Explain the chemical hazards in sugar industry and list their control measures? (8M)

Chemical hazards in sugar industry

 Flammables
 Corrosives
 Reactive materials
 Toxic materials
Flammables: it includes any liquid which is ignitable at room temperature
Corrosives: the chemicals have the ability to react violently under many circumstances including upon contact
with air, water or other incompatible chemicals
Toxics: toxicity is the ability of chemical substances to cause an undesirable effect in a biological system it
may enter into biological system in 3 ways
 Inhalation through nose
 Injection through mouth
 Absorption through skin

17. List out the hazards in dock works? (2M)

A) Fall from height

B) Falling objects
C) Fatigue
D) Hazards due to lifting equipment
E) Fire
F) Electrocution
G) Hazards by moving vehicles & equipment’s
H) Asphyxiate substances
I) MSD’S
J) Noise
K) Noise, slips and trips

18. What are the operations carried out in automobile industry? (2M)

Automotive industry involves wide range of operations like design, development. Manufacturing, marketing
and setting of motor vehicles.

19. Explain the boiler dry storage procedure? (8M)

DRY STORAGE PROCEDURE

1. Drain, wash out, and inspect the boiler.
2. The cleaned boiler should be thoroughly dried, using warm air to dry internal surfaces.
Precautions must be taken to prevent the entry of moisture in any form.
 All valves to and from the boiler should be examined to see that they do not leak. If necessary,
disconnect water and steam lines during stand-by status, and block off the openings.
3. A non-corrosive moisture absorbent (desiccant) should then be placed on plastic or wooden trays
and inserted in the boiler drums or shell. The trays should be placed so air can circulate
underneath.
4. The most widely used desiccants are quicklime (not the same as hydrated or agricultural lime)
and silica gel. Silica gel is generally preferred since it is more efficient moisture absorbent and can
be reused. It is also safer to handle and easier to use than quicklime.
5. The recommended amounts of desiccant to use per 30 cubic feet (225 gallons) of boiler volume
are: two pounds of quicklime or five pounds of silica gel.
6. Replace the manholes and completely seal the boiler. Prominently tag the boiler to indicate it
must not be operated until the moisture absorbing chemicals are removed and the boiler refilled
7. Every two months, open the boiler and inspect the moisture absorbing chemicals. Replace the
quicklime as needed or regenerate the silica gel and return it to the trays in the boiler. Reseal the
boiler completely. Note that some desiccants can give off noxious fumes. Be sure the boiler is
thoroughly ventilated prior to entering
8. There are Humidity Indicating Cards available that are convenient for dry stored boilers. The
cards are available in a variety of humidity ranges and from several manufacturers. Cards are
sensitive and should be used along with the desiccant.
9. The Humidity Indicating Cards should be hung with a string (there are pre-punched holes) inside
the boiler so they do not touch the metal interior or the desiccant trays, i.e. free-hanging.
10. The cards have a blue indicating dye while dry. As they absorb moisture, they will turn pink.
Discard desiccant and change cards when a pink spot is observed on the card.
11. Before returning the boiler to service, remove all desiccant trays and any loose desiccant. If the
Humidity Indicator Cards were used, they too must be removed. Add start up dosage of treatment
chemicals when refilling.
Alternative Dry Storage Methods Nitrogen Blanket Another dry storage method recommended for
boilers that are going to be out of service for extended
Periods (90 plus days) consists of completely sealing the drained and dry boiler and maintaining a
positive pressure (three to five psig) of nitrogen. When inspecting the boiler or returning it to
service, first disconnect the nitrogen supply, then vent in a safe manner external to the building and
away from air intakes.
Thoroughly purge the boiler with dry air prior to entering the boiler - nitrogen will not support life.

20. What are the occupational health hazards in textile industry? Explain the preventive measure for
them? (8M)

Hazards in textile industry

Hazards

Hazards Health effects Control measures

 Hearing loss, tinnitus

 Physical (hazard noise)  Respiratory problems caused by
 Dust cotton dust
 Light  Eye strain &glaring
 Lifting heavy weights  Muscular skeleton disorders
 Fire hazards  Loss of life & damage to  Hearing aids, eng control
 Welding operation equipment to reduce noise
 Electrical & short circuits  Spark ignition & shocks  Breathing filters dust
 Smoking  Fire & shocks collectors, ventilation
 Proper lighting
  Heat  Chances of fire arrangements
 Exhausting  Keep back bone straight
while lifting, pull the load
close to the body lift and
carry loads with straight
hands
 Fire extinguisher,
hydrants & sprinklers
 Proper PPE
 Circuit breakers & PPE
 Do not smoke in work
area
 ventilation

21. List out most common hazards in the agricultural industry? (2M)
 The most common hazards in the agricultural industry are:
 Using unguarded machinery – e.g. the power take off on tractors or conveyor lines
 Manual harvesting - e.g. fruit picking that involves awkward working positions and reaching above
your shoulder or head
 Heavy lifting - e.g. moving or lifting animals, moving feed and lifting fruit cases
 Elevated work - e.g. working in silos and cool stores where there is the possibility of falling
 Fatigue - e.g. Working extended hours during peak times (e.g. harvesting) and working in hot or
cold weather.

22. Explain in detail about safety measured that are to be followed at a construction site? (8M)

Hazards in construction site

Potential hazards for workers in construction include
 Falls
 Trench collapse
 Scaffold collapse
 Electric shock and arc flash or arc blast
 Failure to use PPE
Repetitive motion injury
Safety measures:
 Before you operate a machine ensure that the dangerous pert of the machine has been installed
with a guard
 Avoid going to any area with insufficient lighting as there may be some dangerous places which
have not being provided with fencing
 Keep vigilant all the time and watch out for moving cranes, hooks, or other lifting equipment
 Before you use any electrical installation or tool check the condition of its electrical cable
 Avoid dragging electrical cables on the ground avoid allowing the cables to come into contact
 With water
 Use electrical tools installed with at earth circuit leakage breaker(E L C B)
 Use and handles chemicals with care
Personal safety measures:
 Wear protective equipment
 Don’t drink(or) takes while working
 Pay attention to personal hygiene
 Don’t horseplay with machines
 Report to your supervisor immediately if you notice any unsafe condition.

23. List out the factors can cause injury to younger workers in Agro Industry? (2M)
o lack of supervision
o lack of training
o working alone
o working long days
o temporary employment
o Trying to impress the boss, supervisor or co-workers.

24. List out Health hazards in Super Industry? (2M)

SUGAR INDUSTRY HEALTH HAZARDS
•Injuries From machetes ranging from minor cuts to severing of body parts
•Cuts and abrasions from cane leaves, stalks and stumps
•Musculoskeletal Injuries from repetitive and forceful movements, and lifting and carrying heavy or
awkward loads
•Poisoning and long term health problems from using or being exposed to pesticides
• Injuries from contact with, or entanglement in unguarded machinery
 Or being hit by motorized vehicles
• High levels of sun exposure which can result in skin cancer and heat exhaustion
• Respiratory problems from smoke
• Snake and insect bites
• Long working hours and stress

25. Explain about some health and safety hazards associated with being a welder? (8M)

Hazards typically fall into one of six general categories as listed below. For more information on
that issue, prevention, or how to work safely with a chemical or material, click on the links where
provided.

Biological
While it depends on the workplace itself, welders do not normally encounter biological hazards.

Chemical
Welding can create fumes which are a complex mixture of metallic oxides, silicates and fluorides.
Fumes are formed when metal or other materials such as flux or solvents are heated above its
boiling point and its vapours condense into very fine particles (solid particulates). Welding fumes
normally contain oxides of the materials being welded and of the electrodes being used. If the
metal has a coating or paint, these too can decompose with the heat and become part of the
fumes. Care should be taken when working near these fumes as health effects can be both
immediate, or occur at a later time.
Welders also often work with and around:
Flammable and combustible liquids.
Compressed gases.
Asbestos.

Ergonomic
Many injuries to welders are the result of strains, sprains and work-related musculoskeletal
disorders (WMSDs).
Welders often have to:
Lift or move heavy objects.
Work in awkward positions for long periods of time.
Handle and hold heavy welding guns.
Perform repetitive motions.
See OSH Answers document on Welding - Ergonomics for more information.

Physical
Welders can be exposed to:
Excessive noise levels.
Excessive heat or cold.
Electromagnetic fields.
Laser light.
Radiation.
Welding arcs and flames can emit intense visible (VIS), ultraviolet (UV) and infrared (IR) radiation.
Gamma- or X-rays can be emitted by inspection equipment or welding machines. Skin and eye
damage such as "welder's eye" or cataracts can result to certain types of radiation.

Safety
Welders often have to work:
At heights.
In confined spaces.
Could experience electrical shock or electrocution.
Other safety hazards include:
 Flying particles which can enter the eye or skin.
Cuts and stabs from sharp metal edges.
Injury from other equipment (e.g., using power tools such as grinders, chippers, drills, etc.).
Slips trips or falls due to location or environment near the job.
Burns from hot surfaces, flames, sparks, etc.
Fires from sparks, flames or hot metals (a special situation includes when the surrounding
atmosphere
becomes oxygen enriched and thus easier to ignite.) Fires may also result from flashbacks or
equipment
failure. Please note that clothes soiled with oils or grease can burn more easily. In addition, sleeves
or cuffs that are folded or rolled up can "catch" sparks and increase the risk of fire.

26. Explain the safety tips used in docks? (8M)

TIP 1: PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

Wearing the right kind of personal protective equipment is of paramount importance while moving
cargo from one place to another. Equipment like safety harness, safety helmets, safety shoes and
various others must be used at all times while handling cargo on ships. Working without such
equipment puts your life at grave risk. Also make sure you know the proper use of all protection
equipment in order to optimize its use. Another aspect that must be considered is the maintenance
of this equipment and checking it for damage prior to use.
TIP 2: DO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE USE OF A SAFETY DEVICE AND UNDERSTAND ALL SAFETY
PROCEDURES
Before handling the cargo, the crew should be told of the various on-site safety devices that will
protect them in case of an untoward incident. Crew should in no way interfere with the working of
such devices or alter their functioning in any way or form. Something else that is important is
understanding all the safe methods and practices of cargo handling and making sure they are
adopted without shortcuts.

TIP 3: IDENTIFY SHELTER POSITIONS

If you’re working on the open deck while handling cargo, it’s important that you are well aware of
the shelter options that will protect you in the case of falling cargo, or where you can wait till the
hoisted cargo has been placed on the deck or amidships.

TIP 4: SECURING THE CARGO

It’s of paramount importance that all cargo is secured when it arrives on deck and not piggybacking
cargo. A secure cargo is safe cargo and it needs to be secured as soon as it is placed in the storage
area. Loose items of cargo can prove to be dangerous and you don’t want a situation from hell on
your hands, where an unsecured cargo has gone on to seriously injure some on-board personnel.
Something else that one must remember is that any and every cargo that is not in containers
should be properly secured at all times.

TIP 5: THE RIGHT USE OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT

Cargo handling on ships requires the use of lifting equipment like wire ropes, wire rope slings,
hooks, forklifts, cranes etc. As somebody working with such equipment, you need to be able to
make sure that the equipment has been tested and maintained according to the relevant rules and
regulations. More importantly, you must be able to use this equipment the way it is supposed to be
used. Incorrect use of lifting equipment can put the lives of people working in
and around this equipment in jeopardy.

TIP 6: NO STANDING UNDER A HOISTED CARGO

In an environment where cargo is being handled, there is always a danger of being hit by a load if
you’re standing in its path or under it. There have been some tragic accidents all because a person
was standing under a hoisted load.
 There are two facets to this particular safety aspect. Firstly, the crane operator must ensure a safe
path for the hoisting of the cargo and secondly, the on-deck personnel must make sure they are
well aware of the loading path and stay clear of incoming cargo.

TIP 7: ENTERING ENCLOSED SPACES

In many cases, the personnel in charge of handling cargo will need to enter an unventilated cargo
hold. Not adhering to the proper safety procedures might result in them entering oxygen deficient
confined spaces or ones that are packed with toxic gases. As can be imagined this can lead to some
serious problems. Therefore, such spaces must be checked for their oxygen content and thoroughly
ventilated before entry. The use of special equipment allows one to check for oxygen content in
such places.

TIP 8: IMPORTANCE OF PROPER VISIBILITY

Do not handle cargo in poor visibility. If you feel visibility is getting affected due to certain reasons
like a change in weather conditions amongst others, take the necessary steps to improve the
lighting on work places. It’s also important that the lighting does not dazzle the eyes and allows you
to see each area of the workplace clearly. Working in improper lighting is a recipe for disaster and
can lead to some serious accidents.

27. What is zoonosis? List out zoonotic preventive measures? (2M)

Zoonosis is infectious diseases common to animals and humans. As new infections evolve, the
numbers and types of zoonosis change. More recent types of these infections include avian flu,
methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aurous (MRSA) and West Nile virus. The agricultural worker's
risk of acquiring a zoonotic infection varies with the type and species of animal and the geographic
location.
Several methods to prevent zoonotic infections, including:
 Personal protective actions and equipment, such as, hand hygiene, the use of appropriate gloves
and outer protection, facial and respiratory protection and the tracking of aggressive animals, so
that restraints are used when necessary.
 Environmental infection control, such as cleaning and disinfecting surfaces and equipment,
vaccinating healthy animals, isolating diseased animals, disposing of infected tissues or dead
animals appropriately and controlling the infestation of pests which can be a carrier of these
infections.
 Worker health, such as vaccinating workers and providing proper training.
Worker health, such as vaccinating workers and providing proper training, worker health, such as
vaccinating workers and providing proper training. The National Association of State Public Health
Veterinarians, Veterinary Infection Control Committee has identified several methods to prevent
needle stick and related injuries, including:
 Having an approved sharps container,
 Never removing the needle cap with one's mouth,
 Avoiding the recapping of needles,
 Wearing the appropriate personal protection equipment, such as gloves.

28. List out General hazards in foundries and Forges? (2M)

The hazards are as follows:

• Eye irritation.
• Headache.
• Nose and throat irritation.
• Irritability of respiratory tract.
• Gases like hydrogen sulphide, ammonia and mercaptans cause odour nuisance even at low
concentrations.
• High temperature can cause fatigue and dehydration.
• Chronic pulmonary diseases like Bronchitis and
 Asthma, are aggravated by a high concentration of SO2, NO2 particulate matter and photochemical
smog.
• Carbon monoxide combines with the haemoglobin in the blood and consequently increases stress
on those suffering from cardio-vascular and pulmonary diseases.
• Dust particles cause respiratory disease. Diseases like silicosis, asbestosis etc. result from specific
dust.
• Carcinogenic agents like PAH’s, Cr(VI), Cd etc. cause cancer.
• Hydrogen fluoride causes diseases of bone (fluorosis) and mottling of teeth.
• Certain heavy metals like lead, cadmium, mercury, chromium, nickel, manganese etc. enter into
body by inhalation, skin absorption and through food chain. They cause acute and chronic
poisoning.

29. List out man made sources of Air pollution? (2M)

Sources of Air Pollution: The pollution of air can be caused by natural processes or by human
activities.
 The sources of air pollution are classified into two groups:
1. Natural Sources
2. Manmade sources

Natural Sources of Air Pollution: They are dust storms, forest fires, ash from smoking volcanoes,
decay of organic matters and pollen grains floating in air.

Manmade Sources of Air Pollution: They are population explosion, deforestation, urbanisation and
industrialisation, whose effects can be explained as follows:
1. Burning of fuels like wood, cow dung cakes, coal and kerosene in homes pollute the air.
2. Exhaust gases emitted by motor vehicles which pollute the air are the major source of air
pollution in big cities.
3. Industries pollute air by releasing various types of pollutants such as sulphur dioxide,
oxides of carbon, nitrogen oxide, chlorine, asbestos dust and cement dust.
4. Thermal power plants pollute air by emitting sulphur dioxide and fly-ash.
5. Nuclear power plants pollute air by releasing radioactive rays.
6. Use of fertilisers and pesticides in agriculture pollute the air.
7. Mining activities releases particulate matter into the air and pollutes it.
8. Indiscriminate cutting of trees and clearing of forests increases the amount of carbon
dioxide in the atmosphere and thereby pollutes it.
9. Use of chlorofluorocarbons in refrigeration, fire extinguishers and aerosol sprayers
pollutes air by depleting the ozone layer.
10. Smoking pollutes air by emitting carbon monoxide and nicotine.

30. Explain the effects of water pollution? (8M)

Effects of water pollution:

You will notice in the previous pages that water pollution is very harmful to humans, animals and
water life. The effects can be catastrophic, depending on the kind of chemicals, concentrations of
the pollutants and where there are polluted. Below, we shall see a summary of the effects of water
pollution. (Make sure you see the factsheet page for some very unfortunate incidents of water
pollution in recent time)

The effects of water pollution are varied and depend on what chemicals are dumped and in which
locations. Many water bodies near urban areas (cities and towns) are highly polluted. This is the
result of both garbage dumped by individuals and dangerous chemicals legally or illegally dumped
by manufacturing industries, health centres, schools and market places.

Death of aquatic (water) animals

 The main problem caused by water pollution is that it kills life that depends on these water bodies.
Dead fish, crabs, birds and sea gulls, dolphins, and many other animals often wind up on beaches,
killed by pollutants in their habitat (living environment).
Disruption of food-chains
Pollution disrupts the natural food chain as well. Pollutants such as lead and cadmium are eaten by
tiny animals. Later, these animals are consumed by fish and shellfish, and the food chain continues
to be disrupted at all higher levels.
Diseases
Eventually, humans are affected by this process as well. People can get diseases such as hepatitis by
eating seafood that has been poisoned. In many poor nations, there is always outbreak of cholera
and diseases as a result of poor drinking water treatment from contaminated waters.
Destruction of ecosystems
Ecosystems (the interaction of living things in a place, depending on each other for life) can be
severely changed or destroyed by water pollution. Many areas are now being affected by careless
human pollution, and this pollution is coming back to hurt humans in many ways.

31. What is acid rain? (2M)

Acid rain is a rain (or) any other form of precipitation that is usually acidic, meaning that is usually
acidic, meaning that it possess elevated levels hydrogen ions.in this process acid deposition should
be mainly done by SO2(sulphur dioxide), (NOx) gases.

32. List out the Hazards in boiler operation? (2M)

Boiler operation hazards include steam/hot water burns, burns from hot equipment, steam
explosions, fuel fires and chemical exposure.

33. What are the hazards in Automobile Industry? (2M)

Hazards in automobile industry
 Silica containing dost
 Inhalation (CO) carbon monoxide )
 Metal fumes
 High levels of noise and vibration
 Heat stress
 Exposure to contaminate oils

34. List out different types of hazards in sugar industry? Explain at least 5 from the following? (8M)

SUGAR INDUSTRY HEALTH HAZARDS

•Injuries From machetes ranging from minor cuts to severing of body parts
•Cuts and abrasions from cane leaves, stalks and stumps
•Musculoskeletal Injuries from repetitive and forceful movements, and lifting and carrying heavy or
awkward loads
•Poisoning and long term health problems from using or being exposed to pesticides
• Injuries from contact with, or entanglement in unguarded machinery
Or being hit by motorized vehicles
• High levels of sun exposure which can result in skin cancer and heat exhaustion
• Respiratory problems from smoke
• Snake and insect bites
• Long working hours and stress
35. What is an Excavation? List out the Excavation Supporting Methods? (2M)

In many construction jobs deep excavations must be made before the structure can be built.
Excavation support systems are temporary earth retaining structures that allow the sides of
excavation to be cut vertical or near vertical. This is done to maximize the size of an excavation;
when the price of real estate is high or space is limited by property lines, utilities or existing
structures. When excavations have the potential to endanger lives or adjacent properties, bracing
to support the soil must be designed. The Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requires that
all trenches exceeding 5 feet in depth be shored. In large construction areas, excavation walls may
be sloped, instead of providing structural support.

36. Explain different water pollutions? (8M)

Types of water pollution:

There are many types of water pollution because water comes from many sources. Here are a few
types of water pollution:

1. Nutrients Pollution
Some wastewater, fertilizers and sewage contain high levels of nutrients. If they end up in water
bodies, they encourage algae and weed growth in the water. This will make the water undrinkable,
and even clog filters. Too much algae will also use up all the oxygen in the water and other water
organisms in the water will die out of oxygen starvation.

2. Surface water pollution

Surface water includes natural water found on the earth's surface, like rivers, lakes, lagoons and
oceans. Hazardous substances coming into contact with this surface water, dissolving or mixing
physically with the water can be called surface water pollution.

3. Oxygen Depleting
Water bodies have micro-organisms. These include aerobic and anaerobic organisms. When too
much biodegradable matter (things that easily decay) end up in water, it encourages more
microorganism growth, and they use up more oxygen in the water. If oxygen is depleted, aerobic
organisms die, and anaerobic organism grow more to produce harmful toxins such as ammonia and
sulphides.

4. Ground water pollution

When humans apply pesticides and chemicals to soils; they are washed deep into the ground by
rain water. This gets to underground water, causing pollution underground.

This means when we dig wells and bore holes to get water from underground, it needs to be
checked for ground water pollution.

5. Microbiological
In many communities in the world, people drink untreated water (straight from a river or stream).
Sometimes there is natural pollution caused by micro-organisms like viruses, bacteria and protozoa.
This natural pollution can cause fishes and other water life to die. They can also cause serious
illness to humans who drink from such waters.

6. Suspended Matter
 some pollutants (substances, particles and chemicals) do not easily dissolve in water. This kind of
material is called particulate matter. Some suspended pollutants later settle under the water body.
This can harm and even kill aquatic life that live at the floor of water bodies.

7. Chemical Water Pollution

Many industries and farmers work with chemicals that end up in water. This is common with Point-
source Pollution. These include chemicals that are used to control weeds, insects and pests. Metals
and solvents from industries can pollute water bodies. These are poisonous to many forms of
aquatic life and may slow their development, make them infertile and kill them.

8. Oil Spillage

Oil spills usually have only a localized effect on wildlife but can spread for miles. The oil can cause
the death to many fish and get stuck to the feathers of seabirds causing them to lose their ability to
fly.

37. What are some health and safety hazards associated with being a welder? (8M)

Hazards typically fall into one of six general categories as listed below. For more information on
that issue, prevention, or how to work safely with a chemical or material, click on the links where
provided.

Biological
While it depends on the workplace itself, welders do not normally encounter biological hazards.

Chemical
Welding can create fumes which are a complex mixture of metallic oxides, silicates and fluorides.
Fumes are formed when metal or other materials such as flux or solvents are heated above its
boiling point and its vapours condense into very fine particles (solid particulates). Welding fumes
normally contain oxides of the materials being welded and of the electrodes being used. If the
metal has a coating or paint, these too can decompose with the heat and become part of the
fumes. Care should be taken when working near these fumes as health effects can be both
immediate, or occur at a later time.
Welders also often work with and around:

 Flammable and combustible liquids.

 Compressed gases.
 Asbestos.

Ergonomic
Many injuries to welders are the result of strains, sprains and work-related musculoskeletal
disorders (WMSDs). Welders often have to:

 Lift or move heavy objects.

 Work in awkward positions for long periods of time.
 Handle and hold heavy welding guns.
 Perform repetitive motions.
See OSH Answers document on Welding - Ergonomics for more information.
 Physical
Welders can be exposed to:

 Excessive noise levels.

 Excessive heat or cold.
 Electromagnetic fields.
 Laser light.
 Radiation.
Welding arcs and flames can emit intense visible (VIS), ultraviolet (UV) and infrared (IR) radiation.
Gamma- or X-rays can be emitted by inspection equipment or welding machines. Skin and eye
damage such as "welder's eye" or cataracts can result to certain types of radiation.

Safety
Welders often have to work:

 At heights.
 In confined spaces.
 Could experience electrical shock or electrocution.
Other safety hazards include:

 Flying particles which can enter the eye or skin.

 Cuts and stabs from sharp metal edges.
 Injury from other equipment (e.g., using power tools such as grinders, chippers, drills, etc.).
 Slips, trips or falls due to location or environment near the job.
 Burns from hot surfaces, flames, sparks, etc.
 Fires from sparks, flames or hot metals (a special situation includes when the surrounding
atmosphere becomes oxygen enriched and thus easier to ignite.) Fires may also result from
flashbacks or equipment failure. Please note that clothes soiled with oils or grease can burn more
easily. In addition, sleeves or cuffs that are folded or rolled up can "catch" sparks and increase the
risk of fire.

Psychological
Work demands and deadlines may contribute to stress felt on the job. In addition, some welders
may be required to work shifts or days which can have health effects.

38. Explain safety tips for brazing? (8M)

BRAZING

Safety Tips
In brazing, there is always the possibility of dangerous fumes and gases rising from base metal
coatings, ink and cadmium-bearing filler metals, and from fluorides in fluxes. The following well-
tested precautions should be followed to guard against any hazard from these fumes.

1. Ventilate confined areas. Use ventilating fans and exhaust hoods to carry all fumes and gases
away from work, and air supplied respirators as required.

2. Clean base metals thoroughly. A surface contaminant of unknown composition on base metals
may add to fume hazard and may cause a too rapid breakdown of flux, leading to overheating and
fuming.
 3. Use sufficient flux. Flux protects base metals and filler metal during heating cycle. Full flux
coverage reduces fuming. Also, consult your SDS regarding specific hazards associated with brazing
flux.

4. Heat metals broadly. Heat the base metals broadly and uniformly. Intense localized heating uses
up flux, increases danger of fuming. Apply heat only to base metals, not to filler metal (direct flame
on filler metal causes overheating and fuming).

5. Know your base metals. A cadmium coating on a base metal will volatilize and produce toxic
fume during heating. Zinc coatings (galvanized) will also fume when heated. Learn to recognize
these coatings. It is recommended that they be removed before parts are heated for brazing.

6. Know your filler metals. Be especially careful not to overheat assembly when using filler metals
that contain cadmium. Consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for maximum recommended brazing
temperatures of a specific filler metal. The filler metal carries a warning label. Be sure to look for it
and follow the instructions carefully

39. List four safety requirements of Electrode holder of arc welding? (2M)

 Electrode holder to be maintain properly

 Insulation should not be damaged
 Open cable joints to be avoid
Don’t touch electrode holder with bear hands in working condition
 Proper grounding is maintained.

40. What are the hazards from welding gases? (2M)

 Respiratory irritant.
 "Metal Fume Fever." A carcinogen. Other chronic effects include damage to the respiratory tract.
 Irritation of the nose, throat and bronchi.
 Irritant to eyes and respiratory system, can damage kidneys and other organs.

41. Explain step by step process of work permit system from opening till closing of a permit in any
operation? (8M)

Work permit contains

 Work
 Task
 Date of issue
 Location
 Area
 Work description and equipment
 Particular hazards in work place
 Name of the people involved
 Name of the people supervision
 Name of the safety supervisor or officer
 PPE requirements
 Permit review and issue
 Permit acceptance person name & signature
 Permit issuer name & signature
 Permit closing time & date

42. List out some types Wastes? (2M)

Types of waste
 Generally, waste could be liquid or solid waste. Both of them could be hazardous. Liquid and solid
waste types can also be grouped into organic, re-usable and recyclable waste.

43. List out various causes accidents in dock work? (2M)

 Fall from height
 Falling objects
 Fatigue
 Hazards by lifting equipment
 Fire
 Electrocution
 Hazards by moving vehicles and equipment’s asphyxiation substances
 Muscular skeletal disorder MSDs
 Noise, slips and trips

44. Write short notes on welding? (2M)

Welding is a joining process in which metals, or sometimes plastics, are heated, melted and mixed
to produce a joint with properties similar to those of the materials being joined.

There are three main components needed to create a weld. These are:

 A heat source such as an electric arc, a flame, pressure, or friction. The most common heat source
is an electric arc. An arc is the physical gap between the end of the electrode and the base metal.
The physical gap causes heat due to resistance of current flow and arc rays. The arc melts the
metals to create the joint.
 Shielding, which is the use of gas, or another substance to protect the weld from air as the weld is
being formed. Oxygen from the air makes welds brittle and porous.
 Filler material, which is the material used to join to the two pieces together.

45. Write short notes on soldering? (2M)

SOLDERING
(a) Keep solder iron always on its stand.
(b) All electrically operated instruments/equipment should have proper earthling...
(c) Sometimes emission of (smoke) soldering operation may be poisonous due to a particular type
of flux. Operator should have protection from the same.
(d) Flux should be applied gradually while soldering.
(e) While diluting HCl, water should not be added to HCl but HCl should be mixed into the water
drop by drop, to avoid accident.
(f) Work place should have enough ventilation and smoking should be strictly prohibited during the
operation. Work place should have the facility of first aid.
(g) It should be noted down

46. What should you do with empty cylinders? (2M)

o Mark or label them as "Empty cylinder" and store empty cylinders away from full cylinders.
o Return empties to the supplier.
o Remove regulators when not in use and store these away from grease and oil. Put protective caps
on the fittings when in storage.
o Keep cylinders and fittings from becoming contaminated with oil, grease or dust.
o Do not use a cylinder that is not identified or if the label is not legible. The colours of industrial gas
cylinders are not standardized.
47. List out various types of work permits? (2M)

General work permit

 hot work permit
 cold work permit
 electrical work permit
 safe work permit
 height work permit
 excavation work permit
 night work permit
 material shifting work permit

48. What are the occupational health hazards in automobile industry? Explain the preventive measure
for them? (8M)

Occupational health hazards in automobile industry

 Falls from ladders, stairs, elevator platforms and wet platform etc.
 Falls under level especially on wet slippery greasy garage flows
 Injuries due to collapse of jockey, lifting or hosting equipment and vehicles
 Falling from crushed tools resulting from any object eye injuries from splinters and flying objects
from grinding and machining operations
 Injuries as a result of being caught in b/n moving and stationary objects
 Injuries caused by rotating parts of the machine tools
 Accrued musculo skeletal injures due to over exception while lifting or otherwise handling heavy
vehicle parts etc. and due to acquired work postures
 Burns due to contact with hot surfaces exhaust pipes or hot mert chemicals
 Electrocution as a result of defects short circuit or improper use of electro mechanical equipment
or contact with live wires
 Carbon monoxide poisoning
 Fires and explosions of spilled or leaked flammable or explosion substances or by ignition of
hydrogen released from batteries or during flame cutting or welding operations etc.
 Increased rate of road accidents during test driving
 Punches and cuts caused by sharp edges of hand tools vehicles parts and sheet materials.
Preventive measures
 Mount rail or other guard road inspection pits when hot in use wear safety shoes with non-skid soul
 Wear appropriate eye protection learn and use safe lifting and moving techniques for heavy or
awkward loads use mechanical aids to assist in lifting in welding work wear welding helmet with
your protecting gloves wear hearing protection appropriate for the noise level and type of noise.

49. List out sources of Land Pollution? (2M)

o Agricultural sources
o Ashes
o Mining sources
o Industrial sources
o Sewage Treatment
o Garbage or waste
o Construction sources
o Deforestation
o Chemical And Nuclear Plants
o Oil Refineries
50. List out waste Disposal methods? (2M)
o Recycle
o Reuse
o Reduce
o Incineration
o Sanitary land fill
o Decompose

51. Explain the tips in Cargo Handling? (8M)

TIP 1: PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

Wearing the right kind of personal protective equipment is of paramount importance while moving
cargo from one place to another. Equipment like safety harness, safety helmets, safety shoes and
various others must be used at all times while handling cargo on ships. Working without such
equipment puts your life at grave risk. Also make sure you know the proper use of all protection
equipment in order to optimize its use. Another aspect that must be considered is the maintenance
of this equipment and checking it for damage prior to use.
TIP 2: DO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE USE OF A SAFETY DEVICE AND UNDERSTAND ALL SAFETY
PROCEDURES
Before handling the cargo, the crew should be told of the various on-site safety devices that will
protect them in case of an untoward incident. Crew should in no way interfere with the working of
such devices or alter their functioning in any way or form. Something else that is important is
understanding all the safe methods and practices of cargo handling and making sure they are
adopted without shortcuts.

TIP 3: IDENTIFY SHELTER POSITIONS

If you’re working on the open deck while handling cargo, it’s important that you are well aware of
the shelter options that will protect you in the case of falling cargo, or where you can wait till the
hoisted cargo has been placed on the deck or amidships.

TIP 4: SECURING THE CARGO

It’s of paramount importance that all cargo is secured when it arrives on deck and not piggybacking
cargo. A secure cargo is safe cargo and it needs to be secured as soon as it is placed in the storage
area. Loose items of cargo can prove to be dangerous and you don’t want a situation from hell on
your hands, where an unsecured cargo has gone on to seriously injure some on-board personnel.
Something else that one must remember is that any and every cargo that is not in containers
should be properly secured at all times.

TIP 5: THE RIGHT USE OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT

Cargo handling on ships requires the use of lifting equipment like wire ropes, wire rope slings,
hooks, forklifts, cranes etc. As somebody working with such equipment, you need to be able to
make sure that the equipment has been tested and maintained according to the relevant rules and
regulations. More importantly, you must be able to use this equipment the way it is supposed to be
used. Incorrect use of lifting equipment can put the lives of people working in and around this
equipment in jeopardy.

TIP 6: NO STANDING UNDER A HOISTED CARGO

In an environment where cargo is being handled, there is always a danger of being hit by a load if
you’re standing in its path or under it. There have been some tragic accidents all because a person
was standing under a hoisted load.
 There are two facets to this particular safety aspect. Firstly, the crane operator must ensure a safe
path for the hoisting of the cargo and secondly, the on-deck personnel must make sure they are
well aware of the loading path and stay clear of incoming cargo.

TIP 7: ENTERING ENCLOSED SPACES

In many cases, the personnel in charge of handling cargo will need to enter an unventilated cargo
hold. Not adhering to the proper safety procedures might result in them entering oxygen deficient
confined spaces or ones that are packed with toxic gases. As can be imagined this can lead to some
serious problems. Therefore, such spaces must be checked for their oxygen content and thoroughly
ventilated before entry. The use of special equipment allows one to check for oxygen content in
such places.

TIP 8: IMPORTANCE OF PROPER VISIBILITY

Do not handle cargo in poor visibility. If you feel visibility is getting affected due to certain reasons
like a change in weather conditions amongst others, take the necessary steps to improve the
lighting on work places. It’s also important that the lighting does not dazzle the eyes and allows you
to see each area of the workplace clearly. Working in improper lighting is a recipe for disaster and
can lead to some serious accidents.

TIP 9: BULK CARGO

Close supervision is needed to ensure work safety while handling bulk cargoes. There are plenty of
people involved in such operations that are usually in the hatch and are involved in the process of
getting the cargo in and out of the hatch. Proper supervision ensures not only is this cargo handled
safely, but there is also somebody (ideally stationed on the deck above the hatch) who is closely
watching the people working in the hatch at all times. This is important because the people
themselves cannot take good care of their safety, during this time.

TIP 10: CONTACT THE SUPERVISOR IN CASE OF PROBLEMS

If you feel, at any point of time, that the safety of the workplace is compromised in any way or
form, it is important to contact the supervisor. You might find that a hatch cover has come lose or
that the load is not being positioned properly on the lifting equipment or you might find something
else that you believe will impact the safety of the cargo handling process. In such cases, it’s
important that you discuss your findings with the concerned person.

52. List out vehicle safety rules? (8M)

RULES FOR VEHICLE SAFETY SHOULD INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

a. Truck drivers must turn off their engines to prevent carbon monoxide release.
b. Equipment operators (not truck drivers) must check to see that truck wheels are chocked (they're
the ones who could be injured).
c. Loading dock employees are prohibited from riding on material handling equipment or distracting
the operators.
d. Loading dock employees must pay attention to power vehicles and other material handling
equipment and keep out of the way.
o With a little bit of awareness, training and enforcement of safe practices, your loading dock can be
a safe place for all employees who work there.
o Keep loading dock hazards at bay to prevent injuries on loading docks, follow the rules printed on
the following checklist.
o Prevent slips, trips, and falls
o Walk doesn’t run.
o Stay away from dock edges.
o Don't jump onto or off a loading dock.
o Don't indulge in horseplay.
o Don't clutter walking and driving areas.
o Pick up trash and dispose of it properly.
o Clean up or report spills, leaks or wet areas immediately.
o Report any holes, cracks, or other damage in flooring.
o Secure movable dock boards.
o Watch where you're going.
o Prevent vehicle accidents
o Turn off truck engines to prevent release of carbon monoxide.
o Be sure truck wheels are chocked.
o Don't ride on material handling equipment or distract operators.
o Don't stand under the forks of a power vehicle, even if the forks are empty.
o Keep alert to power vehicles moving around you.
o Get out of the way of equipment.

53. Explain about sources of land pollution? (8M)

SOURCES OF LAND POLLUTION.
Below are some sources of solid and semi-solid pollutants:

Agricultural sources:
These include waste matter produced by crop, animal manure, and farm residues. They also include
the chemical left over of all pesticides, fertilisers and insecticides used for agricultural activities.

Ashes: The residual matter that remains after solid fuels are burned. When waste is burned in
incinerators, two types of ashes are produced. Bottom ash is the debris from burnt metal and glass
waste. Bottom ash is not bio-degradable. The second type of ash is called fly ash. This is the ash
that is trapped by filters in the chimney of the incinerators. It is known to be very toxic (poisonous).
Every four trucks of waste burnt produce about one truck of ashes that end up in the landfill too.
Ashes easily leak into the soil and water tables causing land and water pollution.
Mining sources: This includes piles of coal refuse and heaps of slag and underground debris.
Mining and forestry activities that clear the land surfaces (clear-cutting) and use 'skid trails' often
leave the land unrestored. The surface is exposed to erosion which destroys the quality of the land.
Additionally, iron and other chemicals such as copper, mercury and lead from mining practices
leach into the soil, polluting it and leaving it exposed to water bodies as well.
Industrial sources: These include paints, chemicals, metals and aluminium, plastics and so on
that are produces in the process of manufacturing goods.
Sewage Treatment: Wastes that are left over after sewage has been treated, biomass sludge,
and settled solids. Some of these are sent directly to landfills whiles other treatment plants burn
them to generate electricity. Both end up polluting the environment.
Garbage or waste: These include household or municipal waste such as glass, metal, cloth,
plastic, wood, paper, and so on. Some of these can decay and others cannot. They are usually
collected and sent to landfills where the pollution action begins.
Construction sources: These include waste like debris, wood, metals and plastics that are
produced from construction activities.
Deforestation: This is when trees are cut down for economic purposes, mining, farming
and construction. In forests areas, trees absurd and reflect about 20% of the intense heat from the
sun, protecting and preserving its surface soils.Cutting down trees mean that the land is exposed to
direct sunlight and rain, resulting in soil erosions, desertification and land degradation
Chemical And Nuclear Plants: These include chemical waste from chemical industries that
are disposed of into landfills.

Oil Refineries: When crude oil is refined into usable petro, gas or diesel, there are by products
that end up as waste.
54. Explain General boiler test procedures? (8M)

BOILER TESTS
The following tests are to be conducted at the frequency noted and logged on the check sheet
found at the end of this chapter. All tests are to be conducted in accordance with the list of
Governing Documents listed at the beginning of this chapter.

GENERAL TEST PROCEDURES

 SAFETY/RELIEF VALVE OPERATIONAL TEST (DOCUMENT MONTHLY) all safety valves are to be
tested in place each month by using the test lever provided. With boiler pressure at least 75% of
safety valve set point, fully open the Safety/Relief Valve and let it snap shut. If the valve does not
reseat properly, repeat the test. If the Safety/Relief valve cannot be lifted, the boiler must be shut
down immediately until the valve can be repaired or replaced. NOTE: Excessive hand lifting will
shorten the life of the valve. Prior to installation in a boiler system, all safety valves shall be
inspected, set and tested by a qualified valve repair shop. The shop should provide documentation
of the inspection and methods used to set and test the safety valve.

 CHECK SYSTEM FOR LEAKS (DOCUMENT WEEKLY) The entire system is to be checked closely for
leaks daily and documented weekly. Particular attention should be paid to pump and valve packing,
automatic air vents, and condensate tank overflow lines. Excessive leaks will result in excessive
corrosion & scale build up in the boiler and result in shortened boiler life.
 LOW WATER FUEL CUT OFF (LWFCO) RAPID DRAIN TEST (DOCUMENT WEEKLY & ON START-UP)
with the burner in operation, rapidly flushes the LWFCO chamber using the drain valve provided.
The burner must shut off when the device is drained. If the boiler does not have at least one
properly functioning LWFCO, it must not be left unattended, while operating, until repairs are
made. ENSURE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS FUNCTION PROPERLY.

 BURNER CHECK (DOCUMENT MONTHLY) Observe the boiler and burner for a long enough period
to be certain that the burner operates normally. Test the Combustion Safeguard System.

 WATER CHEMISTRY CHECK (DOCUMENT MONTHLY) Ensure contracted vendor has conducted
proper water chemistry checks and provided support documents. Conduct action recommended on
report to maintain proper chemistry.

 LWFCO SLOW DRAIN TEST (DOCUMENT QUARTERLY) with the burner in operation, verify the
function of the LWFCO by slowly reducing the level of the water in the boiler. Great care must be
taken to prevent actually firing the boiler with insufficient water.

 CIRCA AND/OR CONDENSATE PUMP CHECK (DOCUMENT QUARTERLY WITH THE LWFCO TEST)
when conducting the LWFCO test, verify operation of the condensate pump and/or emergency
feeder.

 SAFETY VALVE SET POINT TEST (DOCUMENT ANNUALLY) Safety and relief valves are to be tested
annually to ensure they are set correctly and are in proper operational condition. Normally this can
be accomplished while the boiler is shut down for annual internal inspection.

 DRAIN WATER GAGE GLASS (AS NECESSARY) DANGER: POSSIBILITY OF ESCAPING HOT
WATER/STEAM CAN CAUSE BURNS. If necessary, to remove suspended or floating impurities, drain
and flush the water column and gage glass by shutting the top and bottom isolation valves of the
gage glass then slowly crack open gage glass drain. Shut gage glass drain after water column has
drained. Slowly open upper gage glass isolation valve then slowly open lower gage glass drains.
Water level should immediately rise in the gage glass
 IS-04

1. Define the following terms

(a)Fatal Accident (b) Casualty Accident (c) collateral damage (2M)
2. What are the steps in root cause analysis? Explain? (8M)
3. Write the treatment for acid burns? (2M)
4. What is occupational health safety system? (8M)
5. Explain types of reportable injuries? (8M)
6. State the Important of safety checklist? (2M)
7. Discuss major Accident control system at national and international level? (8M)
8. What is Accident and incident analysis? (2M)
9. List out basic steps for conducting an Accident Investigation? (2M)
10. Explain about emergency preparedness? (8M)
11. What is accident report? Give its purpose, objectives and contents? (8M)
12. State the purpose and process of FMEA (failure mode and effective analysis)? (8M)
13. List out some physical chemical & ergonomic Hazards? (2M)
14. List out the general Requirements of plant safety Inspection? (8M)
15. What is safety integrity level (SIL)? (2M)
16. Which guide words are used in HAZOP stud? Explain briefly with are example each? (8M)
17. What is adverse health effect? (2M)
18. Why LOCK out /Tag out is important? (2M)
19. Draw the flow chart of Safety Inspection program? (2M)
20. List out the elements in Safety Audit sample checklist? (8M)
21. What are the objectives of safety audit? (2M)
22. Write a short note on the management in major accident hazards? (2M)
23. What are the basic steps for conducting accident Investigation? Explain (8M)
24. Explains the procedure of conducting job safety survey? (8M)

25. Explains Lock out/Tag out? (8M)

26. What is FMEA? List out its objectives? (2M)
27. Explain different types of plant safety inspections? (8M)
28. What is the purpose of “Accident investigation”? (2M)
29. Write the short notes on “limitation of safety sampling”? (2M)
30. List out the notifications in product safety? (2M)
31. Define affected person of Authorized person?(2M)
32. What is Loss prevention?(2M)
33. What are the types of hazards? (2M)
34. List out HAZOP Guide words & meanings?(2M)
35. What is safety report? Give its purpose, objectives and contents? (8M)
36. Compare between reportable and non-reportable accidents? (2M)
37. Explain the following (8M)
38. List out the steps in “root cause analysis”? (2M)
39. Write a short note on “benefits of job safety analysis”? (2M)
40. List out General safety rules and Guidelines? (8M)
41. What is ETA? List out its Advantages & Limitations? (8M)
42. State the philosophy behind the accident Investigation? (8M)
43. What is safety survey? (2M)
44. Explain the steps in root cause analysis with examples? (8M)
45. List out Audit Goals, objective, Lead Auditors and Auditor responsibilities? (8M)
46. 46. How does the “ABC rating” system work? Explain? (8M)
47. Write the formula to calculate the Incident rate & frequency rate? (2M)
48. How are MAH identified? List out MAH rules? (8M)
49. List out the elements in On-site emergency preparedness? (8M)
50. Why are incidents not reposted? (2M)
51. What is safe failure fraction (SFF)? (2M)
52. List out the factors in Accident causation model with diagram? (2M)
53. Briefly discuss how incident recall technique helps in controlling accidents at work place? (8M)
54. List out ergonomics and stress hazards? (2M)
55. List out Ergonomic and stress hazards? (2M)
 IS-04

1. Define the following terms

(a)Fatal Accident (b) Casualty Accident (c) collateral damage (2M)

Fatal Accident - an accident that causes someone to die

Casualty Accident - an unfortunate mishap; especially one causing damage or injury
Collateral damage - (euphemism) inadvertent casualties and destruction inflicted on civilians in the course
of military operations

2. What are the steps in root cause analysis? Explain? (8M)

Steps in root cause analysis
1. Injury Cause Analysis.
Analyze the injury event to identify and describe the nature of the harmful transfer of energy that caused
the injury or illness.
Examples:
• Laceration to right forearm resulting from contact with rotating saw blade.
• Contusion from head striking against/impacting concrete floor..
2. Surface Cause Analysis. Analyze events to determine specific hazardous conditions and unsafe or
inappropriate Behaviours.
a. For primary surface causes. Analyze events occurring just prior to the injury event to identify those
specific conditions and Behaviours that directly caused the accident. Examples:
• Event x. Unguarded saw blade. (Condition or Behaviour?)
• Event x. Working at elevation without proper fall protection. (Condition or Behaviour?)
b. For contributing surface causes. Analyze conditions and Behaviours to determine other specific
conditions and Behaviours (contributing surface causes) that contributed to the accident.
Examples:
• Supervisor not performing weekly area safety inspection. (Condition or Behaviour?)
• Fall protection equipment missing. (Condition or Behaviour?)
3. Root Cause Analysis. Analyze system weaknesses contributing to surface causes.
For inadequate implementation. Analyze each contributing condition and behaviour to determine if
weaknesses
in carrying out safety policies, programs, plan, processes, procedures and practices (inadequate
implementation) exist. Examples:
• Safety inspections are being conducted inconsistently.
• Safety is not being adequately addressed during new employee orientation.
For inadequate planning. Analyze implementation flaws to determine the underlying inadequate formal
(written) programs, policies, plans, processes, procedures and practices.
Examples:
• Inspection policy does not clearly specify responsibility by name or position.
• No fall protection training plan or process in place.

3. Write the treatment for acid burns? (2M)

Treatment for acid burns:

 Immediately rinse with a large amount of cool water
 Rinse with in one minute of the burn can reduce the risk of complications
 Flush the area for at least 20 minutes
 Don’t use a hard spray of water because it can burn area
 Have the person with the burn remove the chemical substances if ERC(emergency response coordinator)
is able
 Put on gloves to protect yourself from the chemical if you ready to remove it
 As you flush the area take off any clothing or jewellery that has the chemical on it
 If the area still has a burning sensation after 20 minutes flush the area again with following water for 10-
15 minutes.

4. What is occupational health safety system? (8M)

Occupational Health and Safety (OH&S) System

The organizational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes and resources specified by top
management of an organization as required for implementing occupational health and safety objectives.

5. Explain types of reportable injuries? (8M)

Types of reportable incidents
Deaths and injuries
If someone has died or has been injured because of a work-related accident this may have to be reported.
Not all accidents need to be reported, other than for certain gas incidents, a report is required only when:
the accident is work-related
it results in an injury of a type which is reportable
Types of reportable injury
The death of any person
All deaths to workers and non-workers, with the exception of suicides, must be reported if they arise from
a work related accident, including an act of physical violence to a worker.
Specified injuries to workers
fractures, other than to fingers, thumbs and toes
amputations
any injury likely to lead to permanent loss of sight or reduction in sight
any crush injury to the head or torso causing damage to the brain or internal organs
serious burns (including scalding) which:
covers more than 10% of the body
causes significant damage to the eyes, respiratory system or other vital organs
any scalping requiring hospital treatment
any loss of consciousness caused by head injury or asphyxia
any other injury arising from working in an enclosed space which:
leads to hypothermia or heat-induced illness
requires resuscitation or admittance to hospital for more than 24 hours
For further guidance on specified injuries is available.
Over-seven-day incapacitation of a worker
Accidents must be reported where they result in an employee or self-employed person being away from
work, or unable to perform their normal work duties, for more than seven consecutive days as the result
of their injury.
This seven day period does not include the day of the accident, but does include weekends and rest days.
The report must be made within 15 days of the accident.
Over-three-day incapacitation
Accidents must be recorded, but not reported where they result in a worker being incapacitated for
more than three consecutive days. If you are an employer, who must keep an accident book under the
Social Security (Claims and Payments) Regulations 1979, that record will be enough.

Non-fatal accidents to non-workers (eg members of the public)

Accidents to members of the public or others who are not at work must be reported if they result in an
injury and the person is taken directly from the scene of the accident to hospital for treatment to that
injury. Examinations and diagnostic tests do not constitute ‘treatment’ in such circumstances.
There is no need to report incidents where people are taken to hospital purely as a precaution when no
Injury is apparent.
If the accident occurred at a hospital, the report only needs to be made if the injury is a ‘specified injury’

6. State the Important of safety checklist? (2M)

 Important of safety checklist:
 Checklist call keep people organization on task
 It provide guidelines that those performing the inspection can follow
 It fix the people to accountable
 It improves the confidence of employees on safety procedures
 It improves the confidence of employees on the safety procedures
 It helps to caught the problems before accident happened.

7. Discuss major Accident control system at national and international level? (8M)
Preventions of major Accident:
 The practical recommendations of this case of practice are intended for the use of all those who have
responsibility for the prevention of major industrial accidents.
 This is not intended to replace national level regulations are accepted standards
 It has be drawn up with the object of providing guidance to those who may be engaged in the framing of
provisions related to the controller of major hazards in industry
 Those provisions are appointing competent authorities, works management, emergency services, and
government inspectors
 This is also offered guidelines to employers and workers organization
Hazard precaution methods according to national and international level is
Elimination
Reduction
Isolation
Control
PPE
Discipline

8. What is Accident and incident analysis? (2M)

Accident and incident analysis:
Accident and incident analysis is carried out in order to determine the causes of accidents or serious of
accidents so as to process further incidents of similar kind
It is also known as accident investigation

9. List out basic steps for conducting an Accident Investigation? (2M)

10. Explain about emergency preparedness? (8M)

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
1 Site specific details a. Are the site area maps (including layout, access roads and assembly points)
available in control room / emergency control centre?

2 Duties and responsibilities of key personnel a. Is the hierarchy of emergency response personnel right
from Site Emergency Controller downward, and alternative officials identified? b. Are the duties and
responsibilities assigned to the designated officials during emergency, both during and outside normal
working hours clearly identified and understood by them?

3 Identification of emergencies and accident scenario

a. Are the possible accident scenarios leading to emergency identified and known to the operating
personnel?

4 Declaration and termination of emergency

a. Is the list of designated officials who are to be communicated about declaration and termination of
emergency available in the control room / emergency control centre?
b. Are the methods of communication (siren, public address system etc.) for declaration and termination
of an emergency known to all the workers?

5 Resources-evacuation/ transport
a. Are the following resources (equipment, personnel and procedures) required to handle emergency
available?
• Communications • Public announcement systems
• Monitoring of hazardous releases into the environment
• Emergency shelters at the facility
• Transport for evacuation of plant personnel,
• Medical care including administration of antidotes
• Security / maintenance of law and order.

6 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES
a. Does the Emergency Control Centre have direct communication links with the fire station and the plant
control room?
b. Are there adequate alarm points from which an emergency alarm can be raised?
c. Is there infrastructure available for ensuring backup electric power supply for communication links
where required

7 Medical care
a. Is the procedure for emergency medical care available?
b. Does the system of periodic replacement of antidotes and medicines required in emergency exist?

8 Updating of emergency plan

a. Is the emergency plan updated based on the feedback from the periodic drills / exercises?
b. Are the contact details of all concerned officials kept updated in the emergency plan?

9 Periodic drills/ exercises

a. Are mock-exercises conducted at stipulated intervals?
b. Are the scenarios varied in the mock-exercises to ensure that all possible factors including
meteorological conditions, affected plant personnel covered?

10 Training of plant personnel

a. Are the plant personnel trained in handling emergency equipment?

11 Public awareness programmes

a. Are public awareness programs conducted for the people around the site regarding the actions to be
taken in case of off-site emergency?
 12 Mutual –aid programme
a. Are the types of accidents where external organizations would be involved in remedial actions
identified? Are their responsibilities defined?
b. Is the plant responsible for rendering mutual aid assistance to any other external organizations? Does
this assistance effect the plant's emergency preparedness?

13 Emergency Control Centre

a. Is the emergency control centre located beyond the effect distances of identified emergency scenarios?
b. If the emergency control centre is located with in the effect distance, is it suitably protected that it will
be available in case of emergency?

H. SAFETY INSPECTION
1. Inspection Programme Are checklists available for inspections?
For example availability of checklists like:
• Storage of hazardous chemicals;
• Electrical hazards;
• Fire safety;
• Hand & portable power tools;
• Machine hazards;
• Lifting equipment;
• Ladders and scaffolding;
• Environmental Monitoring;
• Civil structure; 36
• Housekeeping;
• Emergency equipment;
• Gas cylinder.
2. Safety Related Deficiency (SRD) Report
a) Are SRDs generated based on the area wise checklists?
b) What is the procedure for resolving the SRDs
3. Safety Inspection records a) Are the safety inspection records maintained?
4. Methodology & Inspection Team
a) Is there written procedure for safety inspection?
b) Whether safety inspection is carried out by a designated team?
c) What is the frequency of safety inspections?
d) Whether an inspection report is generated?
5. Compliance of Recommendations
a) To whom the recommendations are submitted
b) Are recommendations of safety inspections complied in time?
c) Is compliance of recommendations sent to top management?
d) Is compliance of recommendations reviewed by safety committee?
e) Does top management follows-up the compliance?

11. What is accident report? Give its purpose, objectives and contents? (8M)

Accident report:
it is a form that is filed out in order to record details of an unusual event that occurs at the facility such as
an injury or accidents

Purpose:

 It reveals the facts and figures pertaining to occurrence of an accident and not to fix up blame
 It contains necessary injury data to help safety officers or investigator to find out the causes of accident.
 It permit to classify the accident by time agency and sub agency and help in access in safety performance
in the factory
 It helps to claim compensation
 Objectives:
 To ensure all incidents and accidents are properly investigated
 To ensure corrective action is to taken to prevent reoccurrence
Contents:
 Background
 Accident description
 Finding or route causes
 Recommendations or suggestions
 Attachments
 Conclusions

12. State the purpose and process of FMEA (failure mode and effective analysis)? (8M)

FMEA:
It is a systematic analysis of the system to whatever level of detailed is required to demonstrate that no
single failure will cause an undesired event
Purpose:
The purpose of FMEA is to take access to eliminate or reduce failures starting with the highest priority
ones it is used to continuous improvement purpose
Process of FMEA:
 Select the team nominating the required specialist
 Defining the standard
 Defining the reporting procedure
 Defining the boundaries of the system to be analyzed
 Defining the benefits of block diagrams
 Organizing system design information
 Evaluating the effects of the system of each failure mode
 Identifying detection methods or corrective actions
 Formulating practical FMEA test
 Recommendations
 Conclusions
 FMEA report structure
 Formulation of report template
13. List out some physical chemical & ergonomic Hazards? (2M)

14. List out the general Requirements of plant safety Inspection? (8M)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
- Who establishes the inspection program?
 • Every employer must ensure that regular inspections are made of all workplaces. What must be
inspected in the workplace?
• Buildings, structures, grounds, excavations, tools, equipment, machinery, and work methods and
practices. How often?
• Inspections must be done at intervals that will prevent the development of unsafe working conditions.
3.6 - What about tools and equipment?
• Machinery, tools and equipment shall be inspected in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations or as otherwise specified by relevant sections of this Regulation. Note: See OH&S Reg.
Index for specific inspection requirements, when they are to be done, by whom and what is to be
inspected. i.e. Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes "section 12.119 Equipment Inspection" Before using
gas-welding or burning equipment, the operator must ensure that the equipment is free from defects,
leaks, oil and grease. February 2009 (Revised) 7 3.7 - When are special inspections done?
• A special inspection must be made when required by malfunction or accident. 3.8 – Do the Joint H & S
Committee or H & S representative participate?
• A regular or special inspection must, where feasible, include the participation of members of the joint
committee or the worker health and safety representative. 3.8 (a) - What if there is no health and safety
committee or representative?
• If there is no committee or worker health and safety representative the employer must designate an
employer representative and the union shall designate a worker representative to conduct the
inspections. 3.8(b) – What if
there is no union?
• If there is no union the employer must invite the workers to designate one of their members to conduct
the inspections. 3.9 - What happens when unsafe conditions are discovered?
• Unsafe or harmful conditions found in the course of an inspection shall be remedied without delay. 3.10
– Who should be informed when unsafe conditions or acts are found during inspections?
• Whenever a person observes what appears to be an unsafe or harmful condition or act, the person must
report it as soon as possible to a supervisor or to the employer, and the person receiving the report must
investigate the reported unsafe condition or act and must ensure that any necessary corrective action is
taken without delay. February 2009 (Revised) 8 Developing an Inspection Program Guidelines for
Inspectors To what standards should inspections be conducted?
• The regulations we have just reviewed tell us that we are to inspect for 'hazardous conditions, unsafe
actions or work methods'. These are only the general requirements and will require further detail from
employers identifying the safe conditions, actions and work methods for their workplace. • Employers
must develop their own standards and procedures of work to meet the requirements of the applicable
regulatory, industry, and manufacturers' standards for their workplace. They are to develop procedures of
work methods for hazardous jobs that their workers may encounter such as lockout, confined space work,
emergency procedures and so on. Employers must maintain safe working conditions and practices.
• The extent to which a person can carry out an effective inspection depends upon their ability to identify
hazards. Inspectors should be provided with a reference to follow during their inspections. Using
Checklists
• Many companies use a checklist to ensure consistent and comprehensive inspections each time they are
done. Appropriate checklists are developed for each job site and provide a guide to the various standards
expected to be in place. A Checklist should inform inspectors what to look at and what to look for.
February 2009 (Revised) 9 What should we be looking at?
• Consider the following in the development of our checklists and guidelines: ; plant or job site layout
(areas where work activities take place) ; building-structure ; basic floor plan layouts with equipment and
machinery ; maintenance periods-shift work ; start up and shut down times ; hazardous substances used
in the workplace ; storage areas ; exits What are we looking for?

15. What is safety integrity level (SIL)? (2M)

It is defined as a relative level of risk reduction provided by a safety function are to specify a target level
of risk reduction
In simple terms safety integrity level is a measurement of performance required for a safety
instrumented function
There are several methods are used to assign a safety integrity level
 There are normally used in combination
Those are
 Risk matrices
 Risk graphs
 Layers of protection analysis.

16. Which guide words are used in HAZOP stud? Explain briefly with are example each? (8M)

A hazard operability study(HAZOP) is a structural systematic examination of planned or existing process or

operation in order to identified evaluate problems that may represent risks to personal or equipment or
prevent efficient operation
It is carried out by a suitable experience multi-disciplinary during a set of meetings
The HAZOP technique is qualitative and aims to stimulate the imagination of participants to identify
potential hazards and operability problems
The HAZOP study is carried out with the help of guide words, those are 7
Guide word meaning
 No nagation of the design intent
 Decrease(less) quantitative decreases
 More quantitative increase
 As well as quantitative increase
 Part of quantitative decrease
 Reverse logical opposite of the intent
 Other than complete substitution

17. What is adverse health effect? (2M)

A general definition of adverse health effect is "any change in body function or the structures of cells that
can lead to disease or health problems".
Adverse health effects include:
bodily injury,
disease,
change in the way the body functions, grows, or develops,
effects on a developing fetus (teratogenic effects, fetotoxic effects),
effects on children, grandchildren, etc. (inheritable genetic effects)
decrease in life span,
change in mental condition resulting from stress, traumatic experiences, exposure to solvents, and so on,
and
effects on the ability to accommodate additional stress.

18. Why LOCK out /Tag out is important? (2M)

Safety devices such as barrier guards or guarding devices are installed on systems to maintain worker
safety while these systems are being operated. When non-routine activities such as maintenance, repair,
or set-up; or the removal of jams, clogs or misaligned feeds are performed, these safety devices may be
removed provided there are alternative methods in place to protect workers from the increased risk of
injury of exposure to the unintended or inadvertent release of energy.

19. Draw the flow chart of Safety Inspection program? (2M)

20. List out the elements in Safety Audit sample checklist? (8M)

SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR SAFETY AUDIT

A. OH&S MANAGEMENT

1. OH&S Policy
a) Does the organisation have OH&S Policy?
b) Who has signed the OH&S policy?
c) Whether the OH&S policy is per guidelines of the statutory provisions?
d) When was the OH&S policy declared and adopted?
e) Whether the OH&S policy reviewed periodically?
f) Whether the OH&S policy is available in local language and made known
to all?
g) What was the last date of updating?
h) Does the policy find a place in the annual report?

2. OH&S Organizational Set Up

2.1 Safety Department
a) Does the factory have a safety department & what is strength of safety department?
b) Whether the safety officers are qualified as per the statutes
c) Does the head of safety department report to the Chief Executive?
d) How often are the safety officers retrained in the latest techniques of total safety management? What
is the frequency of retraining?
e) What additional duties the safety officer is required to do?
f) What is the power of safety officer vis-a-vis unsafe condition or unsafe act?
2.2 Safety Committee(s)
a) Does the factory has a safety committee(s)? What are the types, structures and terms of reference of
the committees?
b) Is the constitution of the safety committee(s) as per the statute?
c) How are the members of safety committee(s) selected? (elected/nominated)
d) How often are the meetings of safety committee(s) held?
e) Whether the topics discussed in the meeting are related to occupational health & safety?
f) Are the recommendations of the committees(s) implemented?
g) Are the minutes of the safety committee(s) meetings circulated among the members?
h) Are the minutes forwarded to the trade union(s) and chief executive and occupier?
i) Whether the management and trade union play their active roles in
supporting and accepting the committee(s) recommendations?
j) How are the safety committee(s) members apprised of the latest development in safety, health and
environment?

2.3 Safety Budget

a) What is the annual safety budget?
b) How much percentage is this budget of the total turnover of the company?
c) How much budget has been utilized till date?
d) Is the safety budget adequate?
e) How is the safety budget arrived at?
f) What is the pattern of expenditure for the last five years?
g) What are the approved sanctions for the expenditure in this budget?
h) Does this budget get reflected in the annual report of the company?

3. Safety Manual
a) Is safety manual prepared and reviewed periodically?
b) Does the safety manual adequately address all the hazards in the plant?
c) Are the employee made aware of safety rules/ instruction mentioned in the safety manual?

4. Safe Operating Procedures

a) Are written safe operating procedures available for all operations?
b) Whether the written safe operating procedures are displayed or made available and explained in the
local language to the workers?
c) Whether concerned section and safety department prepares safe operating procedure jointly?
d) Are safe operating procedures reviewed & updated?
e) Have the workers been informed of the consequences of failure to observe the safe operating
procedures?

5. Plant Modification Procedures

a) What is the system for effecting any change in the existing plant, equipment or process?
b) Whether the P&I diagrams and other related documents are updated accordingly?

6. Work Permit System

a) What types of work permits exist in the factory?
b) Are the necessary forms detailing required safety precautions have been prepared and used for each
type of work-permit?
c) Is the responsibility assigned to authorized person for issuing of safety work permit?
d) Is the copy of safe work permit sent to safety officer before execution of the job?
e) Is validity period specified in the safety work permit?
f) Are the records of safety work permit available & maintained in proper order?

7. Contractors’ Safety System

a) Is there any system for selection of contractors?
b) Are there any guidelines on contractors’ safety?
c) Whether contract document includes necessary safety clauses?
d) Is there any programme to ensure use of PPE by contractors personnel?
e) Do the contractors have their own safety organization?
f) Are the contractors reporting all accidents & injuries?
g) Are contractor workers trained to observe safety at work place ?
h) Whether contractor workers are engaged in process/ operations? If yes, are they aware of safe
operating procedures?

8. Plant Design & Layout

a) Whether hazardous operations in the plant are segregated?
b) Whether occupational health & safety aspects are considered during the design?
c) Are all the equipment provided with adequate space for working, maintenance etc.?
d) Are the storage tanks provided with enough space/ clearance between them?
e) Whether the plant layout has taken care of the movement of fire fighting equipment and emergency
exits?

9. Medical Management of Accidents

a) Are medical facilities available to treat the serious injuries?
b) Is the ambulance van available for round the clock basis?
c) Is there any mutual aid scheme available with the nearest hospitals to manage and treat injuries during
emergency?
d) Are the workers / contractor workers aware of emergency medical facilities?

10. Management of Abnormal Workplace Conditions

a) Whether abnormal workplace conditions identified?
b) Does the system exist to detect & control these abnormal workplace conditions?
c) Are the employees aware of the measures to be taken during abnormal workplace conditions?

11. Employees Selection and Placement

a) Whether norms are available for selection of different category of employees?
b) Whether pre-employment medical examination is being conducted for employees?
c) What is the response of management to safety violation?
d) Whether safety related decisions are taken in consultation with the workers?
e) What is the attitude of the managers towards non use of personal protective equipment?

12 Attitudes of workers:
a) Whether workers are aware of the consequences of their wrong actions?
b) Are laid down safe working procedures followed strictly?
c) What is the attitude of the workers towards their own mistake, which can prejudice safety?
d) What would a worker do if he make mistake in following a written procedure?
e) Do the workers report near miss incidents and suggest safety improvements?
f) Are the workers aware of the system of rewards and sanctions relating to safety matters?
g) What is the attitude of workers towards use of personal protective equipment?

13. Statutory Licenses, Approvals and Records

a) What are the safety related Acts / Rules applicable to your organization?
b) Whether the licenses have been validated?

14. Motivational and Promotional Measures for OH&S

a) Does the factory have occupational health and safety suggestion scheme?
b) Are occupational health and safety contests organized in the factory?
c) Does the factory participate in National Awards?
d) Has the factory been awarded during last five years?
e) Does the organization publish safety bulletin/ Newsletters?
f) Whether the safety bulletins are widely distributed?
g) How is the occupational health and safety information including accident statistics disseminated in the
factory? (Bulletin boards, Newsletter etc.)
h) What are the activities conducted during National Safety day/ week?

Statutory Licenses, Approvals and Records

a) What are the safety related Acts / Rules applicable to your organization?
b) Whether the licenses have been validated?
 14. Motivational and Promotional Measures for OH&S
a) Does the factory have occupational health and safety suggestion scheme?
b) Are occupational health and safety contests organized in the factory?
c) Does the factory participate in National Awards?
d) Has the factory been awarded during last five years?
e) Does the organization publish safety bulletin/ Newsletters?
f) Whether the safety bulletins are widely distributed?
g) How is the occupational health and safety information including accident
statistics disseminated in the factory? (Bulletin boards, Newsletter etc.)
h) What are the activities conducted during National Safety day/ week?

21. What are the objectives of safety audit? (2M)

Objective of safety audit:

The objective of safety audit is to evaluate the effectiveness of company safety effort and more
recommendations which lead to a reduction in accidents and minimization of loss potential.

22. Write a short note on the management in major accident hazards? (2M)
Management in major accident hazards:
 Maintain major accident prevention policy.
 Maintain safety management system
 Identification of hazards
 Adequate prevention or limitation measures
 On-site and off-site emergency plans maintained
 Proper site plan
 Maintain emergency escape rules
 Maintain emergency services

23. What are the basic steps for conducting accident Investigation? Explain (8M)

INITIATING THE PROCESS

Introduction
In this first module our goals are to understand basic OROSHA law regarding employer responsibilities to
Conduct accident investigation. We'll also learn why it's important to begin the investigation early-on,
when it's "safe" to investigate, and "how" to secure the accident scene once the investigation has been
initiated. Finally, you'll learn what the law says about reporting accidents to the concerned authorities like
inspector factories department.
The incident/accident investigation process is composed of three principles and each principle is further
reduced into 6 steps. This helps to ensure you are walking through the process in an orderly manner.
Before the accident occurs...lay the groundwork
When a serious accident occurs in the workplace, everyone will be too busy dealing with the emergency
at hand. To worry about putting together an investigation plan, so before the accident occurs... develop
an effective written incident/accident analysis plan that will:
Determine who should be notified of accident.
Establish who is authorized to notify outside agencies (fire, police, etc.)
Determine who is assigned to conduct investigations.
Conduct required training for accident investigators.
Determine who receives and acts on investigation reports.
Establish timetables for conducting the investigation and follow-up actions such as hazard correction.
Before the accident occurs...lay the groundwork
When a serious accident occurs in the workplace, everyone will be too busy dealing with the emergency
at hand to worry about putting together an investigation plan, so before the accident occurs... develop an
effective written incident/accident analysis plan that will:
Determine who should be notified of accident. Establish who is authorized to notify outside agencies (fire,
police etc.) Determine who is assigned to conduct investigations.
Conduct required training for accident investigators. Determine who receives and acts on investigation
reports.
Establish timetables for conducting the investigation and follow-up actions such as hazard correction.
Step 1: Secure the Accident Scene
The first step in an effective accident investigation procedure is to secure the accident scene as soon as
possible so you can begin collecting initial data. Sometimes, you may actually be able to begin the
investigation, while the victim is being assisted by emergency responders. In this case, make sure you do
not interfere in any way with them. The first responsibility is to make sure the victim is cared for. At this
early point, you're primarily making initial observations for later analysis.
Most of the time, your investigation will not begin until emergency response is completed. In this
situation,
material evidence will most likely not be in its original location. Of course, this will make it more difficult
for you to determine the original location of evidence, but effective interviews will help you to construct
the scene. In either situation, you're not yet interested in what "caused" the accident, just gathering as
much pertinent information as possible for later analysis. Why is it important to start the investigation as
soon as possible? Of course, it's not to establish blame, but rather to accurately determine the surface
and root causes for the accident. The longer you wait to investigate, the more likely the accuracy of the
evidence may suffer over time.
Why? Two things may change after an accident occurs:
 Material evidence. Somehow, tools, equipment, and sometimes people just seem to move or disappear
from the scene. Understandably, the employer is anxious to "clean up" the accident scene so people can
get back to work. It's important that an effective procedure be developed to protect material evidence so
that it does not get moved, or disappears.
Memory. Accidents are traumatic events. There are varying degrees of psychological trauma depending
on how "close" an individual is to the accident or victim. There may be physical trauma to the victim and
others whenever a serious accident occurs in the workplace. Everyone is affected somehow. As time
passes after an accident conversations with others and individual emotions distort what people believe
they saw and heard. After a while, the memory of everyone affected by the accident will be altered in
some way. This type of distortion can have nothing but negative effects on your success as an accident
investigator. With the above in mind, it becomes rather obvious why we must try to get information as
soon as possible. But what can we do to make sure evidence and memory do not disappear? Let's find
out.
Securing the accident scene isn't difficult, but it's critically important to do it quickly. You may use tape,
rope, cones, or even personnel to secure the accident scene. Securing the accident scene may not be
rocket science, but it may be extremely important in preventing the loss or misplacement of material
evidence.
Step 2: Collect Facts about What Happened
Once the accident scene has been roped off, it's important to begin immediately to gather evidence from
many sources as possible during an investigation. One of the biggest challenges facing the investigator is
to determine what is relevant to what happened, how it happened, and why it happened. Identifying
items that answer these questions is the purpose of effective accident scene documentation.

24. Explains the procedure of conducting job safety survey? (8M)

CONDUCTING JOB SAFETY SURVEY Workplace safety begins as soon as the employee is hired. Start with
the company's personnel records and training procedures. Audit the company's drug test and
background-check procedures. All employees should complete a safety training programs and pass an
examination before being allowed to work for the company.
Step 2
Physically inspect the site for obvious dangers such as exposed electrical wires or open trenches. Make
sure there are fire extinguishers placed throughout the facility and they are maintained according to the
appropriate schedule. If the site is public, place fences around all hazardous areas to keep pedestrians
from wandering into danger. Emergency exits must be clearly marked and free of obstructions at all
times. Emergency lights along the path to an exit must be powered by a generator or battery so they stay
lit during a power failure.
Step 3 Inspect the company's chemical storage and handling, if applicable to your line of business. If you
do not use chemicals on-site, you may skip this step. Make sure each chemical has a corresponding
material safety data or MSDS sheet. The MSDS lists details related to the chemical compound, safe
handling instructions and the procedures for dealing with contamination. You must also keep a copy of
each MSDS in a master binder somewhere on the job site.
Step 4
Observe employees carrying out their job duties. Look for poor ergonomics or bad lifting techniques that
could contribute to job-related injury. Make sure employees wear the proper safety gear for the tasks
they are expected to perform.
Step 5
Examine the company's safety equipment, such as goggles, face masks, protective clothing, gloves and
work boots. Make sure all items are in good condition and have no rips or holes that could expose an
employee to danger. Keep a written log with the dates of each inspection and a list of any repairs or
maintenance performed.
25. Explains Lock out/Tag out? (8M)

Lockout is one way to control hazardous energy. See the OSH Answers Hazardous Energy Control
Programs for a description of the types of hazardous energy, and steps required in a control program.

In practice, lockout is the isolation of energy from the system (a machine, equipment, or process) which
physically locks the system in a safe mode. The energy-isolating device can be a manually operated
disconnects switch, a circuit breaker, a line valve, or a block (Note: push buttons, selection switches and
other circuit control switches are not considered energy-isolating devices). In most cases, these devices
will have loops or tabs which can be locked to a stationary item in a safe position (de-energized
position). The locking device (or lockout device) can be any device that has the ability to secure the
energy-isolating device in a safe position

Tag out is a labelling process that is always used when lockout is required. The process of tagging out a
system involves attaching or using an indicator (usually a standardized label) that includes the following
information:

 Why the lockout/tag out is required (repair, maintenance, etc.).

 Time of application of the lock/tag.
 The name of the authorized person who attached the tag and lock to the system.
 Safety devices such as barrier guards or guarding devices are installed on systems to maintain worker
safety while these systems are being operated. When non-routine activities such as maintenance, repair,
or set-up; or the removal of jams, clogs or misaligned feeds are performed, these safety devices may be
removed provided there are alternative methods in place to protect workers from the increased risk of
injury of exposure to the unintended or inadvertent release of energy.

A lockout/tag out program will help prevent:

 Contact with a hazard while performing tasks that require the removal, by-passing, or
deactivation of safe guarding devices.
 The unintended release of hazardous energy (stored energy).
 The unintended start-up or motion of machinery, equipment, or processes.

26. What is FMEA? List out its objectives? (2M)

A systematic analysis of the systems to whatever level of detail is required to demonstrate that no single
failure will cause an undesired event.
To identify potential design and process failures before they occur and to minimize the risk of failure by
either proposing design changes or, if these cannot be formulated, proposing operational procedures.
Essentially the FMEA is to:
♦ Identify the equipment or subsystem, mode of operation and the equipment;
♦ Identify potential failure modes and their causes;
♦ Evaluate the effects on the system of each failure mode;
♦ Identify measures for eliminating or reducing the risks associated with each failure mode;
♦ Identify trials and testing necessary to prove the conclusions; and
♦ Provide information to the operators and maintainers so that they can understand the capabilities and
limitations of the system to achieve best performance.

27. Explain different types of plant safety inspections? (8M)

Safety inspection:
A safety inspection is a formalized and properly documented process of identifying hazards in the
workplace.
There are 4 types of plant safety inspection
 Continuous inspection
 Periodical inspection
 Intermittent inspection
 Special inspection

Continuous Inspection: It is document/ checklist based process of identifying hazards.

It is conducted daily or shift to shift or continuously.
Periodical inspection: It is document/ checklist based process of identifying hazards.
It is conducted in certain intervals of time.
Ex: Weekly, monthly, quarterly, half yearly, yearly.
Intermittent inspection: It is document/ checklist based process of identifying hazards.
It is conducted in uncertain intervals of time (not in particular interval).
Special inspection: It is document/ checklist based process of identifying hazards.
It is conducted occasionally.

28. What is the purpose of “Accident investigation”? (2M)

The main purpose of accident investigation is to

 reveal the root cause
 Claim compensation
 Avoid reoccurrence
29. Write the short notes on “limitation of safety sampling”? (2M)
Limitations of safety sampling
 It is a complex process
 It carries a larger errors
 It reveals only unsafe actions and unsafe conditions
 But does not reveal root cause
 It does not be used for more errors at the same time

30. List out the notifications in product safety? (2M)

Product safety
All consumer products you supply must be safe and meet consumer guarantees under the Law. You
cannot sell banned products and you must ensure that your products or product-related services comply
with relevant mandatory standards before they are offered for sale. There are also two mandatory
notification requirements.

 Selling safe products

 Product safety regulation
 Bans
 Mandatory standards
 Mandatory notification requirements
 Recalls
 Mandatory reporting
 Stay up-to-date
 More information
31. Define affected person of Authorized person?(2M)

Affected person - is an employee whose job requires them to operate a system, or work in an area in
which servicing or maintenance is being performed under lockout/tag out.

Authorized person - is an individual who is qualified to control hazardous energy sources because of their
knowledge, training, and experience and has been assigned to engage in such control.

32. What is Loss prevention?(2M)

Loss prevention refers to the measures used to prevent loss of life, health, and property arising from an
incident or accident. The aim of loss prevention is to prevent any accident and reduce the risks of hazards
in the workplace. It helps by saving lives and physical properties, prevents workers from pain and
suffering, and avoids unnecessary expenditure through safety departments.
The goal of loss prevention in any organization is to reduce accidents to as close to zero as possible. It
helps to develop safe work environments through employee habits, safety culture and improved
employee attitudes. It facilitates a reliable and fast communication channel between employees and
management. It also highlights on the use of safe machinery, observation of safety procedures and
practices, safety training and monitoring.

33. What are the types of hazards? (2M)

A common way to classify hazards is by category:

 biological - bacteria, viruses, insects, plants, birds, animals, and humans, etc.,
 chemical - depends on the physical, chemical and toxic properties of the chemical.
 ergonomic - repetitive movements, improper set up of workstation, etc.,
 physical - radiation, magnetic fields, pressure extremes (high pressure or vacuum), noise, etc,
 psychosocial - stress, violence, etc.,
 safety - slipping/tripping hazards, inappropriate machine guarding, equipment malfunctions or
breakdowns

34. List out HAZOP Guide words & meanings?(2M)

HAZOP GUIDE WORDS AND MEANINGS

Guide Word Meaning

No Negation of the Design Intent Less

Quantitative Decrease More
Quantitative Increase
Part of Qualitative Decrease
As Well As Qualitative Increase
Reverse Logical Opposite of the Intent
Other than Complete Substitution

35. What is safety report? Give its purpose, objectives and contents? (8M)
Safety reporting is the filling of reports and collection of information are actual (or) potential safety
deficiencies.
Purpose and objective:
The purpose of this document is to provide broad guidance to inspectors or safety cases, the guide sets
out that how they are used their overall qualities how they may be structured and what information they
should contained.
 Contents in safety report:
Safety report must contain
 Major accident prevention policy
 Identification of hazards
 Adequate prevention or limitation methods
 Internal emergency plans
 Information for external emergency plans

36. Compare between reportable and non-reportable accidents? (2M)

Reportable accidents:
An accidents preventing accidently from work for a period of 48 hours or more immediately after the
accident is called reportable accident.

Non-reportable accidents:
An accident preventing accident from work for a period of 48 hours or less immediately after the accident
is called non-reportable accident.

37. Explain the following (8M)

(a) Disadvantages of JSA (b) limitations of FTA
Disadvantages of JSA
 Time consuming
 May involve personal biasness
 Sources of data is extremely small
 Involves loss of human effort
 The analyst may not process appropriate skills
 Mental abilities cannot be directly observed.
Limitations of FTA
 Prepare in early stages of design and further developed in detail concurrently with design development
 Identifies and records systematically the logically fault paths from a specific effect to the prime causes
 Allows easy conversion to probability measures that may lead to very large trees if to analysis is extended
in depth
 The analysation depends on skill of analyst it is difficult to apply the systems with partial success
 Can be costly in time and effort

38. List out the steps in “root cause analysis”? (2M)

Steps in root cause analysis:
1. Injury Cause Analysis: Analyse the injury event to identify and describe the nature of the harmful transfer
of energy that caused the injury or illness.

2. Surface Cause Analysis: Analyse events to determine specific hazardous conditions and unsafe or
Inappropriate behaviours..

a. for primary surface causes: Analyse events occurring just prior to the injury event to identify those
specific conditions and Behaviours that directly caused the accident.

b. For contributing surface causes: Analyse conditions and Behaviours to determine other specific
conditions and Behaviours (contributing surface causes) that contributed to the accident.

3. Root Cause Analysis: Analyse system weaknesses contributing to surface causes.

 For inadequate implementation. Analyse each contributing condition and behaviour to determine if
weaknesses in carrying out safety policies, programs, plan, processes, procedures and practices
(inadequate implementation) exist.

39. Write a short note on “benefits of job safety analysis”? (2M)

Job safety analysis benefits

 Identify unsafe work practices before an accident occurs
 Decreases injury rates
 Increased qualities
 Increased productivity.

40. List out General safety rules and Guidelines? (8M)

Safety rules and guidelines

To ensure your safety, and that of your co-workers, please observe and obey the rules and guidelines
appropriate to the general populace or specific jobs:
 Observe and practice the safety procedures established for the job.
 In case of sickness or injury, no matter how slight, report at once to your supervisor. In no case
should an employee treat his or her own or someone else’s injuries or attempt to remove foreign particles
from someone else’s eye.
 In case of injury resulting in possible fracture to legs, back, or neck, or any accident resulting in an
unconscious condition, or a severe head injury, the employee is not to be moved until medical attention
has been given by authorized personnel.
 Do not wear loose clothing or jewellery around machinery. It may catch on moving equipment
and cause a serious injury.
 Never distract the attention of another person, as you might cause him or her to be injured. If
necessary to get the attention of another person, wait until it can be done safely.
 Where required, you must wear protective equipment, such as goggles, safety glasses, masks,
gloves, hair nets, etc. appropriate to the task.
 Safety equipment such as restraints, pull backs, and two-hand devices are designed for your
protection. Be sure such equipment is adjusted for you.
 Pile materials, skids, bins, boxes, or other equipment so as not to block aisles, exits, fire fighting
equipment, electric lighting or power panel, valves, etc. Fire Doors and Aisles Must be Kept Clear!
 Keep your work area clean.
 Use compressed air only for the job for which it is intended. Do not clean your clothes with it, and
do not fool around with it.
 Observe “No Smoking” regulations.
 Shut down your machine before cleaning, repairing, or leaving it.
 Tow motors and lift trucks will be operated only by authorized personnel. Walk-type lift trucks will
not be ridden and no one but the operator is permitted to ride the tow motors.
 Do not exceed a speed that is safe for existing conditions.
 Running and horseplay are strictly forbidden.
 Do not block access to fire extinguishers.
 Do not tamper with electric controls or switches.
 Do not operate machines or equipment until you have been properly instructed and authorized to
do so by your supervisor.
  Do not engage in such other practices as may be inconsistent with ordinary and reasonable
common sense safety rules.
 Report any unsafe condition or acts to your supervisor.
 Help to prevent accidents.
 Use designated passages when moving from one place to another; never take hazardous
shortcuts (i.e., between moving equipment or across roadways).
 Lift properly—use your leg muscles, not your back muscles. For heavier loads, ask for assistance.
 Do not adjust, clean, or oil moving machinery.
 Keep machine guards in their intended places.
 Do not throw objects.
 Clean up spilled liquid, oil, or grease immediately.
 Wear hard-sole shoes and appropriate clothing (i.e., shorts or mini dresses are not permitted).
 Place trash and paper in proper containers and not in cans provided for cigarette butts.

41. What is ETA? List out its Advantages & Limitations? (8M)

The overall goal of event tree analysis is to determine the probability of possible negative outcomes that
can cause harm and result from the chosen initiating event. It is necessary to use detailed information
about a system to understand intermediate events, accident scenarios, and initiating events to construct
the event tree diagram.

Steps to perform an event tree analysis

1. Define the system: Define what needs to be involved or where to draw the boundaries.
2. Identify the accident scenarios: Perform a system assessment to find hazards or accident scenarios within
the system design.
3. Identify the initiating events: Use a hazard analysis to define initiating events.
4. Identify intermediate events: Identify countermeasures associated with the specific scenario.
5. Build the event tree diagram
6. Obtain event failure probabilities: If the failure probability can not be obtained use fault tree analysis to
calculate it.
7. Identify the outcome risk: Calculate the overall probability of the event paths and determine the risk.
8. Evaluate the outcome risk: Evaluate the risk of each path and determine its acceptability.
9. Recommend corrective action: If the outcome risk of a path is not acceptable develop design changes
that change the risk.
10. Document the ETA: Document the entire process on the event tree diagrams and update for new
information as needed.

Mathematical Concepts

1 = (probability of success) + (probability of failure)

The probability of success can be derived from the probability of failure.

Overall path probability = (probability of event 1) X (probability of event 2) X (probability of event n....)
 Advantage

 Enables the assessment of multiple, co-existing faults and failures

 Functions simultaneously in cases of failure and success
 No need to anticipate end events[1]
 Areas of single point failure, system vulnerability, and low payoff countermeasures may be identified and
assessed to deploy resources properly
 Paths in a system that lead to a failure can be identified and traced to display ineffective
countermeasures.
 Work can be computerized
 Can be performed on various levels of details
 Visual cause and effect relationship
 Relatively easy to learn and execute
 Models complex systems into an understandable manner
 Follows fault paths across system boundaries
 Combines hardware, software, environment, and human interaction
 Permits probability assessment
 Commercial software is available

Limitations

 Addresses only one initiating event at a time.

 The initiating challenge must be identified by the analyst
 Pathways must be identified by the analyst
 Level of loss for each pathway may not be distinguishable without further analysis
 Success or failure probabilities are difficult to find.
 Can overlook subtle system differences
 Partial successes/failures are not distinguishable
 Requires an analyst with practical training and experience

42. State the philosophy behind the accident Investigation? (8M)

Accident investigation is the process of determine the root causes of accidents on the job injuries
property damage etc.
The main purpose of the accident investigation is to
 To reveal the root cause.
 Claim compensation
 Avoid reoccurrence
The philosophy behind accident investigation process contains 3 phases and 6 steps those are:
Gather information: Step-1: secure the accident scene
Step-2: collects facts about what happened
Analyst the facts: Step-3: develops the sequence of events
Step-4: determine the causes
Implement solution: Step-5: recommends improvements
Step-6: write the report
43. What is safety survey? (2M)

A safety is an organizations internal systematic evaluation to check safe operations and practices are in
place in workplaces and facilities. it is an opportunity to suggest improvements on safety issues.

44. Explain the steps in root cause analysis with examples? (8M)

Steps in root cause analysis

1. Injury Cause Analysis. Analyze the injury event to identify and describe the nature of the harmful
transfer of energy that caused the injury or illness. Examples:
• Laceration to right forearm resulting from contact with rotating saw blade.
• Contusion from head striking against/impacting concrete floor..
2. Surface Cause Analysis. Analyze events to determine specific hazardous conditions and unsafe or
inappropriate Behaviours.
a. For primary surface causes. Analyze events occurring just prior to the injury event to identify those
specific conditions and Behaviours that directly caused the accident. Examples:
• Event x. Unguarded saw blade. (condition or Behaviour?)
• Event x. Working at elevation without proper fall protection. (condition or Behaviour?)
b. For contributing surface causes. Analyze conditions and Behaviours to determine other
specific conditions and Behaviours (contributing surface causes) that contributed to the accident.
Examples:
• Supervisor not performing weekly area safety inspection. (condition or Behaviour?)
• Fall protection equipment missing. (condition or Behaviour?)
3. Root Cause Analysis. Analyze system weaknesses contributing to surface causes.
For inadequate implementation. Analyze each contributing condition and behavior to determine if
weaknesses in carrying out safety policies, programs, plan, processes, procedures and practices
(inadequate implementation) exist.
Examples:
• Safety inspections are being conducted inconsistently.
• Safety is not being adequately addressed during new employee orientation.
For inadequate planning. Analyze implementation flaws to determine the underlying inadequate formal
(written) programs, policies, plans, processes, procedures and practices.
Examples:
• Inspection policy does not clearly specify responsibility by name or position.
• No fall protection training plan or process in place.

45. List out Audit Goals, objective, Lead Auditors and Auditor responsibilities? (8M)
AUDIT GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

Audit Goals
Audits are normally designed to achieve one or more of the following goals:
- to provide the auditee with an opportunity to assess its own OH&S system against a OH&S system
standard and identify areas for improvement;
- to determine the conformity of the implemented OH&S system with specified requirements and identify
areas for improvement; and - to meet regulatory requirements.

Audit Objectives
OH&S audits are conducted with the following objectives:
- to carry out a systematic, critical appraisal of all potential hazards involving personnel, plant, services
and operation method; and
- to ensure that OH&S system fully satisfies the legal requirements and those of the company’s written
safety policies, objectives and program.

Lead auditor’s responsibilities

The lead auditor is ultimately responsible for all phases of the OH&S audit. The lead auditor should have
management capabilities and experience and should be given authority to make final decisions regarding
the conduct of the audit and any audit observations.
The lead auditor’s responsibilities also cover:
- selecting the audit team members;
- preparing the audit plan;
- planning the field visit;
- defining the requirements of each audit assignment,
- communicating with client, auditee and other auditors regarding audit requirements;
- briefing the audit team and guide the auditors to prepare the working document
- reporting critical nonconformities resulting in imminent danger to the auditee immediately;
- interacting with the client and auditee’s management;
- reporting any major obstacles encountered in performing the audit; and
- maintaining agreed time schedule.
- preparing audit report with the help of auditors;
- reporting the audit results objectively, clearly, conclusively and without delay.

Auditors’ responsibilities
Auditors are responsible for:
- complying with the applicable audit requirements;
- scheduling and carrying out assigned responsibilities effectively and efficiently;
- preparing additional checklist if required;
- documenting the observations;
- reporting the audit findings;
- verifying the effectiveness of corrective actions taken as a result of the earlier audits (if requested by the
client);
- retaining and safeguarding documents pertaining to the audit ensuring such documents remain
confidential, and treating privileged information with discretion;
46. How does the “ABC rating” system work? Explain? (8M)
47. Write the formula to calculate the Incident rate & frequency rate? (2M)

48. How are MAH identified? List out MAH rules? (8M)

 Hazardous chemical means any chemical which satisfies any one of the criteria laid down the part 1 of
schedule 1.
 Industrial activity means an operational process carried out in a factory involving on likely involving, one
or more hazardous chemicals and includes onsite storage or onsite transport which is associated with the
operational process.
 Isolated storage means storage which no other manufacturing process other than pumping of
hazardous chemicals is carried out and that storage involves a quantity of that chemical.
 Major accident means an incident involving loss of life inside or outside of the site (or) ten or more
injuries inside and or one or more injuries outside are release of toxic chemical or explosion of fire or
spillage of hazards chemicals resulting in on-site or off site emergencies are damage to equipment leading
to stoppage of process or adverse effects to the environment
 Pipeline means a pipe for conveyance of hazardous chemicals other than flammable gas
 Every container of hazardous chemicals shall be clearly labelles are marked to identified
->the content of the container
->the name and address of the manufactures or importer of hazardous chemicals.
->the chemical and physical and toxicological data of the hazardous chemicals.
Schedule 1: indicative criteria and list of chemicals
Schedule 2: isolated storage
Schedule 3: list of hazardous chemicals
Schedule 4: industrial installations
Schedule 5: safety data sheet
Schedule 6: information to be furnished regarding notification of major accidents
Schedule 7: information to be furnished for the notification of sites
Schedule 8: information to be furnished in safety report on-site emergency plan
Schedule 9: modifications of the rule

49. List out the elements in On-site emergency preparedness? (8M)

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
1 Site specific details a. Are the site area maps (including layout, access roads and assembly points)
available in control room / emergency control centre?

2 Duties and responsibilities of key personnel a. Is the hierarchy of emergency response personnel right
from Site Emergency Controller downward, and alternative officials identified? b. Are the duties and
responsibilities assigned to the designated officials during emergency, both during and outside normal
working hours clearly identified and understood by them?

3 Identification of emergencies and accident scenario

a. Are the possible accident scenarios leading to emergency identified and known to the operating
personnel?

4 Declaration and termination of emergency

a. Is the list of designated officials who are to be communicated about declaration and termination of
emergency available in the control room / emergency control centre?
b. Are the methods of communication (siren, public address system etc.) for declaration and termination
of an emergency known to all the workers?

5 Resources-evacuation/ transport
a. Are the following resources (equipment, personnel and procedures) required to handle emergency
available?
• Communications • Public announcement systems
• Monitoring of hazardous releases into the environment
• Emergency shelters at the facility
• Transport for evacuation of plant personnel,
• Medical care including administration of antidotes
• Security / maintenance of law and order.

6 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES
 a. Does the Emergency Control Centre have direct communication links with the fire station and the plant
control room?
b. Are there adequate alarm points from which an emergency alarm can be raised?
c. Is there infrastructure available for ensuring backup electric power supply for communication links
where required

7 Medical care
a. Is the procedure for emergency medical care available?
b. Does the system of periodic replacement of antidotes and medicines required in emergency exist?

8 Updating of emergency plan

a. Is the emergency plan updated based on the feedback from the periodic drills / exercises?
b. Are the contact details of all concerned officials kept updated in the emergency plan?

9 Periodic drills/ exercises

a. Are mock-exercises conducted at stipulated intervals?
b. Are the scenarios varied in the mock-exercises to ensure that all possible factors including
meteorological conditions, affected plant personnel covered?

10 Training of plant personnel

a. Are the plant personnel trained in handling emergency equipment?

11 Public awareness programmes

a. Are public awareness programs conducted for the people around the site regarding the actions to be
taken in case of off-site emergency?

12 Mutual –aid programme

a. Are the types of accidents where external organizations would be involved in remedial actions
identified?
Are their responsibilities defined?
b. Is the plant responsible for rendering mutual aid assistance to any other external organizations? Does
this assistance effect the plant's emergency preparedness?

13 Emergency Control Centre

a. Is the emergency control centre located beyond the effect distances of identified emergency scenarios?
b. If the emergency control centre is located with in the effect distance, is it suitably protected that it will
be available in case of emergency?

50. Why are incidents not reposted? (2M)

Many of us have experienced incidents, near-accidents or close calls at work or at home. Many of us did
not share the information with others.

If everybody knew how important incidents are as part of an improvement process, many more would be
reported. But often, they are not. Some of the reasons why this important information is lost are:

 Fear of discipline
 Concern about the record
 Concern about reputation
 Fear of medical treatment
 Dislike of medical personnel
 Desire to avoid work interruption
 Desire to keep personal record clear
 Avoidance of red tap
 Concern about the attitude of others
 Poor understanding of the importance
51. What is safe failure fraction (SFF)? (2M)

Safe failure fraction

The safe failure fraction (SFF) is the fraction of the total failures that are assessed as either safe or
diagnosed/detected
When analysing the various failure states and failure modes of components they can be categorised and
grouped according to their effect on the safety of the device.

52. List out the factors in Accident causation model with diagram? (2M)

53. Briefly discuss how incident recall technique helps in controlling accidents at work place? (8M)
Incident recall technique:
It is a structural process of communication interviewing to cover invents that could have resulted in
unwanted consequences incidents that may be used for learning before they get lost. the interview could
be done by a supervisor or manager or by a staff person more experienced in the interview techniques, it
could be done on a one on one bases or as a group exercise.
The later is probably the better approach but requires a non-bane fining culture
When carrying out the interviews consider the following
 Privacy preferred, avoid distraction
 Decide on the way to select people to be interviewed
 Adjust interview time don’t waste time on unimportant incidents.
 No fault assurance is a must blame fixing will kill the exercise
 Prepare for the interview with make a checklist of tasks procedures work environments likely to be
associated with incidents.
Conduct the interview and consider:
 Putting the person at ease
 Explain purpose and importance of recall
 Emphasize no blame fixing policy highlight important of recall for all involved organization employee,
colleagues, family
 Explain the process of interview3 by using check list
 Review, understanding of the incident
 Discuss possible remedies and causes.
54. List out ergonomics and stress hazards? (2M)

55. List out Ergonomic and stress hazards? (2M)

 IS-05

1. What is the specific objective of safety audit and list out the focusing area of safety audit? (2M)
2. Which things are details in chapter-v of Factories Act, 1948? Explain? (8M)
3. 3. Briefly state the responsibility of occupier for transportation of hazards goods? (2M)
4. What do you meant by root cause analysis? What is its importance? (2M)
5. Explain the powers of central government to protect and improve Environment under environment
protection act 1986? (8M)
6. 6. Define the term “manufacturing process” according to the factories ACT, 1948? (2M)
7. Describe a safety report and list out its main elements, its periodicity and submission to authorities?
(8M)
8. What is a hazard control? List out ways of hazard control? (2M)
9. What is the difference between cylinders and pressure vessels? (2M)
10. What is the Noise? Explain different types of noises defined in noise pollution act 1998? (8M)
11. Explain the main objectives of workmen compensation act 1923? (8M)
12. Write down the right and responsibilities of worker as laid down under sec 111 and sec .111A of the
Factories Act, 1948? (8M)
13. Briefly state the function of ILO? (2M)
14. 14. Explain the following; (8M)
15. What are the duties of a certifying surgeon under the factories Act, 1948? (2M)
16. What is the distinguishing between ILO convention and recommendation? (8M)
17. List out some mechanical & electrical hazards? (2M)
18. What are the important recommendations by ILO in first aid facilities? (2M)
19. List out section in Chapter IV A, V & VI in the factories Act, 1948? (8M)
20. Explain about contract Labour (Reputation & Abolition) Act, 1970? (8M)
21. List out the some important points in On-Site emergency plan? (2M)
22. What is noise? How it is measured? Tabulate few noise levels along with their safe working hours? (2M)
23. Name different provision incorporated under the factories act 1948 for promotion of safety, health and
welfare for the employees? (8M)
24. What are the classes of petroleum? (2M)
25. List out SMPV rules? (8M)
26. List out some Industries involving hazardous processes? (8M)
27. List out the key features of Indian Electricity Act, 1934? (8M)
28. Write at least eight definitions from Indian petroleum Act, 1934? (8M)
29. Briefly describe the objectives and applicability of the public liability insurance Act 1991? (2M)
30. What is the main objective of the factories Act 1948? (2M)
31. What is safety audit? Explain different types of audit? List out some of the relevant points observed in
the audit? (8M)
32. Explain 10 important definitions static mobile pressure vessel rules? (8M)
33. Write short notes on section 111A in the factories Act, 1948? (2M)
34. What are the main provisions of workmen’s compensation Act? (2M)
35. List out the key areas of SA8000? (2M)
36. Define the term Economizer according to the Indian Boilers Act? (2M)
37. List out the salient features of Gas cylinder rules, 2004? (2M)
38. Write a short note on ILO convention 174? (2M)
39. Explain different methods to improve the workers’ health condition discussed in chapter-III of the
factories act 1948? (8M)
41. List out important sections in Motor vehicle Act, 1988? (2M)
42. What is the object and applicability of ESI Act, 1948? (2M)
43. List any six provisions under chapter IV- A inspection of hazarder’s process? (8M)
44. What is ILO and write its objective? List out selected relevant ILO Instrument? (8M)
45. Distinguish between an act and a rule with suitable example? (2M)
46. What are the duties of safety officer? (2M)
47. Tabulate categories of hazardous wastes? (8M)
48. Explain Chapter-IV in the Air (prevention & control of pollution) Act, 1981? (8M)
49. List out the responsibilities of the transporter and co signal for safe transport of hazardous goods? (8M)
50. Briefly state the safety precautions to be taken during loading /unloading of gas cylinders? (2M)
51. What are the MSIHC rules 1989? State the elements under the On-site emergency plan of these MSIHC
rules? (8M)
52. List out the chapters in the Factories Act, 1948? (2M)
53. Define the term Insecticide? (2M)
54. List out the powers of dock Inspectors? (2M)
 IS-05
1. What is the specific objective of safety audit and list out the focusing area of safety audit? (2M)
The specific objectives of the safety audit would be To study existing systems procedures plants &
programmes on safety & health;
To review implementation status of the existing safety systems, procedures, plans & programmes; and
To recommend the measures for improving effectiveness for implementation of safety systems
,procedures, plans and programmes and also for improving the existing procedures/setting of new
procedures if required .
The overall methodology of safety audit will consist the following stages:-
Collection of preliminary information regarding manufacturing process & hazards etc. through a
questionnaire developed by auditor before undertaking actual field work.
Examination of documents pertaining to Safety procedures/systems.
Discussions with key personnel at various levels.
Physical inspection of the plant.
Preparation of report with recommendations.

2. Which things are details in chapter-v of Factories Act, 1948? Explain? (8M)

Section 42. Washing facilities.-

(1) In every factory-
(a) Adequate and suitable facilities for washing shall be provided and maintained for use of the workers
therein;
(b) Separate and adequately screened facilities shall be provided for the use of male and female workers;
(c) Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept clean.
(2) The State Government may, in respect of any factory or class or description of factories or of any
manufacturing process, prescribe standards of adequate and suitable facilities for washing.

Section 43. Facilities for storing and drying clothing.-

The State Government may, in respect of any factory or class or description of factories make rules
requiring the provision therein of suitable place for keeping clothing not worn during working hours and
for the drying of wet clothing.

Section 44. Facilities for sitting.-

 In every factory suitable arrangements for sitting shall be provided and maintained for all workers obliged
to work in a standing position, in order that they may take advantage of any opportunities for rest which
may occur in the course of their work.
 If, in the opinion of the Chief Inspector, the workers in any factory engaged in a particular manufacturing
process or working in a particular room, are able to do their work efficiently in a sitting position, he may,
by order in writing, require the occupier of the factory to provide before a specified date such seating
arrangements as may be practicable for all workers so engaged or working.
 The State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare that the provisions of sub-
section (1) shall not apply to any specified factory or class or description of factories or to any specified
manufacturing process.
Section 45. First-aid-appliances.-
(1) There shall, in every factory, be provided and maintained so as to be readily accessible during all
working hours first-aid boxes or cupboards equipped with the prescribed contents, and the number of
such boxes or cupboards to be provided and maintained shall not be less than one for every one hundred
and fifty workers ordinarily employed at any one time in the factory.
(2) Nothing except the prescribed contents shall be kept in a first-aid box or cupboard.
(3) Each first-aid box or cupboard shall be kept in the charge of a separate responsible person, who holds
a certificate in first-aid treatment recognized by the State Government and who shall always be readily
available during the working hours of the factory.
(4) In every factory wherein more than five hundred workers are ordinarily employed there shall be
provided and maintained an ambulance room of the prescribed size, containing the prescribed equipment
and in the charge of such medical and nursing staff as may be prescribed and those facilities shall always
be made readily available during the working hours of the factory.

Section 46. Canteens.-

(1) The State Government may make rules requiring that in any specified factory wherein more than two
hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed, a canteen or canteens shall be provided and
maintained by the occupier for the use of the workers.
(2) Without prejudice in the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for-
(a) the date by which such canteen shall be provided;
(b) the standard in respect of construction, accommodation, furniture and other equipment of the
canteen;
(c) the foodstuffs to be served therein and the charges which may be made therefor;
(d) the constitution of a managing committee for the canteen and representation of the workers in the
management of the canteen;
(dd) the items of expenditure in the running of the canteen which are not to be taken into account in
fixing the cost of foodstuffs and which shall be borne by the employer;
(e) the delegation to Chief Inspector subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, of the power to
make rules under clause (c).

Section 47. Shelters, rest-rooms and lunch-rooms.-

(1) In every factory wherein more than one hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed adequate
and suitable shelters or rest-rooms and a suitable lunch-room, with provision for drinking water, where
workers can eat meals brought by them,
Provided that any canteen maintained in accordance with the provisions of section 46 shall be regarded
as part of the requirements of this sub-section:
Provided further that where a lunch-room exists no worker shall eat any food in the work-room.
(2) The shelters or rest-room or lunch-room to be provided under sub-section (1) shall be sufficiently
lighted and ventilated and shall be maintained in a cool and clean condition.
(3) The State Government may-
(a) prescribe the standards, in respect of construction accommodation, furniture and other equipment of
shelters, rest-rooms and lunch-rooms to be provided under this section;
(b) by notification in the Official Gazette, exempt any factory or class or description of factories from the
requirements of this section.

Section 48. Crèches -

(1) In every factory wherein more than thirty women workers are ordinarily employed there shall be
provided and maintained a suitable room or rooms for the use of children under the age of six years of
such women.
(2) Such rooms shall provide adequate accommodation, shall be adequately lighted and ventilated, shall
be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and shall be under the charge of women trained in the
care of children and infants.
(3) The State Government may make rules-
(a) prescribing the location and the standards in respect of construction, accommodation; furniture and
other equipment of rooms to be provided, under this section;
(b) Requiring the provision in factories to which the section applies, of additional facilities for the care of
children belonging to women workers, including suitable provision of facilities for washing and changing
their clothing;

Section 49. Welfare Officers. -(1) In every factory wherein five hundred or more workers are ordinarily
employed the occupier shall employ in the factory such number of welfare officers as may be prescribed.
(2) The State Government may prescribe the duties, qualifications and conditions of service of officers
employed under sub-section (1). 50. Power to make rules to supplement this Chapter. -
The State Government may make rules-
 (a) Exempting, subject to compliance with such alternative arrangements for the welfare of workers as
may be prescribed, any factory or class or description of factories from compliance with any of the
provisions of this Chapter,
(b) Requiring in any factory or class or description of factories that representatives of the workers
employed in the factories shall be associated with the management of the welfare arrangements of the
workers.

3. Briefly state the responsibility of occupier for transportation of hazards goods? (2M)

It shall be the responsibility of the owner or transporter to ensure the following

 The goods carriage has valid registration and permit and is safe for the transportation of the said goods.
 The Vehicle is equipped with necessary First-Aid, Safety equipment, tool box and antidotes as may be
necessity to contain any accident.

 The owner or transporter should satisfy himself that the information given by the consignor is full and
accurate.
 The owner or transporter should ensure that the driver being deputed for transportation is trained to
handle and transport such hazardous materials.
 The owner of the goods carriage carrying dangerous or hazardous goods and the consignor of such goods
shall lay down the route for each trip.
 The owner of the goods carriage should ensure that the driver holds a driving Licence as per provisions of
Rule 9 of the Central Motor Vehicle Rules.

4. What do you meant by root cause analysis? What is its importance? (2M)

Root cause analysis (RCA) is a systematic process for identifying “root causes” of problems or events and
an approach for responding to them. RCA is based on the basic idea that effective management requires
more than merely “putting out fires” for problems that develop, but finding a way to prevent them.
The root cause of the problem can be attacked and both a short term corrective action and longer term
permanent corrective action can be put in place to insure that the failure mode will never rear its ugly
head again.

5. Explain the powers of central government to protect and improve Environment under environment
protection act 1986? (8M)

CENTRAL AND STATE BOARDS FOR THE PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION
Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution.
The Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution constituted under section 3 of the
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974), shall, without prejudice to the exercise
and performance of its powers and functions under this Act, exercise the powers and perform the
functions of the Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution under this Act.
State Boards for the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution to be, State Boards for the Prevention and
Control of Air Pollution.
In any State in which the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974), is in force and
the State Government has constituted for that State a State Board for the Prevention and Control of
Water Pollution under section 4 of that Act, such State Board shall be deemed to be the State Board for
the Prevention and Control of air Pollution constituted under section 5 of this Act and accordingly that
State Board for the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution shall, without prejudice to the exercise and
performance of its powers and functions under that Act, exercise the powers and perform the functions
of the State Board for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution under this Act.]
5. Constitution of State Boards.
(1) In any State in which the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974), is not in
force, or that Act is in force but the State Government has not constituted a 8[State Board for the
Prevention and Control of Water Pollution] under that Act, the State Government shall, with effect from
such date as it may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint, constitute a State Board for the
Prevention and Control of Air Pollution under such name as may be specified in the notification, to
exercise the powers conferred on, and perform the functions assigned to, that Board under this Act.
(2) A State Board constituted under this Act shall consist of the following members, namely:-
(a) A Chairman, being a person, having a person having special knowledge or practical experience in
respect of matters relating to environmental protection, to be nominated by the State Government:
Provided that the Chairman may be either whole-time or part-time as the State Government may think
fit;
(b) Such number of officials, not exceeding five, as the State Government may think fit, to be nominated
by the State Government to represent that government;
(c) such number of persons, not exceeding five, as the State Government may think fit, to be nominated
by the State Government from amongst the members of the local authorities functioning within the State;
(d) such number of non-officials, not exceeding three, as the State Government may think fit, to be
nominated by the State Government to represent the interest of agriculture, fishery or industry or trade
or labour or any other interest, which in the opinion of that government, ought to be represented;
(e) Two persons to represent the companies or corporations owned, controlled or managed by the State
Government, to be nominated by that Government;
9[(f) a full-time member-secretary having such qualifications knowledge and experience of scientific,
engineering or management aspects of pollution control as may be prescribed, to be appointed by the
State Governments
Provided that the State Government shall ensure that not less than two of the members are persons
having special knowledge or practical experience in, respect of matters relating to the improvement of
the quality of air or the prevention, control or abatement of air pollution.
(3) Every State Board constituted under this Act shall be a body corporate with the name specified by the
State Government in the notification issued under sub-section (1), having perpetual succession and a
common seal with power, subject to the provisions of this Act, to acquire and dispose of property and to
contract, and may by the said name sue or be sued.
6. Central Board to exercise the powers and perform die functions of a State Board in the Union
territories.
8. Disqualifications.
9. Vacation of seats by members.
10. Meetings-of Board.
11. Constitution -of committees.
12. Temporary association of persons with Board for particular purposes.
13. Vacancy in Board not to invalidate acts or proceedings.
14. Member-secretary and officers and other employees of State Boards.
15. Delegation of powers
CHAPTER III POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF BOARDS
16. Functions of Central Board.
17. Functions of State Boards.
18. Power to give directions.
CHAPTER IV PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION
19. Power to declare air pollution control areas,
20. Power to give instructions for ensuring standards for emission from automobiles.
21. Restrictions on use of certain industrial plants.
22. Persons carrying on industry, etc., and to allow emission of air pollutants in excess of the standard laid
down by State Board.
21 [22A. Power of Board to make application to court for restraining person from causing air pollution.
23. Furnishing, of information to State Board and other agencies in certain cases.
24. Power of entry and inspection.
25. Power to obtain information.
26. Power to take samples of air or emission and procedure to be followed in connection therewith.
27. Reports of the result of analysis on samples taken under section 26.
28. State Air Laboratory.
29. Analysis.
 30. Reports of analysis.
31. Appeals

6. Define the term “manufacturing process” according to the factories ACT, 1948? (2M)

"Manufacturing process" means any process for-

(I) making, altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing, packing, oiling, washing, cleaning, breaking up,
demolishing or otherwise treating or adopting any article or substance with a view to its use, sale,
transport, delivery or disposal; or
(ii) Pumping oil, water, sewage, or any other substance; or
(iii) Generating, transforming or transmitting power; or
(iv) composing types for printing, printing by letter press, lithography, photogravure or other similar
process or book-binding; or
(v) Constructing, reconstructing, repairing, refitting, finishing or breaking up ships or vessels; or
(vi) Preserving or storing any article in cold storage;

7. Describe a safety report and list out its main elements, its periodicity and submission to authorities? (8M)

Safety Report is concerned with “WHAT” and “WHY”

Key Purpose:
To demonstrate that major accident hazards have been identified and that the necessary measures have
been taken to prevent such accidents and to limit their consequences for persons and the environment.
The Safety Report KEY ELEMENTS:
– MAPP and SMS put into effect
– Major accident hazards identified
– All measures necessary taken
– Safety & reliability incorporated in design, construction operation & maintenance
– On-site emergency plans drawn up
– Layout of plant
– Utilities
– Prevention and containment of releases
– Account taken of all foreseeable direct causes of major accidents
– Structures e.g. control rooms, safety refuges for staff offices, workshops etc.
– Containment structures e.g. dump tanks, flare lines,
– Materials of Construction
– Safeguards to protect plant against excursions
– Safety related control systems
– Take account of human factors
– Equipment where flammable atmospheres.

8. What is a hazard control? List out ways of hazard control? (2M)

Hazard control refers to workplace procedures adopted to minimize injury, reduce adverse health effects
and control damage to plant or equipment. Hazard control practices are often standardized and taught to
managers and safety personnel in a given industry.
Ways to control hazard:
Systems used to prevent and control hazards include:
 Engineering Controls
 Safe Work Practices
 Administrative Controls
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
 Systems to Track Hazard Correction
 Preventive Maintenance Systems
 Emergency Preparation
 Medical Programs

9. What is the difference between cylinders and pressure vessels? (2M)

A cylinder is one of the most basic curved geometric shapes, with the surface formed by the points at a
fixed distance from a given line segment, known as the axis of the cylinder. The shape can be thought of
as a circular prism. Both the surface and the solid shape created inside can be called a cylinder. The
surface area and the volume of a cylinder have been known since ancient times.
A pressure vessel is a container designed to hold gases or liquids at a pressure substantially different from
the ambient pressure.
The pressure differential is dangerous, and fatal accidents have occurred in the history of pressure vessel
development and operation. Consequently, pressure vessel design, manufacture, and operation are
regulated by engineering authorities backed by legislation.

10. What is the Noise? Explain different types of noises defined in noise pollution act 1998? (8M)

Noise is defined as unwanted sound

Sound, which pleases the listeners, is music and that which causes pain and annoyance is noise. At times,
what is music for some can be noise for others2 Section 2 (a) of the Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1981 includes noise in the definition of ‘air pollutant’. Section 2(a) air pollution means any
solid, liquid or gaseous substance including noise present in the atmosphere such concentration as may
be or tent to injurious to human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or environment

2 Measurements
A decibel is the standard for the measurement of noise. The zero on a decibel scale is at the threshold of
hearing, the lowest sound pressure that can be heard, on the scale acc. To smith, 20 db is whisper, 40 db
the noise in a quiet office . 60 db is normal conversation, 80 db is the level at which sound becomes
physically painful. The Noise quantum of some of the cities in our country indicate their pitch in decibel in
the nosiest areas of corresponding cities, e.g. Delhi- 80 db, Kolkata - 87,Bombay-85, Chennai-89 db etc. 3
Sources of Noise Pollution
Noise pollution like other pollutants is also a by- product of industrialization, urbanizations and modern
civilization. Broadly speaking, the noise pollution has two sources, i.e. industrial and non- industrial. The
industrial source includes the noise from various industries and big machines working at a very high speed
and high noise intensity. Non- industrial source of noise includes the noise created by transport/vehicular
traffic and the neighbourhood noise generated by various noise pollution can also be divided in the
categories, namely, natural and manmade. Most leading noise sources will fall into the following
categories: roads traffic, aircraft, railroads, construction, industry, noise in buildings, and consumer
products.

Road Traffic Noise:

In the city, the main sources of traffic noise are the motors and exhaust system of autos , smaller trucks,
buses, and motorcycles. This type of noise can be augmented by narrow streets and tall buildings, which
produce a canyon in which traffic noise reverberates.

Air Craft Noise:

Now-a-days , the problem of low flying military aircraft has added a new dimension to community
annoyance, as the nation seeks to improve its nap-of the- earth aircraft operations over national parks,
wilderness areas , and other areas previously unaffected by aircraft noise has claimed national attention
over recent years.
Noise from railroads:
The noise from locomotive engines, horns and whistles, and switching and shunting operation in rail yards
can impact neighbouring communities and railroad workers. For example, rail car retarders can produce a
high frequency, high level screech that can reach peak levels of 120 dB at a distance of 100 feet, which
translates to levels as high as 138, or 140 dB at the railroad worker’s ear.

Construction Noise:
The noise from the construction of highways , city streets , and buildings is a major contributor to the
urban scene . Construction noise sources include pneumatic hammers, air compressors, bulldozers,
loaders, dump trucks (and their back-up signals), and pavement breakers.

Noise in Industry:
Although industrial noise is one of the less prevalent community noise problems, neighbours of noisy
manufacturing plants can be disturbed by sources such as fans, motors, and compressors mounted on the
outside of buildings Interior noise can also be transmitted to the community through open windows and
doors, and even through building walls. These interior noise sources have significant impacts on industrial
workers, among whom noise- induced hearing loss is unfortunately common.

Noise in building:
Apartment dwellers are often annoyed by noise in their homes, especially when the building is not well
designed and constructed. In this case, internal building noise from plumbing, boilers, generators, air
conditioners, and fans, can be audible and annoying. Improperly insulated walls and ceilings can reveal
the sound of-amplified music, voices, footfalls and noisy activities from neighbouring units. External noise
from emergency vehicles, traffic, refuse collection, and other city noises can be a problem for urban
residents, especially when windows are open or insufficiently glazed.

Noise from Consumer products:

Certain household equipment, such as vacuum cleaners and some kitchen appliances have been and
continue to be noisemakers, although their contribution to the daily noise dose is usually not very large.

Harmful Effects:
On Human Being, Animal and Property: Noise has always been with the human civilization but it was
never so obvious, so intense, so varied & as pervasive as it is seen in the last of this century. Noise
pollution makes men more irritable. The effect of noise pollution is multifaceted & inter related. The
effects of Noise Pollution on Human Being, Animal and property are as follows:
I It decreases the efficiency of a man:- Regarding the impact of noise on human efficiency there are
number of experiments which print out the fact that human efficiency increases with noise reduction. A
study by Sinha & Sinha in India suggested that reducing industrial booths could improve the quality of
their work. Thus human efficiency is related with noise.

11. Explain the main objectives of workmen compensation act 1923? (8M)

The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 provides for payment of compensation to workmen and their
dependants in case of injury and accident (including certain occupational disease) arising out of and in the
course of employment and resulting in disablement or death. The Act applies to railway servants and
persons employed in any such capacity as is specified in Schedule II of the Act. The schedule II includes
persons employed in factories, mines, plantations, mechanically propelled vehicles, construction works
and certain other hazardous occupations.
The amount of compensation to be paid depends on the nature of the injury and the average monthly
wages and age of workmen. The minimum and maximum rates of compensation payable for death (in
such cases it is paid to the dependents of workmen) and for disability have been fixed and is subject to
revision from time to time.
A Social Security Division has been set up under the Ministry of Labour and Employment, which deals with
framing of social security policy for the workers and implementation of the various social security
schemes. It is also responsible for enforcing this Act. The Act is administered by the State Governments
through Commissioners for Workmen's Compensation.
 Object:
The objective of this Act is that in the case of an employment injury
Compensation be provided to the injured workman and in case of his death to his dependants.

Employer to pay compensation:

In case a personal injury
Is caused to a workman by accident arising out of and in the course of
His employment, his employer is liable to pay compensation in accordance with the provision of the Act
within 30 days from the date when it fell due otherwise he would also be liable to pay interest and
penalty.

When employer is not liable:

In case the disablement of workman is three or less days;
Except in case of death when the injury is caused due to influence of drink or drug taken by the workman
or upon his wilful disobedience to obey safety rules or removal of safety guards by him.

Amount of compensation:
(1) in case of death:- an amount equal to 50% of the monthly wage multiplied by the relevant factor as
given in Schedule IV of the Act or Rs. 80,000/- whichever is more. (2) In case of permanent total
disablement, it is 60% or Rs. 90,000/- whichever is more and (3) In case of permanent partial disablement
occurs then the compensation is proportionate to the disability arrived as at (2) above.

Notice:
An injured person or his dependants have to give a notice to the employer to pay compensation.

Claim:
Upon the failure or refusal of an employer to give compensation, an application is to the made in Form - F
to the Commissioner under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 who is the Assistant Labour
Commissioner or the Labour-cum-Conciliation Officer of the area where the accident took place or where
the claimant ordinarily resides or where the employer has his registered office. After hearing both the
parties, the Commissioner decides the claim.

Contracting out:
Any contract or agreement whereby an injured person or his dependant relinquishes or reduce his right to
receive compensation is null and void to that extent.

Appeal:
An appeal lie to the High Court against the orders of the Commissioner with regard to the awarding or
refusing to award compensation, or imposing interest or penalty, or regarding distribution of
compensation etc.

Recovery:
The amount of compensation awarded by the Commissioner is to be recovered as arrears of land
revenue.

12. Write down the right and responsibilities of worker as laid down under sec 111 and sec .111A of the
Factories Act, 1948? (8M)

Section 111. Obligations of workers.-

(1) No worker in a factory -
(a) Shall wilfully interfere with or misuse any appliance, convenience or other things provided in a factory
for the purposes of securing the health, safety or welfare of the worker therein;
(b) Shall wilfully and without reasonable cause do anything likely to endanger himself or others; and
(c) Shall wilfully neglect to make use of any appliances or other things provided in the factory for the
purposes of securing the health or safety of the workers therein.
 (2) If any worker employed in a factory contravenes any of the provisions of this section or of any rule or
order made thereunder, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three
months, or with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees, or with both.

Section 111A. Right of workers, etc.-

Every worker shall have the right to -
(i) Obtain from the occupier, information relating to worker's health and safety at work,
(ii) Get trained within the factory wherever possible, or, to get himself sponsored by the occupier for
getting trained at a training centre or institute, duly approved by the Chief Inspector, where training is
imparted for workers' health and safety at work,
(iii) Represent to the Inspector directly or through his representative in the matter of inadequate
provision for protection of his health or safety in the factory.

13. Briefly state the function of ILO? (2M)

The ILO was founded in 1919, in the wake of a destructive war, to pursue a vision based on the premise
that universal, lasting peace can be established only if it is based on social justice. The ILO became the
first specialized agency of the UN in 1946.
MISSION & OBJECTIVES
The main aims of the ILO are to promote rights at work, encourage decent employment opportunities,
enhance social protection and strengthen dialogue on work-related issues.
HOW IT WORKS
The unique tripartite structure of the ILO gives an equal voice to workers, employers and governments to
ensure that the views of the social partners are closely reflected in labour standards and in shaping
policies and programmes.

14. Explain the following; (8M)

a. Periodic heath examinations b. Return to work health examinations

b. General health examination
Periodic health examinations
These are performed at periodic intervals during employment which involves exposure to potential
hazards that could not be entirely eliminated by preventive and control measures. The purpose of
periodic health examinations is to monitor the health of workers during the course of their employment.
It aims at verifying workers' fitness in relation to their jobs and at detecting as early as possible any sign of
ill-health which may be due to work. They are often supplemented by other examinations in accordance
with the nature of hazards observed.
Their objectives include:
· identifying as early as possible any adverse health effects caused by work practices or exposures to
potential hazards
· detecting the possible onset of an occupational disease
· verifying whether the health of an especially vulnerable or chronically ill worker is being adversely
affected by the work or the work environment
· monitoring personal exposure with the help of biological monitoring
· checking the effectiveness of preventive and control measures
· Identifying possible health effects of changes in the working practices, technology or substances used in
the enterprise.
These objectives will determine the frequency, content and methods of the periodic health examinations,
which may be conducted as frequently as every one to three months or every few years, depending on
the nature of the exposure, the biological response expected, the opportunities for preventive measures
and the feasibility of the examination method. They may be comprehensive or limited to just a few tests
or determinations. Special guidelines on the purpose, frequency, content and methodology of these
examinations are available in a number of countries.
 Return-to-work health examinations
This type of health assessment is required to authorize the resumption of work after a long absence for
health reasons. This health examination determines the workers' suitability for the job, recommends
appropriate actions to protect them against future exposures, and identifies whether there is a need for a
reassignment or a special rehabilitation.
Similarly, when a worker changes jobs, the occupational physician is required to certify that the worker is
fit to carry out the new duties. The objective of the examination, the need and the use of the results
determine its content and methods and the context in which it is performed.

General health examinations

In many enterprises, general health examinations may be performed by the occupational health service.
They are usually voluntary and may be available to the entire workforce or only to certain groups
determined by age, length of employment, status in the organization and so on. They may be
comprehensive or limited to screenings for particular diseases or health risks. Their objectives determine
their frequency, contents and methods used.
Health examinations after the ending of service
This type of health assessment is performed after the termination of assignment involving hazards which
could cause or contribute to future health impairment. The purpose of this health assessment is to make
a final evaluation of workers' health, compare it with previous medical examinations and to assess how
the prior job assignments may have affected their health.

15. What are the duties of a certifying surgeon under the factories Act, 1948? (2M)

The certifying surgeon shall carry out such duties as may be prescribed in connection with-
(a) The examination and certification of young persons under this Act;
(b) The examination of persons engaged in factories in such dangerous Occupations or processes as may
be prescribed;
(c) The exercising of such medical supervisions as may be prescribed for any factory or class or description
of factories where-
(I) cases of illness have occurred, which it is reasonable to believe are due to the nature of the
manufacturing process carried on, or other conditions of work prevailing, therein;
(ii) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried on or in the substances used therein or
by reason of the adoption of any new manufacturing process, or of any new substance for use in a
manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers employed in that
manufacturing process;
(iii) Young persons are, or are about to be, employed in any work which is likely to cause injury to their
health.
16. What is the distinguishing between ILO convention and recommendation? (8M)

International labour standards are legal instruments drawn up by the ILO's constituents (governments,
employers and workers) and setting out basic principles and rights at work. They are either conventions,
which are legally binding international treaties that may be ratified by member states, or
recommendations, which serve as non-binding guidelines. In many cases, a convention lays down the
basic principles to be implemented by ratifying countries, while a related recommendation supplements
the convention by providing more detailed guidelines on how it could be applied. Recommendations can
also be autonomous, i.e. not linked to any convention.
Conventions and recommendations are drawn up by representatives of governments, employers and
workers and are adopted at the ILO's annual International Labour Conference. Once a standard is
adopted, member states are required under the ILO Constitution to submit them to their competent
authority (normally the parliament) for consideration. In the case of conventions, this means
consideration for ratification. If it is ratified, a convention generally comes into force for that country one
year after the date of ratification. Ratifying countries commit themselves to applying the convention in
national law and practice and reporting on its application at regular intervals.
17. List out some mechanical & electrical hazards? (2M)

Mechanical & electrical hazards:

 Falling
 Struck by
 Struck in
 Caught in
 Caught against
 Caught between
 Crushing
 Electrical Shock
 Electrical Burn
 Fire

18. What are the important recommendations by ILO in first aid facilities? (2M)

 The organization of first aid and emergency treatment is a traditional responsibility of occupational health
services. ILO Convention No. 161 and Recommendation No. 171 stipulate that the occupational health
service should provide first aid and emergency treatment in cases of accident or indisposition of workers
at the workplace and should collaborate in the organization of first aid.
 This covers preparedness for accidents and acute health conditions in individual workers, as well as
readiness for response in collaboration with other emergency services in cases of serious accidents
affecting the entire enterprise. Training in first aid is a primary duty of occupational health services, and
the personnel of these services are among the first to respond.
 The occupational health service should make appropriate preliminary arrangements for ambulance
services and with community fire, police and rescue units and local hospitals in order to avoid delays and
confusion that may threaten the survival of critically injured or affected workers. These arrangements,
supplemented by drills when feasible, are particularly important in preparing for major emergencies such
as fire, explosions, toxic emissions and other catastrophes that may involve many individuals in the
enterprise as well as in the neighbourhood and may result in a number of casualties.

19. List out section in Chapter IV A, V & VI in the factories Act, 1948? (8M)

CHAPTER IV A Provisions Relating to Hazardous Process

41A Constitution of Site Appraisal Committees
41B Compulsory disclosure of information by Occupier
41C Specific responsibility of the occupier in relation to hazardous process
41D Power of central government to appoint inquiry committee
41E Emergency Standards
41F Permissible limits of exposure of chemical and toxic substances
41G Workers participation in safety management
41H Right of workers to warn about imminent danger
CAHPTER V WELFARE
42 Washing facilities
43 Facilities for storing and Drying clothes
44 Facilities for sitting
45 First aid appliances
46 Canteens
47 Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms
48 Crèches
49 Welfare officers
50 Power to make rules to supplement this chapter
CHAPTER VI WORKING HOURS OF ADULTS
51 Weekly hours
 52 Weekly holidays
53 Compensatory holidays
54 Daily hours
55 Intervals of rest
56 Spread over
57 Night shifts
58 Prohibition of overlapping shifts
59 Extra wages for over time
60 Restriction on double employment
61 Notice of periods of work for adults
62 Register of adult workers
63 Hours of work correspond with notice under section 61 and register
under section 62
64 Power to make exempting rules
65 Power to make exempting orders
66 Further restriction on employment of women

20. Explain about contract Labor (Reputation & Abolition) Act, 1970? (8M)

CONTRACT LABOUR ACT 1971 (REGULATION & ABOLITION):

Objective of the Act :
 To regulate the employment of contract Labour in certain establishment .
 To provide for the abolition, certain circumstance and for matters connected their with.
Salient Features of the Act :
 It regulates the employment of the contract labour in certain establishments and provide for the abolition
of the contract labour in certain circumstances .
 It applies of every establishment, where 20 or more workers are employed as contract labour to every
contractor employing 20 or more contract labour .
 The Act does not apply to establishment where the work is done of intermitted or casual in nature .
 It applies to establishment of governments to constitute central and state advisory boards for the purpose
of Act .
 The Act empowers the central and state governments to make suitable welfare provisions for the contract
labour.
 It fixes the liability on the part of the principle employer is a unique feature of the Act
 It prevents exploit ion of contract labour.
 The provision for the payment of the wages to the contact labour in the presence of the representative of
the employer in a unique feature of a Act
The act is divided in 7 chapters and about 35 sections.
 Important provisions of this Act:
 The central advisory board (CAB) is consulates as per section 3 of the Act.
 Structure of CAB
 Chairman appointed by Central Government
 Central labour commissioner is Ex-Officio
 Members - Not less than 11 but not more than 17.
 The representatives of the contractors, employers and workmen are in the CAB .
 The workmen representation shall not be less than the representatives of the employers and contractors .
 State Advisor Board (SAB) :
 It is constituted as per section 4 of the Act.
 Chairman of SAB is nominated by State Government .
 The Commissioner of labour is Ex-officio .
 The total members should not exceed 11 but not less than 7 .
 The State Government may nominate The representative for the Government.
 Industry contractors and workmen on equal representation basis.
Welfare and health provisions :
 Canteen : The contractor should provide canteen facilities if the work is likely to continue for more than 6
months duration.
 Rest room : if the worker is likely to continue for 3 months, within 15 days of commencement of the work
the contractor should provide the same
 First aid facilities : one first aid box should be provided if 150 workers are engages on any day of work,
and should be maintained with adequate medicines .
 Other facilities : The facilities like drinking water, washing facilities, urinals, latrines etc. are to be provided
by the contractor as per the provisions of the Act .

21. List out the some important points in On-Site emergency plan? (2M)

- Preventive measure and plans effecting the factory's safety status currently enforced/practiced and
disclosure of information to workers and public and details of public awareness system in existence or
anticipated;
- Development of scope and scenarios on the basis of previous histories and consequence analysis;
- Material safety data sheet and important components of safety report;
- Disaster control measures including mutual aid scheme;
- Plan of coordination and interaction with various external agencies including administrative agencies in
the event of major risk occurrence;
- Action on site;
- Plans of action for medical management, fire fighting, and rescue and relief operation currently available
and to be pressed into service at short notice; and much other general information in respect of plant,
manufacturing process, neighbourhood, meteorological information etc.

22. What is noise? How it is measured? Tabulate few noise levels along with their safe working hours? (2M)

Noise is defined as unwanted sound

Measurement
A decibel is the standard for the measurement of noise. The zero on a decibel scale is at the threshold of
hearing, the lowest sound pressure that can be heard, on the scale acc. To smith, 20 dB is whisper, 40 dB
the noise in a quiet office. 60 dB is normal conversation, 80 dB is the level at which sound becomes
physically painful.

23. Name different provision incorporated under the factories act 1948 for promotion of safety, health and
welfare for the employees? (8M)

CHAPTER III. - Health

Section 11. Cleanliness.-
Section 12. Disposal of wastes and effluents.-
Section 13. Ventilation and temperature.-
Section 14. Dust and fume.-
Section 15. Artificial humidification.-
Section 16. Overcrowding.-
Section 17. Lighting.-
Section 18. Drinking water.-
Section 19. Latrines and urinals.-
Section 20. Spittoons.-
CHAPTER IV. - Safety
 Section 21. Fencing of machinery.-
Section 22. Work on or near machinery in motion.-
Section 23. Employment of young persons on dangerous machines.-
Section 24. Striking gear and devices for cutting off power.-
Section 25. Self-acting machines.-
Section 26. Casing of new machinery.-
Section 27. Prohibition of employment of women and children near cotton-openers.-
Section 28. Hoist and lifts.-
Section 29. Lifting machines, chains, and ropes and lifting tackles. -
Section 30. Revolving machinery. -
Section 31. Pressure plant. -
Section 32. Floors, stairs and means of access. -
Section 33. Pits, sumps, openings in floors, etc. -
Section 34. Excessive weights. -
Section 35. Protection of eyes. -
Section 36. Precautions against dangerous fumes, gases, etc.-
Section 36A. Precautions regarding the use of portable electric light.-
Section 37. Explosive or inflammable dust, gas, etc. -
Section 38. Precautions in case of fire. -
Section 39. Power to require specifications of defective parts or tests of stability. -
Section 40. Safety of buildings and machinery. -
Section 40A. Maintenance of buildings. -
Section 40B. Safety Officers. –

CHAPTER V. - Welfare
Section 42. Washing facilities.-
Section 43. Facilities for storing and drying clothing.-
Section 44. Facilities for sitting.-
Section 45. First-aid-appliances.-
Section 46. Canteens.-
Section 47. Shelters, rest-rooms and lunch-rooms.-
Section 48. Crèches -
Section 49. Welfare Officers. –

24. What are the classes of petroleum? (2M)

There are three classes of petroleum. Those are

Class A Petroleum: Whose flash point less than 23 0 C.
Class B Petroleum: Whose flash point Lies between 230 C to 650 C.
Class C Petroleum: Whose flash point Lies between 650 C to 950 C.

25. List out SMPV rules? (8M)

The correct filling or discharge pipe connections are made at both ends;
A responsible person shall be in attendance and remain so until loading or unloading is over and the
vehicle has been sealed.
Except when called upon by traffic signals or required by the licensing authority or any other officer
entrusted with the job of enforcing the rules, the licensed vehicle shall not stop on any road, congested
area or a place which is not a place situated within the premises licensed under the rules for the loading
and unloading of vehicle.
No smoking and no fire or artificial light or any article capable of igniting flammable vapor shall be
allowed on the licensed vehicle used for the transportation of any flammable gas.
The licensed vehicle shall not be used for carrying passengers.
The licensed vehicle shall not be allowed to be repaired: Provided that replacement by any of the fitments
of the pressure vessel may be done without involving any hot work.
 No alteration in the licensed vehicle or its safety fittings shall be carried out without previous sanction in
writing of the licensing authority. Such alteration so sanctioned shall be endorsed on the license by an
amendment.
Every facility shall be given at all reasonable times to any officer specified in Rules for ascertaining that
the rules and the conditions of this license are duly observed. Any accident, fire or explosion occurring in
the licensed vehicle, which is attended with loss of human life or serious injury to person or property,
shall be immediately reported to the nearest magistrate or to the officer-in-charge of the nearest police
station having jurisdiction and by express telegram to the Chief Controller of Explosives.

26. List out some Industries involving hazardous processes? (8M)

List of Industries involving hazardous processes

1. Ferrous Metallurgical Industries
-Integrated Iron and Steel
-Ferro-alloys
-Special Steels
2. Non-ferrous metallurgical Industries
-Primary Metallurgical Industries, namely, zinc, lead, copper, manganese and aluminium
3. Foundries (ferrous and non-ferrous)
-Castings and forgings including cleaning or smoothening/roughening by sand and shot blasting
4. Coal (including coke) industries
-Coal, Lignite, Coke, etc.
-Fuel Gases (including Coal Gas, Producer Gas, and Water Gas)
5. Power Generating Industries
6. Pulp and paper (including paper products) industries
7. Fertiliser Industries
-Nitrogenous
-Phosphatic
-Mixed
8. Cement Industries
-Portland Cement (including slag cement, puzzolona cement and their products)
9. Petroleum Industries
-Oil Refining
-Lubricating Oils and Greases
10. Petro-chemical Industries
11. Drugs and Pharmaceutical Industries
-Narcotics, Drugs and Pharmaceuticals
12. Fermentation Industries (Distilleries and Breweries)
13. Rubber (Synthetic) Industries
14. Paints and Pigment Industries
15. Leather Tanning Industries
16. Electro-plating Industries
17. Chemical Industries
-Coke Oven by-products and Coal tar Distillation products
-Industrial Gases (nitrogen, oxygen, acetylene, argon, carbon, dioxide, hydrogen, sulphur dioxide, nitrous
oxide, halogenated hydrocarbon, ozone, etc.)
-Industrial Carbon
-Alkalis and Acids
-Chromates and dichromate’s
-Leads and its compounds
-Electrochemical (metallic sodium, potassium and magnesium, chlorates, perchlorates and peroxides)
-Electrothemal produces (artificial abrasive, calcium carbide)
-Nitrogenous compounds (cyanides, cyanamides and other nitrogenous compounds)
-Phosphorous and its compounds
-Halogens and Halogenated compounds (Chlorine, Fluorine, Bromine and Iodine)
-Explosives (including industrial explosives and detonators and fuses)
 18. Insecticides, Fungicides, Herbicides and other Pesticides Industries
19. Synthetic Resin and plastics
20. Manmade Fibre (Cellulosic and non-cellulosic) Industry
21. Manufacture and repair of electrical accumulators
22. Glass and Ceramics
23. Grinding or glazing of metals
24. Manufacture, handling and processing of asbestos and its products
25. Extraction of oils and facts from vegetable and animal sources
26. Manufacture, handling and use of benzene and substances containing benzene
27. Manufacturing processes and operations involving carbon disulphide
28. Dyes and Dyestuff including their intermediates
29. Highly flammable liquids and gases

27. List out the key features of Indian Electricity Act, 1934? (8M)

Key features

The main features of the act are as follows:

1. Generation is been de-licensed and captive generation freely permitted, i.e. Any generating
company may establish, operate and maintain a generating station without obtaining a licence under this
Act with the only exception that it should comply with the technical standards relating to connectivity
with the grid referred to in clause (b) of section 73.

Note: Hydro-projects, however, need concurrence from the Central Electricity Authority.

2. No person shall

(a) Transmit electricity; or

(b) Distribute electricity; or

(c) Undertake trading in electricity,

Unless he is authorised to do so by a licence issued, exceptions are informed by authorised commissions

through notifications.

3. Central Government may, make region-wise demarcation of the country, and, from time to
time, make such modifications therein as it may consider necessary for the efficient, economical and
integrated transmission and supply of electricity, and in particular to facilitate voluntary inter-connections
and co-ordination of facilities for the inter-State, regional and inter-regional generation and transmission
of electricity.
Transmission utility at the central and state level to be a government company with responsibility of
planned and coordinated development of transmission network.
4. Open access in transmission with provision for surcharge for taking care of current level of
cross-subsidy, with the surcharge being gradually phased out.
5. The state governments are required to unbundle State Electricity Boards. However they may
continue with them as distribution licensees and state transmission utilities.
6. Setting up State Electricity Regulatory Commission (SERC) has been made mandatory.
7. An appellate tribunal to hear appeals against the decision of (CERC's) and SERC's.
8. Metering of electricity supplied made mandatory.
9. Provisions related to thefts of electricity made more stringent.
10. Trading as a distinct activity recognised with the safeguard of Regulatory commissions being
authorised to fix ceiling on trading margins.
11. For rural and remote areas, stand-alone system for generation and distribution is permitted.
 12. Thrust to complete rural electrification and provide for management of rural distribution by
panchayat, cooperative societies, ngos, franchisees etc.
13. Central government to prepare National Electricity Policy and Tariff Policy.
14. Central Electricity Authority (CEA) to prepare National Electricity Plan.

28. Write at least eight definitions from Indian petroleum Act, 1934? (8M)

(a) “Petroleum” means any liquid hydro-carbon or mixture of hydro-carbon and any inflammable mixture
(liquid, viscous or solid) containing any liquid hydro-carbon;
(b) “petroleum Class A” means petroleum having a flash-point below twenty-three degrees centigrade;
(c) “petroleum Class B” means petroleum having flash-point of twenty-three degrees centigrade and
above but below sixty-five degrees centigrade;
(d) “petroleum Class C” means petroleum having a flash-point of sixty-five degrees centigrade and above
but below ninety-three degrees centigrade;
(e) flash-point” of any petroleum means the lowest temperature at which it yields a vapour which will
give a momentary flash when ignited, determined in accordance with the provisions of Chapter II and the
rules made thereunder;
(f) “to transport petroleum” means to move petroleum from one place to another in India and includes
moving from one place to another in India across a territory which is not part of India;
(g) “to import petroleum” means to bring it into India by land, sea or air otherwise than during the course
of transport;
(h) “to store petroleum” means to keep it in any one place, but does not include any detention happening
during the ordinary course of transport;
(i) “motor conveyance” means any vehicle; vessel or aircraft for the conveyance of human beings, animals
or goods, by land, water or air, in which petroleum is used to generate the motive power;
(j) “prescribed” me The definition of `petroleum' in the Indian Petroleum Act, Act VIII of 1899 was of the
categorical kind. Section 2, defined the term “petroleum” as follows: “petroleum” includes also-
(i) the liquids commonly known by the names of rock oil, Rangoon oil, Burma oil, paraffin oil, mineral oil,
kerosene, petro line, gasoline, benzine and benzol;
(ii) any inflammable liquid which is made from petroleum, coal, schist, peat or any other bituminous
substance, or from any product of petroleum; and
(iii) Any liquid or viscous mixture having in its composition any of the liquids aforesaid;

29. Briefly describe the objectives and applicability of the public liability insurance Act 1991? (2M)

The main objective of the Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 is to provide for damages to victims of an
accident which occurs as a result of handling any hazardous substance. The Act applies to all owners
associated with the production or handling of any hazardous chemicals.

30. What is the main objective of the factories Act 1948? (2M)
The main objective of the Act is not only to ensure adequate safety measures but also to promote health
and welfare of the workers employed in factories as well as to prevent haphazard growth of factories.

31. What is safety audit? Explain different types of audit? List out some of the relevant points observed in the
audit? (8M)

Safety audit is a statutory requirement under the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical, Rules (MSIHC) 1989 for upper layer of major accident hazard units. According to the provisions
of the Rule-10 (4) of Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules,1989 ( Amended
2000), it is mandatory for an occupier to conduct the Safety Audit of industrial activity once in a year with
the help on an expert not associated with such industrial activity.
The objectives of the safety audit would be to review & critically assess the existing safety programmes to
prevent & control the hazards in the plant with a view to suggest improvement . The benefit of safety
audit is to evaluate the quality & effectiveness of the safety programme, rather than only quantitative
measures of its failure.
The specific objectives of the safety audit would be :-To study existing systems procedures plants &
programmes on safety & health;
To review implementation status of the existing safety systems, procedures, plans & programmes; and to
recommend the measures for improving effectiveness for implementation of safety systems, procedures,
plans and programmes and also for improving the existing procedures/setting of new procedures if
required.
The overall methodology of safety audit will consist the following stages:-
Collection of preliminary information regarding manufacturing process & hazards etc. through a
questionnaire developed by auditor before undertaking actual field work.
Examination of documents pertaining to Safety procedures/systems.
Discussions with key personnel at various levels.
Physical inspection of the plant.
Preparation of report with recommendations.
The scope of the audit is to verify whether the Planned and Documented activities are performed in
accordance with written procedures and to verify by examination and evaluation of objective evidence
that appropriate elements of a safety management systems have been developed, documented and
implemented by units covered under The Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals
Rules,1989 ( Amended 2000), under The E.P.Act,1986 and The M P. Control of Industrial Major Accident
Hazard (CIMAH) Rules,1999 under The Factories Act,1948.
As per IS-14489-1998 some of the relevant points observed during safety audit are being listed below:
1. Health and Safety Policy
2. Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis
3. Safety Education and Training
4. Work Permit System
5. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
6. Emergency Preparedness (On-Site and Off-Site both)
7. Compliance with statutory
8. New Equipment’s/Process review and inspection system

32. Explain 10 important definitions static mobile pressure vessel rules? (8M)

(a) “Act” means the Indian Explosives Act, 1884 (4 of 1884);

(b) “Approved” means a drawing, design, specification or code approved by the Chief Controller;
(bb) “Bottling plant” means premises where cylinders are filled with compressed gas”
(c) “Chief Controller” means the Chief Controller of Explosives;
(d) “Competent person” means a person or an organisation recognised by the chief
Controller, for such gases and for such period as may be specified as competent for carrying out tests,
examination, inspections and certification for installations and transport vehicles as stipulated in these
rules
(e) “Compressed Gas” means any permanent gas, liquefiable gas or gas dissolved in liquid, or cryogenic
liquid under pressure or gas mixture which in a closed
Pressure vessel exercises a pressure exceeding one atmosphere (gauge) at maximum working
temperature and includes Hydrogen Fluoride. In case of vessel without insulation or refrigeration, the
maximum working temperature shall be considered as 55 degree Celsius.
(f) “Controller of Explosives” includes Jt. Chief Controller of Explosives, the Deputy
Chief Controller of Explosives, Deputy Controller of Explosives and Assistant
Controller of Explosives;
(g) “Corrosion” means all forms of wastage, and includes oxidation, scaling, mechanical abrasion and
corrosion;
(gg) “Critical temperature” means the temperature above which gas cannot be liquefied by the
application of pressure alone,”
 (gga) “Cryogenic liquid” means liquid form of permanent gas having normal boiling point below minus 165
degree Celsius.
(ggb) “cryogenic pressure vessel” means a pressure vessel intended for storage
Or transportation of cryogenic liquid and includes cold converters, vacuum insulated evaporators, vacuum
insulated storage or transport tanks and thermo syphon tanks;
(ggg) “Cylinder” or “gas cylinder” means any closed metal container intended for storage and transport of
compressed gas having the same meaning as assigned to it in clause
(xvi) of rule 2 of the Gas Cylinder Rules, 1981,”

33. Write short notes on section 111A in the factories Act, 1948? (2M)

Section 111A. Right of workers, etc.-

Every worker shall have the right to -
(i) Obtain from the occupier, information relating to worker's health and safety at work,
(ii) Get trained within the factory wherever possible, or, to get himself sponsored by the occupier for
getting trained at a training centre or institute, duly approved by the Chief Inspector, where training is
imparted for workers' health and safety at work,
(iii) Represent to the Inspector directly or through his representative in the matter of inadequate
provision for protection of his health or safety in the factory.

34. What are the main provisions of workmen’s compensation Act? (2M)

The main provisions of the Act are:-

An employer is liable to pay compensation: - (i) if personal injury is caused to a workman by accident
arising out of and in the course of his employment; (ii) if a workman employed in any employment
contracts any disease, specified in the Act as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment.

However, the employer is not liable to pay compensation in the following cases:-If the injury does not
result in the total or partial disablement of the workman for a period exceeding three days.

If the injury, not resulting in death or permanent total disablement, is caused by an accident which is
directly attributable to:- (i) the workman having been at the time of the accident under the influence of
drink or drugs; or (ii) the willful disobedience of the workman to an order expressly given, or to a rule
expressly framed, for the purpose of securing the safety of workmen; or (iii) the willful removal or
disregard by the workman of any safety guard or other device which has been provided for the purpose of
securing safety of workmen.

35. List out the key areas of SA8000? (2M)

The SA8000 code of practice is broken down into nine key areas:

Child labour;

 Forced labour;
 Health and safety;
 Freedom of association and collective bargaining;
 Discrimination;
 Disciplinary practices;
 Working hours;
 Compensation;
 Management systems.

36. Define the term Economizer according to the Indian Boilers Act? (2M)
 "Economiser" means any part of a feed-pipe that is wholly or partially exposed to the action of flue gases
for the purpose of recovery of waste heat;

37. List out the salient features of Gas cylinder rules, 2004? (2M)
Salient features of Gas Cylinders Rules, 2004 with respect to deregulation and
simplification of Rules-

(a) Enhancement of the scope of the Gas Cylinders Rules to cover special containers up to 2500 liters
water capacity and composite cylinders made of non-metallic materials.

(b) Enhancement of the exemption limit of possession of gas filled cylinders without licence and periods
for which a license can be granted and renewed.

(c) Dispensing with the requirement of prior approval of specification and plans for setting up of filling plants,
conversion of cylinders from one gas service to another & filling of cylinders between sunset and sunrise in
respect of non-toxic non-flammable gases.

(d) Simplification of the procedure for transfer of a licence in case of change of

ownership or death of the licensee.

38. Write a short note on ILO convention 174? (2M)

Its main aim to protect workers, Public and the environment from major industrial accidents, in particular
through the prevention of major accidents involving hazardous substances and the limitation of the
consequences of such accidents.

39. Explain different methods to improve the workers’ health condition discussed in chapter-III of the
factories act 1948? (8M)

Section 11. Cleanliness.-

(1) Every factory shall be kept clean and free from effluvial arising from any drain, privy or other nuisance,
and in particular-
(a) Accumulation of dirt and refuse shall be removed daily by sweeping or by any other effective method
from the floors and benches of workrooms and from staircases and passages and disposed of in a suitable
manner;
(b) The floor of every workroom shall be cleaned at least once in every week by washing, using
disinfectant where necessary, or by some other effective method;

Section 12. Disposal of wastes and effluents.-

(1) Effective arrangements shall be made in every factory for the treatment of wastes and effluents due to
the manufacturing process carried on therein, so as to render them innocuous, and for their disposal.
(2) The State Government may make rules prescribing the arrangements to be made under
sub-section (1) or requiring that the arrangements made in accordance with sub-section (1)
shall be approved by such authority as may be prescribed.

Section 13. Ventilation and temperature.-

(1) Effect and suitable provisions shall be made in every factory for securing and
maintaining in every workroom-
(a) Adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air, and
(b) such a temperature as will secure to workers therein reasonable conditions of comfort
and prevent injury to health; and in particular,
Section 14. Dust and fume.-
(1) In every factory in which, by reason of the manufacturing process carried on, there is
given off any dust or fume or other impurity of such a nature and to such an extent as is
likely to be injurious or offensive to the workers employed therein, or any dust in
substantial quantities, effective measures shall be taken to prevent its inhalation and
accumulation in any workroom, and if any exhaust appliance is necessary for this purpose,
it shall be applied as near as possible to the point of origin of the dust, fume or other
impurity, and such point shall be enclosed so far as possible.
(2) In any factory no stationary internal combustion engine shall be operated unless the
exhaust is conducted into the open air, and no other internal combustion engine shall be
operated in any room unless effective measures have been taken to prevent such
accumulation of fumes therefrom as are likely to be injurious to workers employed in the
room.

Section 15. Artificial humidification.-

(1) In respect of all factories in which the humidity of the air is artificially increased, the
State Government may make rules,-
(a) Prescribing standards of humidification;
(b) Regulating the methods used for artificially increasing the humidity of the air;
(c) Directing prescribed tests for determining the humidity of the air to be correctly carried
out and recorded;
(d) Prescribing methods to be adopted for securing adequate ventilation and cooling of the
air in the workrooms.
(2) In any factory in which the humidity of the air is artificially increased, the water used for
the purpose shall be taken from a public supply, or other source of drinking water, or shall
he effectively purified before it is so used.

Section 16. Overcrowding.-

No room in any factory shall be overcrowded to an extent injurious to the health of the
workers employed therein.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of sub-section (1), there shall be in every workroom
of a factory in existence on the date of commencement of this Act at least 9.9 cubic metres
and of a factory built after the commencement of this Act at least 14.2 cubic metres of
space for every worker employed therein, and for the purposes of this sub-section no
account shall be taken of any space which is more than 4.2 metres above the level of the
floor of the room.
(3) If the Chief Inspector by order in writing so requires, there shall be posted in each
workroom of a factory a notice specifying the maximum number of workers who may, in
compliance with the Provisions of this section, be employed in the room.
(4) The Chief Inspector may, by order in writing exempt, subject to such conditions, if any,
as he may thing fit to impose, any workroom from the provisions of this section, if he is
satisfied that compliance therewith in respect of the room is unnecessary in the interest of
the health of the workers employed therein.

Section 17. Lighting.-

(1) In every part of a factory where workers are working or passing, there shall be provided
and maintained sufficient and suitable lighting, natural or artificial, or both.
(2) In every factory all glazed windows and skylights used for the lighting of the workroom
shall be kept clean on both the inner and outer surfaces and, so far as compliance with the
provisions of any rules made under sub-section (3) of section 13 will allow, free from
obstruction.
(3) In every factory effective provision shall, so far as is practicable, be made for the
prevention of-
(A) glare, either directly from a source of light or by reflection from a smooth or polished
surface;
(b) The formation of shadows to such an extent as to cause eye-strain or the risk of
accident to any worker.
 Section 18. Drinking water.-
(1) In every factory effective arrangements shall be made to provide and maintain at
suitable points conveniently situated for all workers employed therein a sufficient supply of
wholesome drinking water.
(2) All such points shall be legibly marked "drinking water" in a language understood by a
majority of the workers employed in the factory and no such points shall be situated within
1[six metres of any washing place, urinal, latrine, spittoon, open drain carrying silage or
effluent or any other source of contamination unless a shorter distance is approved in
writing by the Chief Inspector.

Section 19. Latrines and urinals.-

(1) In every factory-
(a) Sufficient latrine and urinal accommodation of prescribed types shall be provided
conveniently situated and accessible to workers at all times while they are at the factory;
(b) Separate enclosed accommodation shall be provided for male and female workers;
(c) Such accommodation shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and no latrine or urinal
shall, unless specially exempted in writing by the Chief Inspector, communicate with any
workroom except through an intervening open space or ventilated passage;

Section 20. Spittoons.-

(1) In every factory there shall be provided a sufficient number of spittoons in convenient
places and they shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) The State Government may make rules prescribing the type and numbers of spittoons
to be provided and their location in any factory and provide for such further matters
relating to their maintenance in a clean and hygienic condition.
40. Write short notes on “General duties of an occupier as per factories act 1948”? (2M)
(1) Every person who designs, manufactures, imports or supplies any article for use in any
factory shall-
(a) Ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that the article is so designed and
constructed as to be safe and without risks to the health of the workers when properly
used;
(b) Carry out or arrange for tulle carrying out of such tests and examination as may be
considered necessary for the effective implementation of the provisions of clause (a);
(c) Take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that adequate information will be
available-
(I) in connection with the use of the article in any factory;
(ii) About the use for which it is designed and tested; and
(iii) About any conditions necessary to ensure that the article, when put to such use, will be
safe, and without risks to the health of the workers

41. List out important sections in Motor vehicle Act, 1988? (2M)

IMPORTANT SECTIONS

 Section 112: It prescribes the maximum speed at which each class or type of motor vehicle can be driven.
 Section 113: The driver should not drive a vehicle exceeding the weight permitted to carry.
 Section 129: A person driving a motor cycle shall wear helmet.
 Section 134:: Duty of driver in case of accident and injury to a person including securing medical attention
for the injured person and reporting to a police officer or at nearest police station within 24 hours.
 Section 185: Driving by a drunken person or by a person under the influence of drugs is prohibited.
42. What is the object and applicability of ESI Act, 1948? (2M)

Applicability of the Act & Scheme: Is extended in area-wise to factories employing 10 or more persons
and establishments employing 20 or more person. Coverage of employees Employees drawing gross
wages up to Rs.15000/- per month, engaged either directly or through contractor Rate of Contribution of
the wages Employers’ 4.75% Employees’ 1.75% Manner and Time Limit for making Payment of
contribution The total amount of contribution (employee’s share and employer’s share) is to be deposited
with the authorised bank through a challan in the prescribed form in quadruplicate on or before 21st of
month following the calendar month in which the wages fall due. Benefits to the employees under the Act
Medical, sickness, extended sickness for certain diseases, enhanced sickness, dependents maternity,
besides funeral expenses, rehabilitation allowance, medical benefit to insured person and his or her
spouse.

43. List any six provisions under chapter IV- A inspection of hazarder’s process? (8M)

CHAPTER IVA.- Provisions relating to Hazardous Processes

Section 41A. Constitution of Site Appraisal Committees. -
(1) The State Government may, for purposes of advising it to consider applications for grant of permission
for the initial location of a factory involving a hazardous process or for the expansion of any such factory,
appoint a Site Appraisal Committee consisting of-
(a) the Chief Inspector of the State who shall be its Chairman;
(b) a representative of the Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution appointed by
the Central Government under section 3 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6
of 1974) ;
(c) a representative of the Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution referred to in
section 3 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (14 of 1981);
(d) a representative of the State Board appointed under section 4 of the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974);
(e) a representative of the State Board for the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution referred to in
section 5 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (14 of 1981);
(f) a representative of the Department of Environment in the State;

Section 41B. Compulsory disclosure of information by the occupier.-

(1) The occupier of every factory involving a hazardous process shall disclose in the manner prescribed, all
information regarding dangers including health hazards and the measures to overcome such hazards
arising from the exposure to or handling of the materials or substances in the manufacture,
transportation, storage and other processes, to the workers employed in the factory, the Chief Inspector,
the local authority, within whose jurisdiction the factory is situate, and the general public in the vicinity.
(2) The occupier shall, at the time of registering the factory involving a hazardous process lay down a
detailed policy with respect to the health and safety of the workers employed therein and intimate such
policy to the Chief Inspector and the local authority and, thereafter, at such intervals as may be
prescribed, inform the Chief Inspector and the local authority of any change made in the said policy.

Section 41C. Specific responsibility of the occupier in relation to hazardous processes.-

Every occupier of a factory involving any hazardous process shall-
(a) maintain accurate and up-to-date health records or, as the case may be, medical records, of the
workers in the factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful substances which are
manufactured, stored, handled or transported and such records shall be accessible to the workers subject
to such conditions as may be prescribed;
(b) appoint persons who possess qualifications and experience in handling hazardous substances and are
competent to supervise such handling within the factory and to provide at the working place all the
necessary facilities for protecting the workers in the manner prescribed:
 Section 41D. Power of Central Government to appoint Inquiry Committee.-
(1) The Central Government may, in the event of the occurrence of an extraordinary situation involving a
factory engaged in a hazardous process, appoint an Inquiry Committee to inquire into the standards of
health and safety observed in the factory with a view to finding out the causes of any failure or neglect in
the adoption of ally measures or standards prescribed for the health and safety of the workers employed
in the factory or the general public affected, or likely to be affected, due to such failure or neglect and for
the prevention and recurrence of such extraordinary situations in future in such factory or elsewhere.

Section 41E. Emergency standards.-

(1) Where the Central Government is satisfied that no standards of safety have been prescribed in respect
of a hazardous process or class of hazardous processes, or where the standards so prescribed are
inadequate, it may direct the Director-General of Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes or any
Institution specialised in matters relating to standards of safety in hazardous processes, to lay down
emergency standards for enforcement of suitable standards in respect of such hazardous processes.

Section 41F. Permissible limits of exposure of chemical and toxic substances.-

(1) The maximum permissible threshold limits of exposure of chemical and toxic substances in
manufacturing processes (whether hazardous or otherwise) in any factory shall be of the value indicated
in the Second Schedule.

Section 41G. Workers' participation in safety management.-

(1) The occupier shall, in every factory where a hazardous process takes place, or where hazardous
substances are used or handled, set up a Safety Committee consisting of equal number of representatives
of workers and management to promote co-operation between the workers and the management in
maintaining proper safety and health at work and to review periodically the measures taken in that
behalf.
Provided that the State Government may, by order in writing and for reasons to be recorded, exempt the
occupier of any factory or class of factories from setting up such Committee.

Section 41H. Right of workers to warn about imminent danger.-

(1) Where the workers employed in any factory engaged in a hazardous process have reasonable
apprehension that there is a likelihood of imminent danger to their lives or health due to any accident,
they may, bring the same to the notice of the occupier, agent, manager or any other person who is in-
charge of the factory or the process concerned directly or through their representatives in the Safety
Committee and simultaneously bring the same to the notice of the Inspector.

44. What is ILO and write its objective? List out selected relevant ILO Instrument? (8M)

MISSION & OBJECTIVES

The main aims of the ILO are to promote rights at work, encourage decent employment opportunities,
enhance social protection and strengthen dialogue on work-related issues.
Fundamental principles of occupational safety and health

Occupational Safety and Health Convention, 1981 (No. 155) its Protocol of 2002 The convention provides
for the adoption of a coherent national occupational safety and health policy, as well as action to be taken
by governments and within enterprises to promote occupational safety and health and to improve
working conditions. This policy shall be developed by taking into consideration national conditions and
practice. The Protocol calls for the establishment and the periodic review of requirements and procedures
for the recording and notification of occupational accidents and diseases, and for the publication of
related annual statistics.

Occupational Health Services Convention, 1985 (No. 161)]

This convention provides for the establishment of enterprise-level occupational health services which are
entrusted with essentially preventive functions and which are responsible for advising the employer, the
workers and their representatives in the enterprise on maintaining a safe and healthy working
environment.
 Promotional Framework for Occupational Safety and Health Convention, 2006 (No. 187) This
Convention aims at promoting a preventative safety and health culture and progressively achieving a safe
and healthy working environment. It requires ratifying States to develop, in consultation with the most
representative organizations of employers and workers, a national policy, national system, and national
programme on occupational safety and health. The national policy shall be developed in accordance with
the principles of Article 4 of the Occupational Safety and Health Convention, 1981 (No. 155) , and the
national systems and programmes shall be developed taking into account the principles set out in
relevant ILO instruments. A list of relevant instruments is contained in the Annex to the Promotional
Framework for Occupational Safety and Health Recommendation, 2006 (No. 197). National systems shall
provide the infrastructure for implementing national policy and programmes on occupational safety and
health, such as laws and regulations, authorities or bodies, compliance mechanisms including systems of
inspection, and arrangements at the level of the undertaking. National programmes shall include time-
bound measures to promote occupational safety and health, enabling a measuring of progress.

45. Distinguish between an act and a rule with suitable example? (2M)

Act is substantial Law and the Rule is procedural law. Meaning thereby is something done by law, or by
force of law, whether the hand that does it is willing or not is act in law and according the General Clauses
Act the meaning of Rule is that “ a rule made in exercise of a power conferred by any enactment, and
shall include a regulation made as a rule under any enactment.

46. What are the duties of safety officer? (2M)

(1) In every factory-

(i) Wherein one thousand or more workers are ordinarily employed, or
(ii) wherein, in the opinion of the State Government, any manufacturing process or operation is carried
on, which process or operation involves any risk of bodily injury, poisoning or disease or any other hazard
to health, to the person employed in the factory,
The occupier shall, if so required by the State Government by notification in Official Gazette, employ such
number of Safety Officers as may be specified in that notification.
(2) The duties, qualifications and conditions of service of Safety Officers shall be such as may be
prescribed by the State Government.

47. Tabulate categories of hazardous wastes? (8M)

Waste Type of wastes Regulatory Quantities

Categories
1 2 3
Waste Category Mercury, Arsenic, Thallium and 5 kilogrammes per
No. 4 Cadmium bearing wastes. year the sum of the
specified substance
calculated as pure
metal.
Waste Category Non-halogenated hydrocarbons 200 kilogrammes per
No. 5 including solvent. year calculated as
non-halogenated
hydrocarbons.
Waste Category Halogenated hydro-carbon 50 kilograms per year
No. 6 including solvents calculated as
helogenated
hydrocarbons.
Waste Category Wastes from paints, pigments, glue, 250 kilogrammes per
No. 7 varnish and printing ink. year calculated as oil
or oil emulsions.
 Waste Category Wastes from Dyes and Dye 200 kilogrammes per
No.8 intermediate containing inorganic year calculated as
chemical compounds. inorganic chemicals.
Waste Category Wastes from Dyes and Dye 50 kilogrammes per
No. 9 intermediate containing organic year calculated as
chemical compounds. organic chemicals.
Waste Category Waste oil and oil emulsions. 1000 kilogrammes
No. 10 per year calculated as
oil and oil emulsions.
Waste Category Tarry wastes from refining and tar 200 kilogrammes per
No. 11 residues from distillation or prolytic year calculated as tar
treatment.
Waste Category Sludges arising from treatment of Irrespective of any
No. 12 waste waters containing heavy quantity.
metals, toxic organics, oils
emulsions and spend chemical and
incineration ash.
Waste Category Phenols. 5 kilogrammes per
No. 13 year calculated as
phenols.
Waste Category Asbestos. 200 kilogrammes per
No. 14 year calculated
asbestos.
Waste Category Wastes from manufacturing of 5 kilogrammes per
No. 15 pesticides and herbicides and year calculated as
residues from pesticides and, pesticides and their
herbicides formulation units. intermediate
products.
Waste Category Acid/Alkaline/Slurry 200 kilogrammes per
No. 16 year calculated as
Acids/Alkalis.
Wastes Category Off-specification and discarded Irrespective of any
No.17 products. quantity.
Wastes Category Discarded containers and Irrespective of any
No.18 Containers linear of hazardous and quantity.
toxic wastes.

48. Explain Chapter-IV in the Air (prevention & control of pollution) Act, 1981? (8M)

CHAPTER IV
PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION
19. Power to declare air pollution control areas,
20. Power to give instructions for ensuring standards for emission from automobiles.
21. Restrictions on use of certain industrial plants.
22. Persons carrying on industry, etc., and to allow emission of air pollutants in excess of the standard laid
down by State Board.
21[22A. Power of Board to make application to court for restraining person from causing air pollution.
23. Furnishing, of information to State Board and other agencies in certain cases.
24. Power of entry and inspection.
25. Power to obtain information.
26. Power to take samples of air or emission and procedure to be followed in connection therewith.
27. Reports of the result of analysis on samples taken under section 26.
28. State Air Laboratory.
 29. Analysis.
30. Reports of analysis.
31. Appeals,

49. List out the responsibilities of the transporter and co signal for safe transport of hazardous goods? (8M)

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONSIGNOR FOR SAFE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS OR HAZARDOUS GOODS

The consignor has to ensure the following points

 The goods carriage has a valid registration to carry the hazardous goods.

 The vehicle is equipped with necessary First-aid, Safety equipment and antidotes as may be necessary.

 The transporter or owner of the goods carriage has full and adequate information about the dangerous or
hazardous goods being transported.

 The driver of the goods carriage is trained in handling the dangers posed during transport of such goods.

 Every consignor shall supply to the owner of the goods carriage full and adequate information about the
dangerous or hazardous goods, being transported as to enable such owner and its driver:

 To make aware of the safety rules for transportation of hazardous materials.

 To make aware of the risks created by such goods to health or safety of any per

(Rule 131)
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TRANSPORTER OR OWNER OF GOODS CARRIAGE

1. It shall be the responsibility of the owner or transporter to ensure the following

 The goods carriage has valid registration and permit and is safe for the transportation of the said goods.

 The Vehicle is equipped with necessary First-Aid, Safety equipment, tool box and antidotes as may be
necessity to contain any accident.

2. The owner or transporter should satisfy himself that the information given by the consignor is full and
accurate.

3.The owner or transporter should ensure that the driver being deputed for transportation is trained to
handle and transport such hazardous materials.

4. The owner of the goods carriage carrying dangerous or hazardous goods and the consignor of such
goods shall lay down the route for each trip.

5. The owner of the goods carriage should ensure that the driver holds a driving Licence as per provisions
of Rule 9 of the Central Motor Vehicle Rules.

As per Rule 9 the driver should have the ability to read and write at least one Indian language specified in
VII Schedule of the Constitution and English language.

The driver should have successfully passed a course connected with the transport of hazardous goods.
50. Briefly state the safety precautions to be taken during loading /unloading of gas cylinders? (2M)
Loading Gas Cylinder on trolley
Wear steel toe capped shoes and industrial quality gloves
Undo securing bars on trolley and slide it near the cylinder
Unhook chain from rack and place palm of hand on top of cylinder neck, get a firm grip
Tilt cylinder slightly forward so it rests on the rim of the base and
Use the other hand to rotate cylinder ‘milk churning’ it from rack to trolley
 Pushing trolley and unloading gas cylinder
Fasten securing bars on the trolley
Place one foot on the axle and tilt the trolley back so it balances comfortably on the wheels
Keeping back straight, push trolley and set it down in front of the laboratory bench
Remove cylinder from trolley, milk churning it into its new position and clamp it securely to the bench
using chains, or straps.

51. What are the MSIHC rules 1989? State the elements under the On-site emergency plan of these MSIHC
rules? (8M)

MSIHC Rules, 1989:

These rules may be called the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989.
They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
 An occupier shall prepare and keep up-to-date 1[an on-site emergency plan containing details specified in
Schedule II and detailing] how major accidents will be dealt with on the site on which the industrial
activity is carried on and that plan shall include the name of the person who is responsible for safety on
the site and the names of those who are authorized to take action in accordance with the plan in case of
an emergency.
 The occupier shall ensure that the emergency plan prepared in accordance with sub-rule takes into
account any modification made in the industrial activity and that every person on the site who is affected
by the plan is informed of its relevant provisions.

 The occupier shall prepare the emergency plan required under sub-rule (1),-

 in the case of a new industrial activity, before that activity is commenced;

 In case of an existing industrial activity within 90 days of commencing into operation of these rules.
 The occupier shall ensure that a mock drill of the on-site emergency plan is conducted every six months;
 A detailed report of the mock drill conducted under sub-rule (4) shall be made immediately available to
the concerned Authority.]

52. List out the chapters in the Factories Act, 1948? (2M)

CHAPTER DESCRIPTION
I Preliminary ( Basic Definitions)
II The Inspecting Staff
III Health
IV Safety
IV A Related to Hazardous Process
V Welfare
VI Working hours of Adults
VII Employment of Young Persons
VIII Annual leave with Wages
IX Special Provisions
X Penalty & Procedures
XI Supplemental

53. Define the term Insecticide? (2M)

54.
THE TERM “INSECTICIDE” has been defined under the act to include any substance or such other
substance or preparations intended for the purpose of preventing , destroying, repelling or mitigating any
insects, rodents, fungi, weeds and other forms of plant and animal life not useful human beings
55. List out the powers of dock Inspectors? (2M)

Powers of Inspectors. -An Inspector may, at any port for which he is appointed, -

(a) Enter, with such assistance (if any), as he thinks fit, any ship, dock, warehouse or other
premises, where any dock work is being carried on, or where he has reason to believe that any dock work
is being carried on;

(b) Make examination of the ship, dock, lifting machinery, cargo gear, stagings, transport
equipment, warehouses or other premises, used or to he used, for any dock work;

(c) Require the production of any register, muster roll or other document relating to the
employment or dock workers and examine such document;

(d) Take on the spot or otherwise such evidence of any person, which he may deem necessary:

Provided that no person shall be compelled under this section to answer any question or give any
evidence tending to incriminate himself;

(e) Take copies of registers, records or other documents or portions thereof as lie may consider
relevant in respect of any offence which lie has reason to believe has been committed or for the purpose
of any inquiry;

(f) Take photograph, sketch, sample, measure or record, as he may consider necessary for the
purpose of any examination or inquiry;

(g) Hold an inquiry into the causes of any accident which he has reason to believe was the result of
the collapse or failure of lifting machinery, transport equipment, staging or non-compliance with any of
the provisions of this Act or the regulations;

(h) Issue shows because notice relating to the safety, health and welfare provisions arising under
this Act or the regulations;

(i) Prosecute, conduct or defend before any court any complaint or other proceedings arising
under this Act or the regulations;

(j) Exercise such other powers as may be conferred upon him by the regulations.
 IS-06

1. State noise levels of face to face communication? (2M)

2. Discuss various psychological factors that affect humans and causes
accidents? (2M)
3. Define Ergonomics? (2M)
4. What is meant by risk management and how can be advantageous by using
Deming cycle? (8M)
5. What is SCBA? (2M)
6. Describe musculoskeletal disorders from bad working posture, how will you
minimize such stress? (2M)
7. What is hypothermia and list out its risk factors? (2M)
8. What are the common causes of industrial fire? (2M)
9. What is internal temperature of healthy human body and what are effects of
heat on human body? (8M)
10. What is meant by IDLH and narrate with details?
11. What is ergonomics? Discuss the application of ergonomics?
12. Define industrial hygiene? (2M)
13. What is PPE and explain the levels of PPE?
14. List out the PPEs for eye protection? (2M)
15. Discuss about adverse effects of noise and vibration on employees and
public?
16. What is meant by acute toxicity and LC50? (2M)
17. What are respiratory protective equipment (RPE) and its uses?
18. Explain the purpose of medical surveillance program? (8M)
19. Explain artificial respirational procedure? (8M)
20. What is ergonomics? Explain different domains in ergonomics and benefits of
workplace ergonomics process? (8M)
21. Define threshold limit value (TLV)? (2M)
22. Define Ergonomics? (2M)
23. Discuss the importance of fatigue management? (8M)
24. Define Heat Stress? (2M)
25. What is meant by IDLH and narrate with details? (2M)
26. List out the adverse effect of noise? (2M)
27. What are the risk factors of WMSDS? (2M)
28. List out modifiable diseases schedule III of factories Act, 1948? (8M)
29. Write short notes on Dose response? (2M)
30. What is the main aim of personal monitoring? (2M)
31. Define the term Occupational Health? (2M)
32. Define the term Hypothermia? (2M)
33. Write short notes on Ionizing & Non-Ionizing Radiation? (2M)
34. What is local health effect? Give examples? (2M)
35. Define bio monitoring? Compare the biological and work place air monitoring?
(8M)
36. What is the classification of job hazards? (2M)
37. How are harmful agents entering into human body? Describe in brief? (8M)
38. Define bio monitoring? (2M)
39. Define industrial hygiene? Explain the process of recognizing and controlling
hazards? (8M)
40. List out six notifiable diseases? (2M)
41. Define Air pollution? (2M)
42. What is the illness caused by heat exposure? (8M)
43. Explain briefly about cold stress? (8M)
44. Explain briefly WMSDS? (8M)
45. Explain briefly levels of PPE? (8M)
46. What do you observe in work injuries statistics program? (8M)
47. What is SCBA? (2M)
48. Explain briefly about the Ergonomics? (8M)
49. Discuss differences in detail about occupational diseases and injuries? (8M)
50. What are the benefits of CWHS program? (2M)
51. What work techniques can help to prevent manual handling injuries? (2M)
52. What are the symptoms of WMSDS? (2M)
53. What is meant by “Fit to work”? (2M)
 IS-06

1. State noise levels of face to face communication?

Communication Below 50 50-70 dB(A) 70-90 dB(A) 90-100 dB(A) 100-130 dB(A)
dB(A)
Face to face ( Normal Raised voice Very loud or Maximum Very difficult
unamplified voice at level at shouted voice level at or impossible,
speech) distance up distance up voice level distance up even at a
to 6m. to 2m. at distance to 25 cm distance of 1
up to 50 cm. cm.

2. Discuss various psychological factors that affect humans and causes accidents?
Physiological Factors:
After studying this section you should understand the impact of the following
 Age
 Soma types
 Gender
 Drugs(legal)
 Performance Enhancing drugs(illegal)
 Olympic Drug Restrictions
 Drug Testing
 Blood Doping

Age
Age affect us all this is why there are age divisions in competitions.it would be unfair to expect a 50 year
old to compete against a 25 year old.
Below are the effects of age on the body
 Strength Reduction
 Oxygen Capacity Reduced
 Injury and disease Cases increased
 Reaction time decreased
 Flexibility decreased
 Experience increased

Gender
 Competitions usually split men and women, along with young and old.
Men and women have different bodies
 Men have longer heavier bone structure
 Women have a wider fatter pelvis(better for child birth)
 Women generally have more body fat than men
 The menstrual cycle can affect performance

Men are generally stronger

 Men have bigger muscles, due to higher testosterone levels
Women are generally more flexible
 This is partly due to them having less muscle.

Drugs
Alcohol
 Affects coordination speech and judgment
 Slows reactions
 Makes muscles tired more quickly
 Eventually damages liver, kidneys, heart, muscles, brain and the digestive and immune system

Smoking
 Causes nose, throat and chest irritations
 Makes you short of breath
 Increases the risk of developing heart disease, lung cancer bronchitis
 Every single cigarette damages your body

Performance Enhancing Drugs

Anabolic Agents (steroids)
 Increases muscle size
 Allows you to train harder
 Causes high blood pressure heart disease infertility and cancer
 Women may grow facial and body hair and their voices may deepen
 Banned by the international Olympic committee(IOC)

Olympic Drug Restrictions

The use of the following drugs are restricted by the international Olympic committee (IOC)
Beta Blockers
 Medicine that lowers heart steady shaking hands and reduces anxiety
 Banned in sports where they may give an advantage such as shooting snooker
3. Psychological tests for assessment of occupational health?
Occupational health psychology (OHP) is an interdisciplinary area of psychology that is concerned with
the health and safety of workers. Seven major topics of Occupational stress, Occupational burnout,
work- family conflict, work place violence and other forms of mistreatment, safety, employment issues
and health issues.

4. Define Ergonomics?
Ergonomics defined as the scientific study of the relationship between man and his working
environment. The primary aim of ergonomics is to optimize the functioning of a system by adapting it to
human capacities and needs. Ergonomics is a Scientifically Based Discipline which integrates knowledge
delivered from many sciences.
5. What is meant by risk management and how can be advantageous by using Deming cycle?
Risk management is the identification, evaluation, and prioritization of risks (defined in ISO 31000 as the
effect of uncertainty on objectives) followed by coordinated and economical application of resources to
minimize, monitor, and control the probability or impact of unfortunate events or to maximize the
realization of opportunities. Risk management’s objective is to assure uncertainty does not deflect the
endeavor from the business goals.
Deming cycle:
'Deming cycle', which consists of an iterative process of four steps, known as 'Plan, Do, Check and Act
(PDCA)'. The involvement of top management in all steps of the process is essential for an effective
management system. Risk assessment is the most important in the 'Plan' stage. The preventive and
corrective measures should be carried out under participation of employees ('Do'). Performance
measures and corrective and preventive action are the essence of 'Check'. 'Act' centers on the
management review, taking into account OSH performance measures.

6. What is SCBA?

SCBA means Positive-pressure (pressure-demand), self-contained breathing apparatus.

7. Describe musculoskeletal disorders from bad working posture, how will you minimize such
stress?

Musculoskeletal Disorders or MSDs are injuries and disorders that affect the human body's movement or
musculoskeletal system (i.e. muscles, tendons, ligaments, nerves, discs, blood vessels, etc.). Common
MSDs include: Carpal Tunnel Syndrome.
Because workers maintain the same posture over long work days and often several years, even natural
postures like standing can lead to MSDs like low back pain, but postures which are less natural like
twisting or tension in the upper body are typically contributors to the development of MSDs because of
the unnatural biomechanical load of these postures. There is evidence that posture contributes to MSDs
of the neck, shoulder, and back. Repeated motion is another risk factor for MSDs of occupational origin
because workers can perform the same movements repeatedly over long periods of time (e.g. typing
leading to carpal tunnel syndrome), which can wear on the joints and muscles involved in the motion in
question. Workers doing repetitive motions at a high pace of work with little recovery time and workers
with little to no control over the timing of motions (e.g. workers on assembly lines) are also prone to
MSDs due to the motion of their work. Force needed to perform actions on the job can also be
associated with higher MSD risk in workers, because movements which require more force
can fatigue muscles quicker which can lead to injury and/or pain. Additionally, exposure to vibration (as
in truck drivers or construction workers, for example) and extreme hot or cold temperatures can affect a
worker's ability to judge force and strength, which can lead to development of MSDs. Vibration exposure
is also associated with hand-arm vibration syndrome, which has symptoms of lack of blood circulation to
the fingers, nerve compression, tingling, and/or numbness.
Prevention:

Your risk of developing MSDs increases with age. Your muscles, bones, and joints naturally deteriorate as
you get older. But that doesn’t mean that MSDs are inevitable. By taking care of your body throughout
adulthood, you can lower your risk of developing these disorders.

It’s crucial to develop healthy lifestyle habits now. Regular strengthening exercises and stretching can
help keep your bones, joints, and muscles strong. It’s also important to complete everyday activities in
safe ways. Maintain a tall posture to prevent back pain, be careful when picking up heavy objects, and
try to keep repetitive motions to a minimum.

Ask your doctor for more information about how you can maintain a healthy musculoskeletal system
and lower your risk of MSDs.

8. What is hypothermia and list out its risk factors?

Hypothermia is a medical emergency that occurs when your body loses heat faster than it can produce
heat, causing a dangerously low body temperature. Normal body temperature is around 98.6 F (37
C). Hypothermia (hi-poe-THUR-me-uh) occurs as your body temperature falls below 95 F (35 C).
Risk factors:
Age is a risk factor for hypothermia. Infants and older adults have the highest risk of developing
hypothermia. This is due to a decreased ability to regulate their body temperature. People in these age
groups must dress appropriately for cold weather.

9. What are the common causes of industrial fire?

Common causes of industrial fire:
 Faulty Electrics
 Flammable and combustible materials
 Human error
 General Negligence
 Arson

10. What is internal temperature of healthy human body and what are effects of heat on human
body?
The healthy human body maintains its internal temperature around 37°C. Variations, usually of less than
1°C, occur with the time of the day, level of physical activity or emotional state. A change of body
temperature of more than 1°C occurs only during illness or when environmental conditions are more
than the body's ability to cope with extreme heat.

As the environment warms-up, the body tends to warm-up as well. The body's internal "thermostat"
maintains a constant inner body temperature by pumping more blood to the skin and by increasing
sweat production. In this way, the body increases the rate of heat loss to balance the heat burden. In a
very hot environment, the rate of "heat gain" is more than the rate of "heat loss" and the body
temperature begins to rise. A rise in the body temperature results in heat illnesses.

Effects of heat on human body:

When the air temperature or humidity rises above the range for comfort, problems can arise. The first
effects relate to how you feel. Exposure to more heat can cause health problems and may affect
performance.

As the temperature or heat burden increases, people may feel:

 Increased irritability.
 Loss of concentration and ability to do mental tasks.
 Loss of ability to do skilled tasks or heavy work.

In moderately hot environments, the body "goes to work" to get rid of excess heat so it can maintain its
normal body temperature. The heart rate increases to pump more blood through outer body parts and
skin so that excess heat is lost to the environment, and sweating occurs. These changes place additional
demands on the body. Changes in blood flow and excessive sweating reduce a person's ability to do
physical and mental work. Manual work creates additional metabolic heat and adds to the body heat
burden. When the environmental temperature rises above 30°C, it may interfere with the performance
of mental tasks.

Heat exposure causes the following illnesses:

Heat edema is swelling which generally occurs among people who are not acclimatized to working in hot
conditions. Swelling is often most noticeable in the ankles. Recovery occurs after a day or two in a cool
environment.

Heat rashes are tiny red spots on the skin which cause a prickling sensation during heat exposure. The
spots are the result of inflammation caused when the ducts of sweat glands become plugged.
Heat cramps are sharp pains in the muscles that may occur alone or be combined with one of the other
heat stress disorders. The cause is salt imbalance resulting from the failure to replace salt lost with
sweat. Cramps most often occur when people drink large amounts of water without sufficient salt
(electrolyte) replacement.

Heat exhaustion is caused by loss of body water and salt through excessive sweating. Signs and
symptoms of heat exhaustion include: heavy sweating, weakness, dizziness, visual disturbances, intense
thirst, nausea, headache, vomiting, diarrhea, muscle cramps, breathlessness, palpitations, tingling and
numbness of the hands and feet. Recovery occurs after resting in a cool area and consuming cool drinks
(e.g., water, clear juice, or a sports drink).

Heat syncope is heat-induced dizziness and fainting induced by temporarily insufficient flow of blood to
the brain while a person is standing. It occurs mostly among acclimatized people. It is caused by the loss
of body fluids through sweating, and by lowered blood pressure due to pooling of blood in the legs.
Recovery is rapid after rest in a cool area.

Heat stroke is the most serious type of heat illness. Signs of heat stroke include body temperature often
greater than 41°C, and complete or partial loss of consciousness. Sweating is not a good sign of heat
stress as there are two types of heat stroke - "classical" where there is little or no sweating (usually
occurs in children, persons who are chronically ill, and the elderly), and "exertional" where body
temperature rises because of strenuous exercise or work and sweating is usually present.

Heat stroke requires immediate first aid and medical attention. Delayed treatment may result in death.

11. What is meant by IDLH and narrate with details?

An IDLH condition is one that poses an immediate or delayed threat to life or that would cause
irreversible adverse health effects or that would interfere with an individual's ability to escape unaided
from a space.
NOTE: Some materials may produce immediate transient effects that, even if severe, may pass without
medical attention, but are followed by sudden, possibly fatal collapse 12-72 hours after exposure. The
victim "feels normal" from recovery from transient effects until collapse. Such materials in hazardous
quantities are considered to be "immediately"
Dangerous to life or health.
Potential IDLH Environments in Construction

Because of their potential to contain hazardous atmospheres, confined or

Enclosed spaces are suspect IDLH environments.
Confined & Enclosed Spaces:
 Storage Tanks
 Process Vessels
 Bins
 Boilers
 Ventilation or Exhaust Ducts
 Sewers & Manholes
 Underground Utility Vaults
 Tunnels
 Pipelines
 Open top spaces more than 4 feet in depth
 Temporary Enclosures (heating enclosures for break)
 Dumpsters
 Stair-wells
 Elevator Shafts
 Basements
 Attics
 Trenches & Excavations

12. What is ergonomics? Discuss the application of ergonomics?

Ergonomics defined as the scientific study of the relationship between man and his working
environment. The primary aim of ergonomics is to optimize the functioning of a system by adapting it to
human capacities and needs. Ergonomics is a Scientifically Based Discipline which integrates knowledge
delivered from many sciences.

Benefits of a Workplace Ergonomics Process:

Here are five of the proven benefits of a strong workplace ergonomics process:
1. Ergonomics reduces costs. By systematically reducing ergonomic risk factors, you can prevent costly
MSDs. With approximately $1 out of every $3 in workers compensation costs attributed to MSDs, this
represents an opportunity for significant cost savings. Also, don’t forget that indirect costs can be up to
twenty times the direct cost of an injury.
2. Ergonomics improves productivity. The best ergonomic solutions will often improve productivity. By
designing a job to allow for good posture, less exertion, fewer motions and better heights and reaches,
the workstation becomes more efficient.
3. Ergonomics improves quality. Poor ergonomics leads to frustrated and fatigued workers that don’t do
their best work. When the job task is too physically taxing on the worker, they may not perform their job
like they were trained. For example, an employee might not fasten a screw tight enough due to a high
force requirement which could create a product quality issue.
4. Ergonomics improves employee engagement. Employees notice when the company is putting forth
their best efforts to ensure their health and safety. If an employee does not experience fatigue and
discomfort during their workday, it can reduce turnover, decrease absenteeism, improve morale and
increase employee involvement.
5. Ergonomics creates a better safety culture. Ergonomics shows your company’s commitment to safety
and health as a core value. The cumulative effect of the previous four benefits of ergonomics is a
stronger safety culture for your company. Healthy employees are your most valuable asset; creating and
fostering the safety & health culture at your company will lead to better human performance for your
organization.
Different hierarchies of prevention and control measures have been developed by different institutions.
For an overview see e.g. Boyle [2]. The BS OHSAS 18001 hierarchy can be seen as a typical system, as
presented by Boyle:
 Elimination;
 Substitution;
 Engineering controls;
 Signage/warnings and/or administrative controls;
 Personal protective equipment.
(a) avoiding risks;
(b) evaluating the risks which cannot be avoided:
(c) combating the risks at source;
(d) adapting the work to the individual, especially as regards the design of work places, the choice of
work equipment and the choice of working and production methods, with a view, in particular, to
alleviating monotonous work and work at a predetermined work-rate and to reducing their effect on
health.
(e) adapting to technical progress;
(f) replacing the dangerous by the non-dangerous or the less dangerous;
(g) developing a coherent overall prevention policy which covers technology, organization of work,
working conditions, social relationships and the influence of factors related to the working environment;
(h) giving collective protective measures priority over individual protective measures;
(i) giving appropriate instructions to the workers.

13. Define industrial hygiene?

Industrial Hygiene:
Industrial hygiene is defined as the art of sense of preservation and improvement of the health and
comfort of the workers.
Its overall goal must be to protect workers from the health hazards of their work environment.

14. What is PPE and explain the levels of PPE?

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) :

Personal protective equipment (PPE) is used as temporary (until more effective hazard control
techniques can be used) or last line of protection for workers against hazards. the PPE you use will
depend on the work environment the work conditions and the process being performed.
Levels of PPE
Personal protective equipment is divided into four categories based on the degree of protection
afforded
Level a protection should be worn when the highest level of respiratory, skin, eye and mucous
membrane protection is needed. A typical level a ensemble includes:
Positive pressure (pressure demand) self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) (NIOSH approved) or
positive-pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA.
Fully encapsulating chemical protective suit.
Gloves inner chemical resistant gloves counter
Chemical resistant
Boots chemical resistant steel toe and shank (depending on suit boot construction worn over or under
suit boot)

Level B protection should be selected when the highest level of respiratory protection is needed but a
lesser level of skin and eye protection is needed level B protection is the minimum level recommended
on initial site entries until the hazards have been further identified and defined by monitoring sampling
and other reliable methods of analysis and equipment corresponding with those findings utilized a
typical Level B ensemble includes positive-pressure(pressure-demand)self-contained breathing
apparatus(NIOSH approved)or positive-pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA.

Chemical resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket coveralls hooded two-piece
Chemical splash suit disposable chemical resistant coveralls) gloves outer chemical resistant
Gloves inner chemical resistant
Boots outer chemical resistant steel toe and shank
Level C protection should be selected when the type of airborne substance is known concentration
measured criteria for using air-purifying respirators met and skin and eye exposure is unlikely
Periodic monitoring of the air must be performed. A typical level c ensemble includes:
Full-face or half-mask air-purifying respirator (NIOSH approved)
Chemical resistant clothing(one piece coverall hooded two piece chemical splash suit chemical resistant
hood and apron disposable chemical resistant coveralls)gloves outer chemical resistant gloves inner
chemical resistant
Boots steel toe and shank chemical resistant.
Level D protection is primarily a work uniform and is used for nuisance contamination only it requires
only coverall and safety shoes/boots. Other PPE is based upon the situation (types of gloves etc.) it
should not be worn on any site where respiratory or skin hazards exist.

15. List out the PPEs for eye protection?

 Goggles
 Full face shields
 Safety glasses
 Side shields
 Welding goggles
 Welding lenses ( Should meet standards)

16. Discuss about adverse effects of noise and vibration on employees and public?
Adverse Effects of Noise:

Noise can cause:

 Hearing Impairment
 Hypertension
 Ischemic Heart Disease
 Annoyance
 Sleep Disturbance
 Effect on immune System
 Birth Effects
Adverse Effects of Vibration:

There are two types of vibration: Whole Body Vibration (WBV) and Hand-Arm Vibration (HAV).

WHOLE BODY VIBRATION (WBV) caused by poorly designed or poorly maintained vehicles, platforms or
machinery amy cause or exacerbate other health effects such as:

 Lower back pain (damage to vertebrae and discs, ligaments loosened from shaking)
 Motion sickness
 Bone damage
 Varicose veins/heart conditions (variation in blood pressure from vibration);
 Stomach and digestive conditions;
 respiratory, endocrine and metabolic changes;
 impairment of vision, balance or both;
 Reproductive organ damage.

The longer a worker is exposed to WBV, the greater the risk of health effects and muscular disorders.

HAND-ARM VIBRATION (HAV) long term exposure from using hand held tools such as pneumatic tools
(e.g. concrete breakers), chainsaws, grinders etc., causes a range of conditions and diseases, including:

 White finger (also known as "dead finger" ) - damage to hands causing whiteness and pain in
the fingers;
 Carpel tunnel syndrome (and other symptoms similar to occupational overuse syndrome);
 Sensory nerve damage;
 Muscle and joint damage in the hands and arms (e.g. 'tennis elbow')

These conditions and diseases can have very serious consequences for people. The effects can be
permanently disabling even after a few years of uncontrolled exposure.

Damage to the body from exposure to vibration depends on:

 Length of exposure time;

 Frequency (rate at which the surface or tool vibrates, measured in vibrations per second or
Hertz-Hz);
 Amplitude (the size of the vibration). Amplitude can measure acceleration, speed or distance
covered.

17. What is meant by acute toxicity and LC50?

Acute toxicity refers to those adverse effects occurring following oral or dermal administration of a
single dose of a substance, or multiple doses given within 24 hours, or an inhalation exposure of 4 hours.
LC50:
Standard measure of the toxicity of the surrounding medium that will kill half of the sample population
of a specific test-animal in a specified period through exposure via inhalation (respiration). Also called
median lethal concentration or population critical concentration 50. Written also as LC50.

18. What are respiratory protective equipment (RPE) and its uses?
Respiratory protective equipment (RPE) is a particular type of PPE used to protect the individual wearer
against the inhalation of hazardous substances in the work place air. RPE should only use where
adequate control of exposure cannot be achieved by other means.

19. Explain the purpose of medical surveillance program? (8M)

PURPOSE OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM:

 Screening for disease

 Risk factor for identification
 Assessment of environmental exposures of the individual worker
 Identifying over exposures
 Fitness for duty
 Pre-placement testing
 Worker selection
 Job accommodation
 Detection of non-occupational disease
 Health promotion
 Baseline for future reference
Substance abuse detection For Benefit of Groups of Workers:
 Detection of new hazards
 Identifying of sites of exposure to known hazards
 Assuring safety of current practices
 Assessing absence patterns
 Projecting health care resource needs
 Planning of preventive programs

20. Explain artificial respirational procedure? (8M)

Methods of Artificial Respiration:

 They are three methods of artificial respiration:
 Mouth-to-mouth/ Mouth-to-nose
 Chest pressure arm lift (Sylvester)
 Back pressure arm lift (Holger-Nielsen)
 The most practical method is the mouth-to-mouth/nose method.
Step 1: Evaluation
 Check for responsiveness of the victim.
 Call for help.
 Position the unconscious casualty so that he is lying on his back and on a firm surface. If the
casualty is lying on his chest (prone position), cautiously roll the casualty as a unit so that his body does
not twist (which may further complicate a neck, back or spinal injury).
 Follow the following steps for rolling the victim:
 Straighten the casualty's legs. Take the casualty's arm that is nearest to you and move it so that
it is straight and above his head. Repeat procedure for the other arm.
 Kneel beside the casualty with your knees near his shoulders (leave space to roll his body). Place
one hand behind his head and neck for support. With your other hand, grasp the casualty under his far
arm (See Figure above).
 Roll the casualty toward you using a steady and even pull. His head and neck should stay in line
with his back.
 Return the casualty's arms to his side. Straighten his legs. Reposition yourself so that you are
now kneeling at the level of the casualty's shoulders. However, if a neck injury is suspected, and the jaw
thrust will be used, kneel at the casualty's head, looking toward his feet.

Step 2: Opening the Airway-Unconscious and Not Breathing Casualty

 If there is any foreign matter visible in the victim's mouth, wipe it quickly with your fingers or
cloth wrapped around your fingers.
 Tilt the Head back so the chin is pointing upwards. The victim should be flat on his back. Pull or
push the jaw into a jutting out position for removal of obstruction of the airway by moving the base of
tongue away from back of throat (See figure).
 Open your mouth wide and place it tightly over the victim's mouth. At the same time pinch the
victim's nostrils shut or close with your cheek. Or close the victim's mouth and place your mouth over
the nose. Blow into the victim's mouth or nose. (Air may be blown through the victim's teeth, even if
they are clenched). The first blowing method should determine whether or not obstruction exists.

 Remove your mouth, turn your head to side and listen for the return rush of the air that indicate
air exchange. Repeat the blowing effort.

For the adult blow vigorously at a rate of about 12 breaths per minute. For a child, take relatively
shallow breaths appropriate for the child's size, at a rate of about 20 per minute.
 If the victim is not breathing out the air that you blew in, recheck the head and jaw position. If
you still do no get air exchange, quickly turn the victim on his side and hit him sharply between the
shoulder blades several times in hope of dislodging foreign matter.

Again sweep you finger through the victim's mouth to remove foreign matter.

If you do not wish to come in direct contact with person, you may hold a cloth over the victim's mouth
or nose and breath through it. Cloth does not greatly affect the exchange of air.
 After giving two breaths which cause the chest to rise, attempt to locate a pulse on the casualty.
Feel for a pulse on the side of the casualty's neck closest to you by placing the first two fingers (index
and middle fingers) of your hand on the groove beside the casualty's Adam's apple (carotid pulse). (Your
thumb should not be used for pulse taking because you may confuse your pulse beat with that of the
casualty.) Maintain the airway by keeping your other hand on the casualty's forehead. Allow 5 to 10
seconds to determine if there is a pulse
 If a pulse is found and the casualty is breathing --STOP; allow the casualty to breathe on his own.
If possible, keep him warm and comfortable.
 If a pulse is found and the casualty is not breathing, continue rescue breathing.
 If a pulse is not found, begin chest compression.
 Expose chest and find breast bone. Put the heal of one hand on breast bone and other hand on
top.
 Compress the chest 15 times.
 If a pulse is not found, seek medically trained personnel for help.
 For infants and small children
 If there is any foreign matter visible in the victim's mouth, wipe it quickly with your fingers or
cloth wrapped around your fingers.
 Place the child on his back and use the fingers of both hands to lift the lower jaw from beneath
and behind, so that it juts out.
 Place your mouth over the child mouth and nose, making a relatively leak proof seal and breathe
into the child, using shallow puffs of air. The breathing rate should be about 20/minute.

If you meet resistance in your blowing efforts, recheck the position of the jaw. If the air passages are still
blocked, the child should be suspended momentarily by the ankles, or inverted over the arm and given
two or three sharp pats between the shoulder blades, in the hope of dislodging obstructing matter.
21. What is ergonomics? Explain different domains in ergonomics and benefits of workplace
ergonomics process? (8M)

Ergonomics defined as the scientific study of the relationship between man and his working
environment. The primary aim of ergonomics is to optimize the functioning of a system by adapting it to
human capacities and needs. Ergonomics is a Scientifically Based Discipline which integrates knowledge
delivered from many sciences.
According to the International Ergonomics Association, there are three broad domains of ergonomics:

Physical Ergonomics:
“Physical ergonomics is concerned with human anatomical, anthropometric, physiological and
biomechanical characteristics as they relate to physical activity. “
(Relevant topics include working postures, materials handling, repetitive movements, musculoskeletal
disorders, workplace layout, safety and health.)

Cognitive Ergonomics:
“Cognitive ergonomics is concerned with mental processes, such as perception, memory, reasoning, and
motor response, as they affect interactions among humans and other elements of a system.”
(Relevant topics include mental workload, decision-making, skilled performance, human-computer
interaction, human reliability, work stress and training as these may relate to human-system design.)

Organizational Ergonomics:
“Organizational ergonomics is concerned with the optimization of sociotechnical systems, including their
organizational structures, policies, and processes.”
(Relevant topics include communication, crew resource management, work design, design of working
times, teamwork, participatory design, community ergonomics, cooperative work, new work paradigms,
virtual organizations, telework, and quality management.)

Benefits of a Workplace Ergonomics Process

Here are five of the proven benefits of a strong workplace ergonomics process:
1. Ergonomics reduces costs. By systematically reducing ergonomic risk factors, you can prevent costly
MSDs. With approximately $1 out of every $3 in workers compensation costs attributed to MSDs, this
represents an opportunity for significant cost savings. Also, don’t forget that indirect costs can be up to
twenty times the direct cost of an injury.
2. Ergonomics improves productivity. The best ergonomic solutions will often improve productivity. By
designing a job to allow for good posture, less exertion, fewer motions and better heights and reaches,
the workstation becomes more efficient.
3. Ergonomics improves quality. Poor ergonomics leads to frustrated and fatigued workers that don’t do
their best work. When the job task is too physically taxing on the worker, they may not perform their job
like they were trained. For example, an employee might not fasten a screw tight enough due to a high
force requirement which could create a product quality issue.
4. Ergonomics improves employee engagement. Employees notice when the company is putting forth
their best efforts to ensure their health and safety. If an employee does not experience fatigue and
discomfort during their workday, it can reduce turnover, decrease absenteeism, improve morale and
increase employee involvement.
5. Ergonomics creates a better safety culture. Ergonomics shows your company’s commitment to safety
and health as a core value. The cumulative effect of the previous four benefits of ergonomics is a
stronger safety culture for your company. Healthy employees are your most valuable asset; creating and
fostering the safety & health culture at your company will lead to better human performance for your
organization.
Different hierarchies of prevention and control measures have been developed by different institutions.
For an overview see e.g. Boyle [2]. The BS OHSAS 18001 hierarchy can be seen as a typical system, as
presented by Boyle:
6. Elimination;
7. Substitution;
8. Engineering controls;
9. Signage/warnings and/or administrative controls;
10. Personal protective equipment.
(a) avoiding risks;
(b) evaluating the risks which cannot be avoided:
(c) combating the risks at source;
(d) adapting the work to the individual, especially as regards the design of work places, the choice of
work equipment and the choice of working and production methods, with a view, in particular, to
alleviating monotonous work and work at a predetermined work-rate and to reducing their effect on
health.
(e) adapting to technical progress;
(f) replacing the dangerous by the non-dangerous or the less dangerous;
(g) developing a coherent overall prevention policy which covers technology, organization of work,
working conditions, social relationships and the influence of factors related to the working environment;
(h) giving collective protective measures priority over individual protective measures;
(i) giving appropriate instructions to the workers.

22. Define threshold limit value (TLV)?

The threshold limit value (TLV) of a chemical substance is a level to which it is believed a worker can be
exposed day after day for a working lifetime without adverse effects. Strictly speaking, TLV is a reserved
term of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH).

23. Define Ergonomics?

Ergonomics defined as the scientific study of the relationship between man and his working
environment. The primary aim of ergonomics is to optimize the functioning of a system by adapting it to
human capacities and needs. Ergonomics is a Scientifically Based Discipline which integrates knowledge
delivered from many sciences.

24. Discuss the importance of fatigue management?

Fatigue:
Fatigue refers to mental or physical exhaustion that stops a person from being able to function
normally. Fatigue is more than simply feeling tired or drowsy. It is caused by prolonged periods of
physical and/or mental exertion without enough time to rest and recover.
Importance of fatigue management:
1. Managing worker fatigue will reduce safety risks
For commercial vehicle drivers and others who perform safety sensitive work, fatigue can lead one to
doze off behind the wheel or nod off while operating dangerous machinery. And it’s not just falling
asleep that’s the problem. Safety can also be compromised by delayed reaction times and poor hand-
eye coordination. Fatigue has even been compared to impairment caused by alcohol, and it is believed
to play a role in about 20% of all fatal collisions. If your drivers are involved in a fatigue-related crash,
you could be liable.

2. It can improve the health of your workers

Because fatigue and sleep apnea (a common sleep disorder that causes fatigue) have been linked to
other significant health conditions, managing them will keep your workers healthy and help prevent you
from paying for disability and other medical benefit claims related to obesity, diabetes, high blood
pressure, heart attack, stroke, and depression. All of these conditions are linked to sleep apnea.

3. It can reduce absenteeism and improve employee retention

Managing fatigue results in fewer missed work days from short-term disability. It can also raise retention
rates. One study out of a trucking company in the U.S. showed that drivers treated for sleep apnea had a
60 percent higher retention rate when compared with the fleet average for drivers who were not
treated.

4. It can improve productivity in your workplace

Even if your employees don’t perform safety sensitive work, fatigue can interfere with the amount of
work they can complete in a given time and the quality of their work. Shift workers in particular are at a
higher risk of dozing off at some point during their shift. Addressing fatigue in your workplace can help
increase your employees’ alertness and concentration so that they can continue to perform their job
effectively and your operations continue to run efficiently.

5. It can reduce costs

Treating your employees for sleep apnea and putting other fatigue management measures in place can
help lower your total health plan costs and lower the rate of short-term disability claims.

25. Define Heat Stress?

Heat stroke is the most serious disorder associated with heat stress. It occurs when the body's
temperature regulation fails and body temperature rises to critical levels. It is a medical emergency that
can lead to death. Heat exhaustion is a result of the combination of excessive heat and dehydration.

26. What is meant by IDLH and narrate with details?

An IDLH condition is one that poses an immediate or delayed threat to life or that would cause
irreversible adverse health effects or that would interfere with an individual's ability to escape unaided
from a space.
NOTE: Some materials may produce immediate transient effects that, even if severe, may pass without
medical attention, but are followed by sudden, possibly fatal collapse 12-72 hours after exposure. The
victim "feels normal" from recovery from transient effects until collapse. Such materials in hazardous
quantities are considered to be "immediately"
Dangerous to life or health.
Potential IDLH Environments in Construction
Because of their potential to contain hazardous atmospheres, confined or
Enclosed spaces are suspect IDLH environments.
Confined & Enclosed Spaces:
 Storage Tanks
 Process Vessels
 Bins
 Boilers
 Ventilation or Exhaust Ducts
 Sewers & Manholes
 Underground Utility Vaults
 Tunnels
 Pipelines
 Open top spaces more than 4 feet in depth
 Temporary Enclosures (heating enclosures for break)
 Dumpsters
 Stair-wells
 Elevator Shafts
 Basements
 Attics
 Trenches & Excavations

27. List out the adverse effect of noise?

Adverse Effects of Noise:

Noise can cause:

 Hearing Impairment
 Hypertension
 Ischemic Heart Disease
 Annoyance
 Sleep Disturbance
 Effect on immune System
 Birth Effects

28. What are the risk factors of WMSDS?

 Repetitive motion injuries.
 Repetitive strain injuries.
 Cumulative trauma disorders.
 Occupational cervicobrachial disorders.
 Overuse syndrome.
 Regional musculoskeletal disorders.
 Soft tissue disorders.

29. List out notifiable diseases schedule III of factories Act, 1948?
An occupational disease is a disease or disorder that is caused by the work or working conditions. This
means that the disease must have developed due to exposures in the workplace and that the correlation
between the exposures and the disease is well known in medical research.
 Lead poisoning including poisoning by any preparation or compound of lead or their sequelae.
 Lead tetra-ethyl poisoning.
 Phosphorous poisoning or its sequelae.
 Mercury poisoning or its sequelae.
 Manganese poisoning or its sequelae.
 Arsenic poisoning or its sequelae.
 Poisoning by nitrous fumes.
 Carbon bisulphide poisoning.
 Benzene poisoning, including poisoning by any of its homologues, their nitro or amido
derivatives or its sequelae.
 Chrome ulceration or its sequelae.
 Anthrax.
 Silicosis.
 Poisoning by halogens or halogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons, of the aliphatic series.
 Pathological manifestation due to : -
 radium or other radioactive substances.
 X-rays.
 Primary epitheliomatous cancer of the skin.
 Toxic anaemia.
 Toxic jaundice due to poisonous substances.
 Oil acne or dermatitis due to mineral oils and compounds containing mineral oil base.
 Byssionosis.
 Asbestosis.
 Occupational or contact dermatitis caused by direct contract with chemical and paints. These are
of
 types, that is, primary irritants and allergic sensitizers.
 Noise induced hearing loss (exposure to high noise levels).
 Beryllium poisoning.
 Carbon monoxide.
 Coal miners' pneumoconiosis.
 Phosgene poisoning.
 Occupational cancer.
 Isocyanates poisoning.
 Toxic nephritis.
30. Write short notes on Dose response? (2M)

The characteristics of exposure to a chemical and the spectrum of effects caused by the chemical come
together in a correlative relationship that toxicologists call the dose-response relationship. This
1
relationship is the most fundamental and pervasive concept in toxicology. to understand the potential
hazard of a specific chemical, toxicologists must know both the type of effect it produces and the
amount, or dose, required to produce that effect.
The relationship of dose to response can be illustrated as a graph called a dose-response curve.
31. What is the main aim of personal monitoring? (2M)

AIM OF PERSONAL MONITORING:

To investigate the relation between personal exposures to nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, and
PM10, and exposures estimated from static concentrations of these pollutants measured within the same
microenvironments, for healthy individuals and members of susceptible groups.

32. Define the term Occupational Health? (2M)

Occupational Health is the promotion and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and
social well-being of workers in all occupations by preventing departures from health, controlling risks
and the adaptation of work to people, and people to their jobs.
33. Define the term Hypothermia? (2M)

Hypothermia:
Hypothermia means "low heat" and is a potentially serious health condition. It occurs when body heat is
lost from being in a cold environment faster than it can be replaced. Symptoms begin with shivering. As
the body temperature continues to fall, slurred speech, lack of coordination and memory loss develop
and shivering ceases. Once the body temperature falls to around 85° F, the person may become
unconscious, and at 78°, the person could die.

34. Write short notes on Ionizing & Non-Ionizing Radiation? (2M)

Ionizing Radiation:
Ionizing radiation is given off by x-ray machines and radioactive materials. Some amount of background
ionizing radiation is present everywhere. It comes from the earth and outer space.
Non-ionizing Radiation:
Radiation from sun, light bulbs, electric power lines, radio and TV antenna, lasers etc., is considered to
be non-ionizing radiation.

35. What is local health effect? Give examples? (2M)

A local health effect refers to an adverse health effect that takes place at the point or area of contact.
The site may be skin, mucous membranes, the respiratory tract, gastrointestinal system, eyes, etc.
Absorption does not necessarily occur. An example of a local health effect is an exposure to strong acids
or alkalis resulting in skin damage.

36. Define bio monitoring? Compare the biological and work place air monitoring? (8M)
Bio-monitoring is the repeated measurement of certain exposure-related chemical/biochemical markers
in biological samples of subjects. Biomarkers are early (reversible) signs of exposure, effect or
susceptibility with possible adverse health outcome. Bio-monitoring is aimed at health protection,
exposure and risk assessment. Characteristics of bio-monitoring and workplace air monitoring (also
known as environmental monitoring) are summarized in Table
 Biological
Workplace air monitoring
monitoring
Quantifying Internal dose External dose
Absorption All routes Inhalation only
Metabolic Personal protective equipment, substances with similar
Confounders
phenotype structure/chemical properties
Standardization Difficult Easy
Interpretation Difficult Moderately difficult
Indirect
Measurement Usually indirect (dangerous substance)
(biomarkers)
Ethical issues Important None
Variability High Usually low

37. What is the classification of job hazards? (2M)

 Air contaminants
 Dusts
 Fumes
 Fibers
 Gases

38. How are harmful agents entering into human body? Describe in brief? (8M)
Absorption (through the skin or eye):
If an individual were to walk barefoot through contaminant would contact
The skin of the foot this could cause mid skin irritation or more serious problems like burns sores or
ulcers on the outer layers of the skin contact with substance may also occur by spilling it on the skin or
brushing against a contaminated object.
Depending on the substance and the condition of the skin the contaminant might also be absorbed
through the skin. While some chemicals are not absorbed easily unless the skin is cut others are
absorbed quite readily regardless of the skins condition. when an individual uses a material that bears
instructions recommending the use of gloves this is to prevent skin contact or absorption through the
skin(also called dermal exposure).
When an individual works with chemicals.it is particularly important never to put your hand to your eye.
eyes are particularly sensitive to toxic substances since capillaries are near the surface the substance can
enter the bloodstream more readily eye contact with toxic substances can cause irritation pain or even
blindness
Injection:
The most familiar examples of injection is that of shots given to administer medicine in which the skin is
punctured with needles so that a substance can enter the body. injection can also occur accidentally for
example if the skin were cut by a contaminated can or a piece of glass that had been in contact with a
contaminant the contaminated substance could be injected into the body this is a very powerful means
of exposure because the contaminant enters the bloodstream immediately.
Ingestion:
If an individual ingests a substances that contains a harmful material that substance enters the body by
means of the digestive system. An example of inadvertent ingestion is battery factory employee who
eats lunch in the work area and ingests inorganic lead that has contaminated a sandwich a more
common instance is the child who puts a toxic substance in his or her mouth out of curiosity. Residue
from chemicals that have been added to food to kill germs or parasites may also be ingested.
Inhalation:
It is also possible to be contaminated by toxic substances by breathing them into the lungs the amount
of air inhaled in a workday can be extremely large so if an individual works or lives in a contaminated
area he or she can be exposed to significant quantities of a substance in this way some chemicals have
excellent warning properties that let us know when they are in the atmosphere there is the well-know
“rotten egg” smell of hydrogen sulfide for example but at high concentrations if this gas our sense of
smell is quickly lost many toxic substances such as carbon monoxide are both colorless and odorless
providing us with no sensory clues that the exposure is anything unusual.

39. Define bio monitoring? (2M)

Bio-monitoring is the repeated measurement of certain exposure-related chemical/biochemical markers

in biological samples of subjects. Biomarkers are early (reversible) signs of exposure, effect or

susceptibility with possible adverse health outcome. Bio-monitoring is aimed at health protection,

exposure and risk assessment.

40. Define industrial hygiene? Explain the process of recognizing and controlling hazards? (8M)
Industrial hygiene is generally defined as the art and science dedicated to the anticipation, recognition,
evaluation, communication and control of environmental stressors in, or arising from, the work place
that may result in injury, illness, impairment, or affect the wellbeing of workers and members of the
community. These stressors are divided into the categories biological, chemical, physical, ergonomic and
psychosocial.
RECOGNIZING AND CONTROLLING HAZARDS :
Industrial hygienists recognize that engineering, work practice, and administrative controls are the
primary means of reducing employee exposure to occupational hazards.
Engineering controls minimize employee exposure by either reducing or removing the hazard at the
source or isolating the worker from the hazard. Engineering controls include eliminating toxic chemicals
and substituting non-toxic chemicals, enclosing work processes or confining work operations, and the
installation of general and local ventilation systems.
Work practice controls alter the manner in which a task is performed. Some fundamental and easily
implemented work practice controls include (1) changing existing work practices to follow proper
procedures that minimize exposures while operating production and control equipment; (2) inspecting
and maintaining process and control equipment on a regular basis; (3) implementing good housekeeping
procedures; (4) providing good supervision; and (5) mandating that eating, drinking, smoking, chewing
tobacco or gum, and applying cosmetics in regulated areas be prohibited.
Administrative controls include controlling employees' exposure by scheduling production and tasks, or
both, in ways that minimize exposure levels. For example, the employer might schedule operations with
the highest exposure potential during periods when the fewest employees are present.
When effective work practices or engineering controls are not feasible or while such controls are being
instituted, appropriate personal protective equipment must be used. Examples of personal protective
equipment are gloves, safety goggles, helmets, safety shoes, protective clothing, and respirators. To be
effective, personal protective equipment must be individually selected, properly fitted and periodically
refitted; conscientiously and properly worn; regularly maintained; and replaced, as necessary.

41. List out six notifiable diseases? (2M)

 Acute encephalitis.
 Acute infectious hepatitis.
 Acute meningitis.
 Acute poliomyelitis.
 Anthrax.
 Botulism.
 Brucellosis.
 Cholera.

42. Define Air pollution? (2M)

Air pollution occurs when harmful or excessive quantities of substances including gases, particulates,
and biological molecules are introduced into Earth's atmosphere. It may cause diseases, allergies and
also death of humans; it may also cause harm to other living organisms such as animals and food crops,
and may damage the natural or built environment.

43. What is the illness caused by heat exposure? (8M)

Heat exposure causes the following illnesses:

Heat edema is swelling which generally occurs among people who are not acclimatized to working in hot
conditions. Swelling is often most noticeable in the ankles. Recovery occurs after a day or two in a cool
environment.
Heat rashes are tiny red spots on the skin which cause a prickling sensation during heat exposure. The
spots are the result of inflammation caused when the ducts of sweat glands become plugged.
Heat cramps are sharp pains in the muscles that may occur alone or be combined with one of the other
heat stress disorders. The cause is salt imbalance resulting from the failure to replace salt lost with
sweat. Cramps most often occur when people drink large amounts of water without sufficient salt
(electrolyte) replacement.
Heat exhaustion is caused by loss of body water and salt through excessive sweating. Signs and
symptoms of heat exhaustion include: heavy sweating, weakness, dizziness, visual disturbances, intense
thirst, nausea, headache, vomiting, diarrhea, muscle cramps, breathlessness, palpitations, tingling and
numbness of the hands and feet. Recovery occurs after resting in a cool area and consuming cool drinks
(e.g., water, clear juice, or a sports drink).
Heat syncope is heat-induced dizziness and fainting induced by temporarily insufficient flow of blood to
the brain while a person is standing. It occurs mostly among unacclimatized people. It is caused by the
loss of body fluids through sweating, and by lowered blood pressure due to pooling of blood in the legs.
Recovery is rapid after rest in a cool area.
Heat stroke is the most serious type of heat illness. Signs of heat stroke include body temperature often
greater than 41°C, and complete or partial loss of consciousness. Sweating is not a good sign of heat
stress as there are two types of heat stroke - "classical" where there is little or no sweating (usually
occurs in children, persons who are chronically ill, and the elderly), and "exceptional" where body
temperature rises because of strenuous exercise or work and sweating is usually present.
Heat stroke requires immediate first aid and medical attention. Delayed treatment may result in death.
What are symptoms and first aid steps for heat exhaustion and heat stroke?
Symptoms of heat exhaustion may start suddenly, and include:
 Nausea or irritability.
 Dizziness.
 Muscle cramps or weakness.
 Feeling faint.
 Headache.
 Fatigue.
 Thirst.
 Heavy sweating.
 High body temperature.
 First aid for heat exhaustion includes:
 Get medical aid. Stay with the person until help arrives.
 Move to a cooler, shaded location.
 Remove as many clothes as possible (including socks and shoes).
 Apply cool, wet cloths or ice to head, face or neck. Spray with cool water.
 Encourage the person to drink water, clear juice, or a sports drink.
 Heat exhaustion may quickly develop into heat stroke. Symptoms of heat stroke include:
 Heat exhaustion may quickly develop into heat stroke. Symptoms of heat stroke include:
 Hot, dry skin or profuse sweating.
 Confusion.
 Loss of consciousness.
 Seizures.
 Very high body temperature.

44. Explain briefly about cold stress? (8M)

COLD STRESS
When working outdoors in cold weather or working in artificially cold environments, such as refrigerated
areas, serious cold-related injuries and illnesses may occur. Cold related hazards can cause permanent
tissue damage or even death.
Four factors contribute to cold stress: cold temperatures, high or cold wind, dampness and cold
water. A cold environment forces the body to work harder to maintain its core temperature of
98.6oF. Cold air, water, and snow all draw heat from the body. So, while it is obvious that below freezing
conditions combined with inadequate clothing could bring about cold stress, it is important to
understand that it can also be brought about by temperatures in the 50's coupled with rain and/or wind.
Cold-Related Illnesses
Hypothermia
Hypothermia means "low heat" and is a potentially serious health condition. It occurs when body heat is
lost from being in a cold environment faster than it can be replaced. Symptoms begin with shivering. As
the body temperature continues to fall, slurred speech, lack of coordination and memory loss develop
and shivering ceases. Once the body temperature falls to around 85° F, the person may become
unconscious, and at 78°, the person could die.

Risk Factors
anyone working in a cold environment may be at risk for hypothermia. However, older people may be at
more risk than younger adults, since older people are not able to generate heat or regulate body
temperature as quickly.
Certain medications may prevent the body from generating heat normally. These include anti-
depressants, sedatives, tranquilizers and some heart medications.
Mild hypothermia (98 - 90° F)
Shivering
Lack of coordination, stumbling, fumbling hands
Slurred speech
Pale, cold skin

Moderate hypothermia (90 - 86° F)

Shivering stops
Mental confusion or impairment
Reduced breathing and/or heart rate
Unable to walk or stand
Confused and irrational

Severe hypothermia (86 - 78° F)

Severe muscle stiffness
Very sleepy or unconscious
Extremely cold skin
Irregular or difficult to find pulse

45. Explain briefly WMSDS? (8M)

Work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) are a group of painful disorders of muscles, tendons,
and nerves. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, thoracic outlet syndrome, and tension neck syndrome
are examples.
For the purpose of developing injury prevention strategies, many health and safety agencies include only
disorders that develop gradually and are caused by the overuse of the above constituents of the
musculoskeletal system.

WMSDs arise from arm and hand movements such as bending, straightening, gripping, holding, twisting,
clenching and reaching. These common movements are not particularly harmful in the ordinary activities
of daily life. What makes them hazardous in work situations is the continual repetition, often in a
forceful manner, and most of all, the speed of the movements and the lack of time for recovery between
them. WMSDs are associated with work patterns that include:
Fixed or constrained body positions.
Continual repetition of movements.
Force concentrated on small parts of the body, such as the hand or wrist.
A pace of work that does not allow sufficient recovery between movements.
Generally, none of these factors acts separately to cause WMSD. WMSDs commonly occur as a result of
a combination and interaction among them.
Heat, cold and vibration also contribute to the development of WMSD.
WMSDs include three types of injuries:
Muscle injury.
Tendon injury.
Nerve injury.
Muscle Injury
Tendon Injury:
Tendons consist of numerous bundles of fibers that attach muscles to bones. Tendon disorders related
to repetitive or frequent work activities and awkward postures occur in two major categories --tendons
with sheaths , found mainly in the hand and wrist; and tendons without sheaths , generally found
around the shoulder, elbow, and forearm.
The tendons of the hand are encased in sheaths through which the tendon slides.
Nerve Injury:
Nerves carry signals from the brain to control activities of muscles. They also carry information about
temperature, pain and touch from the body to the brain, and control bodily functions such as sweating
and salivation. Nerves are surrounded by muscles, tendons, and ligaments. With repetitive motions and
awkward postures, the tissues surrounding nerves become swollen, and squeeze or compress nerves.
Symptoms:
Pain is the most common symptom associated with WMSDs. In some cases there may be joint stiffness,
muscle tightness, redness and swelling of the affected area. Some workers may also experience
sensations of "pins and needles," numbness, skin colour changes, and decreased sweating of the hands.
WMSDs may progress in stages from mild to severe.
Early stage: Aching and tiredness of the affected limb occur during the work shift but disappear at night
and during days off work. No reduction of work performance.
Intermediate stage: Aching and tiredness occur early in the work shift and persist at night. Reduced
capacity for repetitive work.
Late stage: Aching, fatigue, and weakness persist at rest. Inability to sleep and to perform light duties.

Not everyone goes through these stages in the same way. In fact, it may be difficult to say exactly when
one stage ends and the next begins. The first pain is a signal that the muscles and tendons should rest
and recover. Otherwise, an injury can become longstanding, and sometimes, irreversible. The earlier
people recognize symptoms, the quicker they should respond to them.

46. Explain briefly levels of PPE? (8M)

Levels of PPE

Personal protective equipment is divided into four categories based on the degree of protection
afforded.

Level A protection should be worn when the highest level of respiratory, skin, eye and mucous
membrane protection is needed. A typical Level A ensemble includes:
Positive pressure (pressure demand), self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) (NIOSH approved), or
positive-pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA.
Fully encapsulating chemical protective suit.
Gloves, inner, chemical resistant.
Gloves, outer, chemical resistant.
Boots, chemical resistant, steel toe and shank; (depending on suit boot construction, worn over or under
suit boot.)
Level B protection should be selected when the highest level of respiratory protection is needed, but a
lesser level of skin and eye protection is needed. Level B protection is the minimum level recommended
on initial site entries until the hazards have been further identified and defined by monitoring, sampling,
and other reliable methods of analysis, and equipment corresponding with those findings utilized. A
typical Level B ensemble includes:
Positive-pressure (pressure-demand), self-contained breathing apparatus (NIOSH approved), or positive-
pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA.
Chemical resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket, coveralls, hooded two-piece chemical
splash suit, disposable chemical resistant coveralls.)
Gloves, outer, chemical resistant.
Gloves, inner, chemical resistant.
Boots, outer, chemical resistant, steel toe and shank.

Level C protection should be selected when the type of airborne substance is known, concentration
measured, criteria for using air-purifying respirators met, and skin and eye exposure is unlikely. Periodic
monitoring of the air must be performed. A typical Level C ensemble includes:
Full-face or half-mask, air-purifying respirator (NIOSH approved).
Chemical resistant clothing (one piece coverall, hooded two piece chemical splash suit, chemical
resistant hood and apron, disposable chemical resistant coveralls.)
Gloves, outer, chemical resistant.
Gloves, inner, chemical resistant.
Boots, steel toe and shank, chemical resistant.

Level D protection is primarily a work uniform and is used for nuisance contamination only. It requires
only coveralls and safety shoes/boots. Other PPE is based upon the situation (types of gloves, etc.). It
should not be worn on any site where respiratory or skin hazards exist.

47. What do you observe in work injuries statistics program? (8M)

 Workers' compensation boards and commissions across Canada collect information about
accepted time-loss injuries.
 Work Injuries Statistics Program according to the following categories:
 Nature of Injury (the type of injury or disease)
 Part of Body affected by the injury or disease
 Source of the Injury (immediate cause of the injury)
 Event (type of accident resulting in the injury, for example, "fall")
 Industry in which worker was employed at time of the accident
 Occupation of the injured or ill worker
 Province or Territory in which the injury, disease or fatality occurred
 Gender (sex) and Age (in age groups)
 What type of statistical information is available in these reports?
 Statistical data on the Number of Accepted Time-Loss Injuries and Diseases, and the Number of
Fatalities for each of the twelve Canadian workers' compensation jurisdictions.
 Accepted time-loss injuries are captured in several different categories. The report includes
tables that show these injuries by:
 Province;
 Gender and Province;
 Age Group and Province;
 Nature of Injury and Province;
 Part of Body and Province;
 Source of Injury and Province;
 Event and Province;
 Occupation and Province;
 Industry and Province;
 Nature of Injury and Industry Division;
 Part of Body and Industry Division;
 Source of Injury and Industry Division;
 Event and Industry Division.
 Fatality statistics are shown by:
 Province;
 Nature of Injury and Province;
 Part of Body and Province;
 Source of Injury and Province;
 Event and Province;
 Age Group and Province;
 Gender and Province;
 Occupation and Province; and
 Industry and Province

48. What is SCBA? (2M)
SCBA means Positive-pressure (pressure-demand), self-contained breathing apparatus.

49. Explain briefly about the Ergonomics? (8M)

Ergonomics defined as the scientific study of the relationship between man and his working
environment. The primary aim of ergonomics is to optimize the functioning of a system by adapting it to
human capacities and needs. Ergonomics is a Scientifically Based Discipline which integrates knowledge
delivered from many sciences.

WHY ERGONOMICS?
A stone-age human in an environment using a flint stone as a knife could modify the shape of the stone
fitting the hand and task. Today, a product might be designed in one country, manufactured in the
second country, purchased by a wholesaler (buyer) in the third country and used by a customer in the
fourth country. The designer might not know who are the end users and the buyer cannot influence the
design of the product. Ergonomics is the only link between these four actors.

THE SCOPE OF ERGONOMICS

The scope of Ergonomics is extremely wide and is not limited to any particular industry or application.
Ergonomics comes into everything which involves people. Work systems, sports and leisure, health and
safety should all embody ergonomics principles if well designed. The ability of people to do their job is
influenced by the person's capabilities (physical and mental), the job demand (physical and mental) and
the condition (physical and organizational environment) under which the person is carrying out the job.

THE OBJECTIVES of the Ergonomics is to enhance the effectiveness with which work and other human
activities are carried out and to maintain or enhance certain desirable human values in the process,
health, safety, satisfaction etc.,
The aim of ergonomics is to enhance and preserve human health and satisfaction and to optimize the
human performance in a system perspective. Ergonomics is concerned with both employees’ well-being
as well as organization well-being. Ergonomics aims to ensure that human needs for safe and efficient
working are met in the design of work systems. The key words are; health, comfort and performance.

How does ergonomics work?

Ergonomics is a relatively new branch of science which celebrates its 50th anniversary in 1999, but relies
on research carried out in many other older, established scientific areas, such as engineering, physiology
and psychology.

To achieve best practice design, Ergonomists use the data and techniques of several disciplines:

 anthropometry: body sizes, shapes; populations and variations

 biomechanics: muscles, levers, forces, strength
 environmental physics: noise, light, heat, cold, radiation, vibration body systems: hearing,
vision, sensations
 applied psychology: skill, learning, errors, differences

Social psychology: groups, communication, learning, behaviors.

50. Discuss differences in detail about occupational diseases and injuries? (8M)
RESPIRATORY DISEASES:
A variety of respiratory diseases are also commonly occupational in origin. Pneumoconiosis due to
inhalation of asbestos, silica or other nonorganic dust should be considered in patients who report
progressive dyspnea and dry cough. Airway diseases, including rhino sinusitis, bronchitis and asthma,
have been increasingly recognized as work related.
A widening array of exposures has been linked to occupational asthma related to possible exposure to
allergens (e.g., grain dust), respiratory irritants (e.g., sulfur dioxide) or substances acting through other
mechanisms (e.g., isocyanides).Less frequently, recurrent “flu” or “pneumonia” may actually be
symptoms of hypersensitivity pneumonitis from exposure to mould, other organic materials or certain
chemicals.

NEUROLOGIC DISORDERS:
The nervous system is a frequent target of toxins, including organic solvents (e.g., toluene and
chlorinated hydrocarbons), metals (e.g., lead and manganese) and pesticides (e.g., organophosphates).
Peripheral polyneuropathy may be caused by agents such as lead, methyl butyl ketone and
organophosphate pesticides. More commonly, chronic organic solvent exposure is responsible for a
syndrome that includes headaches, fatigue, light-headedness, cognitive difficulties and depression. 16

CANCER AND HEART DISEASE:

Work exposures also contribute to a notable percentage of cancers and have been increasingly
recognized as factors in the development of coronary artery disease.

STRESS-RELATED ILLNESSES:
Stress has also emerged as an important hazard in the contemporary workplace. It has been associated
with a range of emotional and physical ailments, including coronary artery disease and myocardial
infarction. The risk of stress-related illness is increased in jobs with high emotional/psychological
demands and low potential for control by the worker.

WORK CONDITIONS AND ILLNESS:

As the focus of business has shifted from manufacturing to service in most industrialized countries,
traditional notions of hazardous work have, by necessity, been expanded. Occupational illnesses
continue to occur in manufacturing, construction and agricultural sectors, but they are also increasingly
being recognized in the burgeoning service sector. For example, rapidly expanding computer use has
been associated with musculoskeletal and eye problems in a growing number of office workers.

51. What are the benefits of CWHS program? (2M)

 Improved Creativity
 Employee Co-Operation
 Employee Engagement
 Employee Retention
 Loyalty To Organization
 Morale And Employee Satisfaction
 Productivity And Recruitment
 Reduced Absenteeism
 Employee Turnover (Means Reduced Recruitment And Retraining Costs)
 Grievances
 Health Costs
 Medical Leave/Disability
 Presenteeism
 Workplace Injuries And Accidents, And
 Work Time Lost

52. What work techniques can help to prevent manual handling injuries? (2M)

Good manual handling technique can help to prevent injury and incorporates the following steps:

A. Planning the lift

check start and finish heights and ensure clear pathways for over 16kg use mechanical aids or a trained
lifting team consider your own capacity after extended leave or illness
B. Performing the lift
Warm up first, test the weight of the load
Start with smaller loads
Use whole hand grip
For good balance, use a wide base of support with feet shoulder width apart
Use smooth motions and hold the load close to the body
Maintain the natural curves of the spine as you move through the lift
Use hip and knee joints to bend to the object rather than bending the spine in exaggerated curves
Do not twist or bend the back sideways
53. What are the symptoms of WMSDS? (2M)

Pain is the most common symptom associated with WMSDs. In some cases there may be joint stiffness,
muscle tightness, redness and swelling of the affected area. Some workers may also experience
sensations of "pins and needles," numbness, skin colour changes, and decreased sweating of the hands.
WMSDs may progress in stages from mild to severe.
Early stage: Aching and tiredness of the affected limb occur during the work shift but disappear at night
and during days off work. No reduction of work performance.
Intermediate stage: Aching and tiredness occur early in the work shift and persist at night. Reduced
capacity for repetitive work.
Late stage: Aching, fatigue, and weakness persist at rest. Inability to sleep and to perform light duties.
Not everyone goes through these stages in the same way. In fact, it may be difficult to say exactly when
one stage ends and the next begins. The first pain is a signal that the muscles and tendons should rest
and recover. Otherwise, an injury can become longstanding, and sometimes, irreversible. The earlier
people recognize symptoms, the quicker they should respond to them.

54. What is meant by “Fit to work”? (2M)

"Fit to work" or "fitness to work" is a medical assessment done when an employer wishes to be sure an
employee can safely do a specific job or task. The purpose is to determine if medically the employee can
perform the job or task under the working conditions. Fit to work assessments are most often done to
determine medical fitness after an illness or injury, but are sometimes done after employment has been
offered, as requested by the employer, or as a condition of a job transfer.
 IS-07

1. State the classification of fires? (2M)

Classification of Fires
Should the nature and size of the fire make it controllable, use the appropriate available
extinguisher and proceed with the methods described below. Should the fire be judged
“uncontrollable”, follow the “Evacuation Procedures for Uncontrollable Fires”? In all cases, call
Public Safety at (212)854-5555 (Morningside) or (212)305-7979 (CUMC) to report the incident.
Public Safety can, along with notifying emergency responders, direct emergency responders
quickly to your location.
 CLASS A. (Wood, paper, textiles, and rubber). The ABC extinguisher can extinguish this type
of fire.
 CLASS B. (Flammable or combustible liquids, greases, petroleum products, solvents) Carbon
dioxide or dry chemical ABC extinguishers should be used. Carbon dioxide extinguishers do
not leave any residue, whereas dry chemical devices do. Pressurized water units should not
be used since the immiscibility of solvents and water may result in spreading of the fire.
 CLASS C. (Live electrical equipment involved in a fire). If possible, turn off the electrical power
to the devices, and then use either the dry chemical extinguisher or a carbon dioxide or halon
extinguisher, if available.
 CLASS D. (Sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium and other metals) If sodium,
potassium, magnesium, or any other flammable metal powders are to be used in a laboratory,
call EH&S for guidance on the appropriate dry powder-extinguishing agent. A specific "Class
D" (dry powder) extinguishing agent such as graphite, limestone, sand or sodium carbonate
must be made available for fire emergency before work is started.
 Class K
Class K Fires are fires that involve cooking oils, grease or animal fat and can be extinguished
using Purple K, the typical agent found in kitchen or galley extinguishers.

2. Explain “colour coding of pipelines”? (8M)

COLOR CODING IDENTIFICATION:

3. Write the advantages and Disadvantages of fire Extinguishers? (2M & 8M)

Pros and cons of fire extinguisher types

Foam – Suitable for Class A and B Fires
Class A – combustible solids (paper, wood) Class B – flammable liquids (petrol, diesel, spirits,
paint)
Pros
Higher A rating than water, so more effective on combustible solids. For example, a 6lt Foam
has the extinguishing capability of a 9lt Water.
Foam discharge is easier to clean up than powder.
Foam is not as conductive as water, so it won’t cause as much damage if sprayed on electrical
equipment.
Cons
It can be susceptible to frost.
ABC Powder – Suitable for Class A, B, C and Electrical Fires
Class A – combustible solids (paper, wood) Class B – flammable liquids (petrol, diesel, spirits,
paint) Class C – flammable gases (methane, butane
Pros
Ideal as a multipurpose extinguisher for home and work.
Twice as effective as Foam on Class A fires, for example: a 6kg Powder is rated 27A, whereas
a 6lt Foam is rated 13A.
Not as susceptible to frost as water-based extinguishers.
Very effective for burning and free-flowing liquids.
When powder is applied to hot smouldering surfaces, the particles fuse together and swell.
This forms a barrier which excludes oxygen and prevents reigniting.
Cons
Can be messy, as it’s a fine powder. Clean up can be costly and time-consuming, so
consideration should be given where misuse/accidental use would be an issue.
Reduces visibility when discharged, so consideration required when placing near escape
routes, stairwells, etc.
May aggravate respiratory conditions when discharged.
Limited cooling properties.
While Powder is safe for use on electrical fires, it can cause corrosion.
CO2 – Suitable for Class B and Electrical Fires
Class B – flammable liquids (petrol, diesel, spirits, paint)
Pros
Smothers fire quickly in draught-free conditions.
A non-conductor so can be used on live electrical equipment.
Leaves no residue and is not as damaging to electrical equipment as powder.
Cons
It’s an asphyxiate, so care should be exercised when using in confined spaces.
Limited cooling properties and no protection against reigniting.
A non-insulated horn can cause frost burn if user accidentally touches the horn when in use.
Frost- free horns offer some protection against this (a frost free horn has a honeycomb ring on
the internal lining; non-insulated horns have a single layer of plastic).
Wet Chemical – Suitable for Class F Fires
Class F – cooking oils and fats
Powder – Suitable for Class D Fires
Class D – metals Specialist
Class D Dry Powder for Flammable Metals.
Monnex – Suitable for Class B and C Fires
Class A – combustible solids (paper, wood) Class B – flammable liquids (petrol, diesel, spirits,
paint)
Pros
 High performance specialist powder extinguisher.
Also safe to use on flammable chemicals.
Ideal for garages, fuel depots, airports, motor racing events and chemical stores.
Automatic Extinguisher
Dry powder extinguisher ideal for use on oil or gas burners. Heat activated. No manual
intervention required.
Water Extinguishers
Water has excellent cooling properties but is only suitable for use on Class A fires. Foam is
often the preferred option, as it is suitable for both Class A and B and has a better A rating.

4. Define Deflagration and Detonation? (2M)

DEFLAGRATION AND DETONATION

Deflagration
The word ‘deflagration’ comes from a Latin origin and literarily means ‘to burn down’. In
deflagration, the heat of the combustion reaction is transferred layer by layer; from a hot layer
to the neighbouring cold layer making it hot and then from it to the cold layer lying next to it.
This causes ignition and many fires in our daily life are caused by this process of heat
transfer. Deflagrations range from flames to small scale explosions. However, in general the
heat propagation method involved in here is relatively slow and happens at subsonic speeds.
The term ‘subsonic’ refers to any speed slower than the speed of sound and a subsonic event
essentially occurs via a sound propagating medium.
Due to the relatively slow transfer of heat, deflagrations are often under control and do not
cause sudden and massive explosions where a lot of gas pressure is released in addition to
heat. Therefore, this process has been extensively used in many internal combustion
engines due to its safety. Also, the ignition of gun powder, fireworks, lighting of the gas stove
etc. are all due to deflagration.
Furthermore, this process has been used in the demolition of stone caves in the mining
industry as a healthy alternative to high energy explosives due to the relative ease in
controlling the process. However, certain sudden short-duration deflagrations can cause harm
due to the massive amount of energy released during a short time and due to the pressure
impact. These short-duration deflagrations more closely resemble the detonations. When
these occur in combustion engines where ideally the deflagration process is what expected to
happen, engine knocking takes place with sudden plunges and this causes the loss of power
and the excessive heating of certain parts of the engine.
Detonation
In French, the word ‘detonation’ means ‘to explode’. In this process, heat is transferred via a
shock wave front driven by a high energy exothermic reaction trailing behind, which in this
case is a combustion reaction. Detonation occurs at supersonic speeds (speeds faster than
the speed of sound) and due to the shock wave front it causes massive turbulence in the
medium of propagation releasing a lot of pressure along with heat.
Mostly, in bombs and other explosives, this technique is being used since its origin itself,
shock waves travel faster through media than an ordinary wave. Also, due to the highly
directional nature of the shock wave, energy is being released towards one direction; generally
forward direction. Detonation is also used for other less destructive purposes such as
depositing coatings on a surface, cleaning old equipment, and propelling aircrafts.

5. What are the Standards components of Fire weather Index? Explain? (8M)

Standard Components of the Fire Weather Index (FWI):

The six standard components of the FWI System provide numerical ratings of relative wild land
fire potential. The first three components are fuel moisture codes that follow daily changes in
the moisture contents of three classes of forest fuel with different drying rates. For each, there
are two phases — one for wetting by rain and one for drying — arranged so that the higher
values represent lower moisture contents and hence greater flammability. The final three
components are fire behaviour indexes, representing rate of spread, amount of available fuel,
and fire intensity; their values increase as fire weather severity worsens.
The system is dependent on weather only and does not consider differences in risk, fuel, or
topography. It provides a uniform method of rating fire danger across Canada. The six
components are described below.

other cured fine fuels. This code is an indicator of the relative ease of ignition and flammability
of fine fuel.

compacted organic layers of moderate depth. This code gives an indication of fuel
consumption in moderate duff layers and medium-size woody material.

organic layers. This code is a useful indicator of seasonal drought effects on forest fuels, and
amount of smouldering in deep duff layers and large logs.

Initial Spread Index (ISI) A numerical rating of the expected rate of fire spread. It combines the
effects of wind and FFMC on rate of spread without the influence of variable quantities of fuel.
-up Index (BUI) A numerical rating of the total amount of fuel available for combustion
that combines DMC and DC.

suitable as a general index of fire danger throughout the forested areas of Canada.

CHEMISTRY OF A FIRE

The Fire Tetrahedron

Fires start when a flammable and/or a combustible material, in combination with a sufficient
quantity of an oxidizer such as oxygen gas or another oxygen rich compound (though non
oxygen oxidizers exist that can replace oxygen), is exposed to a source of heat or ambient
temperature above the flash point for the fuel/oxidizer mix, and is able to sustain a rate of rapid
oxidation that produces a chain reaction. This is commonly called the fire tetrahedron. Fire
cannot exist without all of these elements in place and in the right proportions. For example, a
flammable liquid will start burning only if the fuel and oxygen are in the right proportions. Some
fuel oxygen mixes may require a catalyst, a substance that is not directly involved in any
chemical reaction during combustion, but which enables the reactants to combust more
readily.
Once ignited, a chain reaction must take place whereby fires can sustain their own heat by the
further release of heat energy in the process of combustion and may propagate, provided
there is a continuous supply of an oxidizer and fuel. Fire can be extinguished by removing any
 one of the elements of the fire tetrahedron. Consider a natural gas flame, such as from a
stovetop burner. The fire can be extinguished by any of the following:
Turning off the gas supply, which removes the fuel Source; Covering the flame completely,
which smothers the Flame as the combustion both uses the available oxidizer (the oxygen in
the air) and displaces it from the area around the flame with CO2;
Application of water, which removes heat from the fire faster than the fire can produce it
(similarly, blowing hard on a flame will displace the heat of the currently burning gas from its
fuel source, to the same end), or application of a retardant chemical such as Halon to the
flame, which retards the chemical reaction itself until the rate of combustion is too slow to
maintain the chain reaction.
In contrast, fire is intensified by increasing the overall rate of combustion. Methods to do this
include balancing the input of fuel and oxidizer to stoichiometric proportions, increasing fuel
and oxidizer input in this balanced mix, increasing the ambient temperature so the fire's own
heat is better able to sustain combustion, or providing a catalyst; a non-reactant medium in
which the fuel and oxidizer can more readily react. In contrast, fire is intensified by increasing
the overall rate of combustion. Methods to do this include balancing the input of fuel and
oxidizer to stoichiometric proportions, increasing fuel and oxidizer input in this balanced mix,
increasing the ambient temperature so the fire's own heat is better able to sustain combustion,
or providing a catalyst; a non-reactant medium in which the fuel and oxidizer can more readily
react.

6. What is purpose and objective of work permit system? (2M)

WORK PERMIT SYSTEM:

A permit-to-work system is a formal written system used to control certain types of work that
are potentially hazardous. A permit-to-work is a document which specifies the work to be
done and the precautions to be taken. Permits-to-work form an essential part of safe
systems of work for many maintenance activities.
Purpose of permits to work:
Permits to work are a formal management system used to control high risk activities. These
enable an assessment of risks to be made and to specify control measures which will be put in
place in order to minimize the risk.

7. Write the difference of

(a) Vent pipe and over flow pipe
(b) Safety valve and Rupture Disc (8M)

Vent pipe is used remove excess pressure or gases formed during filling.
The air escapes into atmosphere through vent pipe while loading water/liquids into the tank.
Over flow pipe are used to drain down the water or liquid when loading in excess of the tanks
capacity.
Safety valve is used to protect the system from excess pressure. When a system gets over
pressurised the safety valves opens and releases extra pressure from the system and when
the pressure falls to the desired level safety valve shuts automatically and maintains the
pressure.
Whereas rupture disc will not regulate the pressure but gets burst and releases pressure and
saves the system. It will not regulate the pressure but releases. It has to be replaced when it
gets burst.

8. List out the classification of Explosive Material? (2M)

 Class 1 (Explosives) Material. Turn your engine off before loading or unloading any
explosives. Then check the cargo space. You must:
Disconnect heater power sources and drain heater fuel tanks.

broken side panels, and broken floorboards.

he floors must be tight and the liner must be
either non-metallic material or nonferrous metal. (Nonferrous metals are any metal that does
not contain iron or iron alloys).

Use extra care to protect explosives. Never use hooks or other metal tools. Never drop, throw,
or roll packages. Protect explosive packages from other cargo that might cause damage.
Do not transfer a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 from one vehicle to another on a public roadway
except in an emergency. If safety requires an emergency transfer, set out red warning
reflectors, flags, or electric lanterns. You must warn others on the road.
Never transport damaged packages of explosives. Do not take a package that shows any
dampness or oily stain.
Do not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 in vehicle combinations if:
placard cargo tank in the combination.
The other vehicle in the combination contains: — Division 1.1 A (Initiating Explosives). —
Packages of Class 7 (Radioactive) materials labelled “Yellow III.” — Division 2.3 (Poisonous
Gas) or Division 6.1 (Poisonous) materials. — Hazardous materials in a portable tank, on a
DOT Spec 106A or 110A tank.

9. Write a short note on “Fired pressure vessel? (2M)

Fired and Unfired Pressure Vessels: A pressure vessel is a vessel in which pressure is
obtained from an external source, or by the application of heat from an indirect or direct
source. Vessels may gases, vapours, and liquids at various pressures and temperatures.

10. Define corrosion Explain the types of corrosion? (8M)

CORROSION is a natural process, which converts a refined metal to a more stable form, such
as its oxide or hydroxide. It is the gradual destruction of materials (usually metals) by chemical
reaction with their environment.
In the most common use of the word, this means electrochemical oxidation of metal in reaction
with an oxidant such as oxygen. Rusting, the formation of iron oxides is a well-known example
of electrochemical corrosion. This type of damage typically produces oxide(s) or salt(s) of the
original metal, and results in a distinctive orange colouration. Corrosion can also occur in
materials other than metals, such as ceramics or polymers, although in this context, the term
degradation is more common. Corrosion degrades the useful properties of materials and
structures including strength, appearance and permeability to liquids and gases.
Many structural alloys corrode merely from exposure to moisture in air, but the process can be
strongly affected by exposure to certain substances. Corrosion can be concentrated locally to
form a pit or crack, or it can extend across a wide area more or less uniformly corroding the
surface. Because corrosion is a diffusion-controlled process, it occurs on exposed surfaces. As
a result, methods to reduce the activity of the exposed surface, such as passivation and
chromate conversion, can increase a material's corrosion resistance. However, some
corrosion mechanisms are less visible and less predictable.
Corrosion Materials
Some Points about Corrosion Materials has Given Below:-
 They are the materials which are the cause of corrosion.
 They are toxic in nature.
 They have very harmful effects as they have a tendency to attack metals and destroy their
strength.
 They also affect the human body, especially tissues. Some acids and bases are included in
that.
For example, HCl, nitric and sulphuric acid and bases like sodium hydroxide and ammonia.
Metal Corrosion
Metal corrosion is the main cause of metal destruction, like steel rusts due to immersion in
seawater. Similarly iron reacts with oxygen to form rust by exposure to moist air.
Types of Corrosion
There are different types of corrosion which depend on the environment surrounding the
material, type of material, chemical reaction etc. Some general types of corrosion are
described below.
1. Uniform Corrosion
This is also called General corrosion. It is a very common method of corrosion. It deteriorates
the whole surface of the metal and makes the surface thin. The damage is done at a constant
rate on the entire surface. It can be easily detected by its appearance. It can be controlled but
if it is not, it then destroys the whole metal.
2. Galvanic Corrosion
This type of corrosion occurs with an electrolyte like seawater. Metals have different values of
electrical potentials. When they become electrically connected and put in an electrolyte, the
more active metal which has a high negative potential becomes the anode. Due to its high
negative potential, it corrodes fast. But the less active metal becomes the cathode.
The flow of electric current continues till the potentials are equal between both electrodes. So
at the joint where the two non-similar metals meet, the galvanic corrosion appears. The
Galvanic Series shows the list of metals from the most active to the least active (most noble).
Thus galvanic corrosion can be controlled by selecting the two metals which are close in
series. As platinum is the least active, it is also less active for corrosion.
3. Pitting Corrosion
This occurs because of random attacks on particular parts of the metal's surface. This makes
holes which are large in depth. These holes are called "pits". The pit acts as the anode while
the undamaged part of the metal is the cathode. It begins with a chemical breakdown in the
form of a scratch or spot. The pitting process makes the metal thinner and increases fatigue.
For example, it can be very harmful in gas lines.
4. Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCC)
It is a complex form of corrosion which arises due to stress and corrosive environment. This
generates brittle and dry cracks in the material. The brittle cracks can inter or Trans granular
morphology. The stress is developed in the material due to bending or stretching of the
material. It also affects only at a particular section of material.
The main reasons for stress corrosion are welding, heating treatments, deformation etc. It is
very difficult to detect the cracks or detect stress corrosion because they combine with active
path corrosion. The active path corrosion occurs generally along grain or crystallographic
boundaries. Stress corrosion is strongly affected by alloy Composition.
5. Corrosion fatigue
This occurs in the presence of a corrosive environment like saltwater. It is a combination of
cyclic stress and corrosion. Corrosion fatigue is produced when a metal breaks at a stress
level which is lower than its tensile strength. It is strongly affected by the environment in which
the metal resides which affects the initiation and growth rate of the cracks. These cracks are
too fine to detect easily. So the stress coupons (metal sample) are used to detect the
corrosion. It can be produced by the influence of various types of stress like stresses applied,
thermal expansion, thermal contraction, welding, soldering, cleaning, heating treatment,
construction process, casting etc. To prevent corrosion fatigue, the designing and construction
process of the materials should be done properly, by eliminating any stress and environmental
factors and by eliminating crevices.
6. Intergranular Corrosion
 In the granular composition of metals and alloys, grains (small crystals) are present and their
surfaces join with each other. This forms the grain boundaries. Thus the grains are separated
by grain boundaries. Intergranular corrosion is also known as inter crystalline corrosion. The
Intergranular corrosion is developed on or near the grain boundaries of a metal. This can be
due to welding, stress, heat treating or improper service etc. The metal can loose its strength
due to the Intergranular corrosion.
7. Crevice Corrosion
It is also known as concentration cell corrosion. This is due to the trapping of liquid corrosive
between the gaps of the metal. As the electrolyte has aggressive ions like chlorides, the
corrosion reaction is started after settling of liquid in gaps. Oxygen is consumed during the
reaction.
Thus an anodic area is developed near the oxygen-depleted zone while the external part of the
material acts as a cathode. Crevice corrosion is similar to pitting corrosion. It’ very difficult to
detect crevice corrosion. It can be initiated by materials like gaskets, fasteners, surface
deposits, washers, threads, clamp etc.
8. Filiform corrosion
It is a type of concentration cell corrosion. This develops on coated metallic surfaces with a
thin organic film. The corrosion generates the defect on the protective coating of metallic
surface. The filaments of corrosion product is the cause of degradation of the coating. The
filaments look like thin threads. They exist as long branching paths.
The actively growing filaments do not intersect the inactive filaments. The reflection process
takes place when filaments collide with each other. Filiform corrosion is a very specific process
because it only affects the surface’s appearance, not the metallic material.
9. Erosion Corrosion
It is also called flow-assisted corrosion. This is due to the movement of corrosive liquids on
metal surface which damages the material. It can be seen in ship propellers which are
constantly exposed to sea water or in soft alloys. The damage can be seen as waves or
rounded holes etc. It shows the flow of the corrosive liquid. It can be controlled by the use of
hard alloys, managing the velocity and flow pattern of the fluid.
10. Fretting Corrosion
It is a form of erosion-corrosion. It shows as the combined effect of corrosion and fretting of
metal. Due to this corrosion, the material surface starts to disappear. Fretting corrosion exists
in the form of dislocations of the surface and deep pits.

11. What are the precautions to be taken for storage of compressed gases? (8M)

a. Storage of Compressed Gases

 Use small lecture-bottle-type gas cylinders only. Store all gas cylinders in an upright position.

 Store gas cylinders in a cool dry place away from corrosive chemicals or fumes.

 Store gas cylinders away from highly flammable substances.

 When cylinders are no longer in use, shut the valves, relieve the pressure in the gas
regulators, removed the regulators, and cap the cylinders.

 Label empty gas cylinders EMPTY or MT.

 Store empty gas cylinders separately from full gas cylinders.

 Store flammable or toxic gases at or above ground level - not in basements.

 Use cylinders of toxic, flammable, or reactive gases in fume hoods only.

 When moving cylinders, be sure the valve cap is securely in place to protect the valve stem
and valve. Do not use the valve cap as a lifting lug.

 If large gas cylinders are used, they should be chained. A hand truck should be available for
transporting them to and from the storage area.
2. Labelling of Stored Reagent Chemicals
Proper labelling is fundamental to a safe and effective laboratory operation. Reagents created
in the laboratory also require labelling.
Purchased Reagent Chemicals
All purchased reagent chemicals should be labelled with -
 Chemical name.
 Date received.
 Date of initial opening.
 Shelf-life.
 Hazard warnings.
 Storage classification location.
 Name and address of manufacturer.

Solutions
All reagents created in the laboratory should be labelled with Chemical name and formula.
 Concentration.
 Date prepared.
 Name of person who prepared the reagent.
 Storage classification.
 Hazard warning label (available from a safety supplier).
 Reference to original source of chemical (e.g., manufacturer, which jar, etc.).

12. List down the important points for prevention of corrosion in pipelines carrying liquid
chemicals? (8M)

Corrosion prevention techniques can be generally classified into 6 groups:

1. Environmental Modifications
2. Metal Selection and Surface Conditions
3. Cathodic Protection
4. Corrosion Inhibitors
5. Coating
6. Plating
Environmental Modification:
Corrosion is caused through chemical interactions between metal and gases in the
surrounding environment. By removing the metal from, or changing, the type of environment,
metal deterioration can be immediately reduced.
This may be as simple as limiting contact with rain or seawater by storing metal materials
indoors, or could be in the form of direct manipulation of the environmental affecting the metal.
Methods to reduce the sulfur, chloride or oxygen content in the surrounding environment can
limit the speed of metal corrosion.
Metal Selection and Surface Conditions:
No metal is immune to corrosion in all environments, but through monitoring and
understanding the environmental conditions that are the cause of corrosion, changes to the
type of metal being used can also lead to significant reductions in corrosion.
Metal corrosion resistance data can be used in combination with information on the
environmental conditions to make decisions regarding the suitability of each metal.
Monitoring of surface conditions is also critical in protecting against metal deterioration from
corrosion. Cracks, crevices or asperous surfaces, whether a result of operational
requirements, wear and tear or manufacturing flaws, all can result in greater rates of corrosion.
Proper monitoring and the elimination of unnecessarily vulnerable surface conditions, along
with taking steps to ensure that systems are designed to avoid reactive metal combinations
and that corrosive agents are not used in the cleaning or maintenance of metal parts are all
also part of effective corrosion reduction program.
Cathodic Protection:
Galvanic corrosion occurs when two different metals are situated together in a corrosive
electrolyte.
This a common problem for metals submerged together in seawater, but can also occur when
two dissimilar metals are immersed in close proximity in moist soils. For these reasons,
galvanic corrosion often attacks ship hulls, offshore rigs and oil and gas pipelines.
Cathodic protection works by converting unwanted anodic (active) sites on a metal's surface to
cathodic (passive) sites through the application of an opposing current. This opposing current
supplies free electrons and forces local anodes to be polarized to the potential of the local
cathodes.
Cathodic protection can take two forms. The first is the introduction of galvanic anodes.
This method, known as a sacrificial system, uses metal anodes, introduced to the electrolytic
environment, to sacrifice themselves (corrode) in order to protect the cathode.
A second method of cathodic protection is referred to as impressed current protection.
This method, which is often used to protect buried pipelines and ship hulls, requires an
alternative source of direct electrical current to be supplied to the electrolyte.
Corrosion Inhibitors:
Corrosion inhibitors are chemicals that react with the metal's surface or the environmental
gases causing corrosion, thereby, interrupting the chemical reaction that causes corrosion.
Inhibitors can work by adsorbing themselves on the metal's surface and forming a protective
film. These chemicals can be applied as a solution or as a protective coating via dispersion
techniques.
The inhibitors process of slowing corrosion depends upon:

Increasing the electrical resistance of the metal's surface

Major end-use industries for corrosion inhibitors are petroleum refining, oil and gas exploration,
chemical production and water treatment facilities.
The benefit of corrosion inhibitors is that they can be applied in-situ to metals as a corrective
action to counter unexpected corrosion.
Coatings:
Paints and other organic coatings are used to protect metals from the degradative effect of
environmental gases.
Coatings are grouped by the type of polymer employed. Common organic coatings include:
-link oxidation
-part urethane coatings

polymer combination latex coatings

-solid coatings
Powder coatings
Plating:
Metallic coatings, or plating, can be applied to inhibit corrosion as well as provide aesthetic,
decorative finishes.
There are four common types of metallic coatings:
 1. Electroplating: A thin layer of metal - often nickel, tin or chromium - is deposited on the
substrate metal (generally steel) in an electrolytic bath. The electrolyte usually consists of a
water solution containing salts of the metal to be deposited.
2. Mechanical plating: Metal powder can be cold welded to a substrate metal by tumbling the
part, along with the powder and glass beads, in a treated aqueous solution. Mechanical plating
is often used to apply zinc or cadmium to small metal parts
3. Electrolyses: A coating metal, such as cobalt or nickel, is deposited on the substrate metal
using a chemical reaction in this non-electric plating method.
4. Hot dipping: When immersed in a molten bath of the protective, coating metal a thin layer
adheres to the substrate metal

13. What is zoning? Explain types of Zones? (2M)

Zoning:
Hazardous areas are defined in DSEAR as "any place in which an explosive atmosphere may
occur in quantities such as to require special precautions to protect the safety of workers". In
this context, 'special precautions' is best taken as relating to the construction, installation and
use of apparatus.
Types of Zones:
for long
periods;

operation and, if it occurs, will only exist for a short time.

Various sources have tried to place time limits on to these zones, but none have been officially
adopted. The most common values used are:

but less than 1000 h/yr.

controls over ignition sources.

14. State hazard area classification for flammable gases and vapours? (8M)

Hazardous Area Classification for Flammable Gases and Vapours:

Area classification may be carried out by direct analogy with typical installations described in
established codes, or by more quantitative methods that require a more detailed knowledge of
the plant. The starting point is to identify sources of release of flammable gas or vapour. These
may arise from constant activities; from time to time in normal operation; or as the result of
some unplanned event. In addition, inside process equipment may be a hazardous area, if
both gas/vapour and air are present, though there is no actual release.
Catastrophic failures, such as vessel or line rupture are not considered by an area
classification study. A hazard identification process such as a Preliminary Hazard Analysis
(PHA) or a Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) should consider these abnormal events.
It contains a simplistic calculation relating the size of zone to a rate of release of gas or
vapour, but it is not helpful for liquid releases, where the rate of vaporisation controls the size
of the hazardous area.
Other sources of advice, which describe more sophisticated approaches, are the Institute of
Petroleum Model Code of Practice (Area Classification Code for Petroleum Installations,
2002), and the Institution of Gas Engineers Safety Recommendations SR25, (2001). The IP
code is for use by refinery and petrochemical type operations. The IGE code addresses
specifically transmission, distribution and storage facilities for natural gas, rather than gas
utilisation plant, but some of the information will be relevant to larger scale users.
Zoning:
 Hazardous areas are defined in DSEAR as "any place in which an explosive atmosphere may
occur in quantities such as to require special precautions to protect the safety of workers". In
this context, 'special precautions' is best taken as relating to the construction, installation and
use of apparatus, as given in BS EN 60079 -101. Area classification is a method of analysing
and classifying the environment where explosive gas atmospheres may occur. The main
purpose is to facilitate the proper selection and installation of apparatus to be used safely in
that environment, taking into account the properties
this analysis, to take into account non-electrical sources of ignition, and mobile equipment that
creates an ignition risk.
Hazardous areas are classified into zones based on an assessment of the frequency of the
occurrence and duration of an explosive gas atmosphere, as follows:
is present continuously or for long
periods;

operation and, if it occurs, will only exist for a short time.

Various sources have tried to place time limits on to these zones, but none have been officially
adopted. The most common values used are:

controls over ignition sources.

Where people wish to quantify the zone definitions, these values are the most appropriate, but
for the majority of situations a purely qualitative approach is adequate.
When the hazardous areas of a plant have been classified, the remainder will be defined as
non-hazardous, sometimes referred to as 'safe areas'.
The zone definitions take no account of the consequences of a release. If this aspect is
important, it may be addressed by upgrading the specification of equipment or controls over
activities allowed within the zone. The alternative of specifying the extent of zones more
conservatively is not generally recommended, as it leads to more difficulties with equipment
selection and illogicality’s in respect of control over health effects from vapours assumed to be
present. Where occupiers choose to define extensive areas as Zone 1, the practical
consequences could usefully be discussed during site inspection.

15. Write short notes on rupture Disc? (2M)

A rupture disc, also known as a burst disc, bursting disc, or burst diaphragm, is a non-
reclosing pressure relief device that, in most uses, protects a pressure vessel, equipment or
system from over pressurization or potentially damaging vacuum conditions.
Or
A rupture disc, also known as a burst disc, bursting disc, or burst diaphragm, is a non-
reclosing pressure relief device that, in most uses, protects a pressure vessel, equipment or
system from over pressurization or potentially damaging vacuum conditions. A rupture disc is a
type of sacrificial part because it has a one-time-use membrane that fails at a predetermined
differential pressure, either positive or vacuum. The membrane is usually made out of metal,
but nearly any material (or different materials in layers) can be used to suit a particular
application. Rupture discs provide instant response (within milliseconds) to an increase or
decrease in system pressure, but once the disc has ruptured it will not reseal. Major
advantages of the application of rupture discs compared to using pressure relief valves include
leak-tightness and cost.

16. Tabulate the effects of the Inhalation of fumes? (8M)

Fume Type Source Health Effect

Aluminium Aluminium component of some Respiratory irritant.

alloys, e.g., Inconel, copper, zinc,
steel, magnesium, brass and
filler materials.

Beryllium Hardening agent found in copper, "Metal Fume Fever." A carcinogen. Other
magnesium, aluminium alloys chronic effects include damage to the
and electrical contacts. respiratory tract.

Cadmium Stainless steel containing Irritation of respiratory system, sore and dry
Oxides cadmium or plated materials, throat, chest pain and breathing difficulty.
zinc alloy. Chronic effects include kidney damage and
emphysema. Suspected carcinogen.

Chromium Most stainless-steel and high- Increased risk of lung cancer. Some
alloy materials, welding rods. individuals may develop skin irritation. Some
Also used as plating material. forms are carcinogens (hexavalent chromium).

Copper Alloys such as Montel, brass, Acute effects include irritation of the eyes,
bronze. Also some welding rods. nose and throat, nausea and "Metal Fume
Fever."

Fluorides Common electrode coating and Acute effect is irritation of the eyes, nose and
flux material for both low- and throat. Long-term exposures may result in
high-alloy steels. bone and joint problems. Chronic effects also
include excess fluid in the lungs.

Iron Oxides The major contaminant in all iron Siderosis – a benign form of lung disease
or steel welding processes. caused by particles deposited in the lungs.
Acute symptoms include irritation of the nose
and lungs. Tends to clear up when exposure
stops.

Lead Solder, brass and bronze alloys, Chronic effects to nervous system, kidneys,
primer/coating on steels. digestive system and mental capacity. Can
cause lead poisoning.

Manganese Most welding processes, “Metal Fume Fever.” Chronic effects may
especially high-tensile steels. include central nervous system problems.

Molybdenum Steel alloys, iron, stainless steel, Acute effects are eye, nose and throat
nickel alloys. irritation, and shortness of breath.

Nickel Stainless steel, Inconel, Montel, Acute effect is irritation of the eyes, nose and
Hastelloy and other high-alloy throat. Increased cancer risk has been noted
materials, welding rods and in occupations other than welding. Also
 plated steel. associated with dermatitis and lung problems.

Vanadium Some steel alloys, iron, stainless Acute effect is irritation of the eyes, skin and
steel, nickel alloys. respiratory tract. Chronic effects include
bronchitis, retinitis, fluid in the lungs and
pneumonia.

Zinc Galvanized and painted metal. Metal Fume Fever.

17. What are the protective precautions for toxic materials? (2M)

As previously indicated, exposure to toxic chemicals can seriously affect health. However, if
appropriate precautions are taken, these chemicals can be handled safely. There are a variety
of methods which provide protection from such exposures. The design of the workplace, the
work practices and hygiene practices followed and the protective equipment worn may all be
essential in controlling exposure to toxic substances. The protective measures which must be
considered include:-
1. Elimination/Substitution
2. Engineering Controls
a. Isolation
b. Design or Change of Process
c. Local Suppression
d. Ventilation

18. What are the precautions to be taken in storing pesticides? (2M)

Precautionary and control measures

Selecting pesticides

accordance with the law.

cides with least harmful effect on humans, animals and the environment.
Storing pesticides

ignated personnel can keep the key.

store if the storage amount exceeds the exemption level.

sticides should be handled by designated personnel only.

19. List out successful safety program Ingredients? (2M)

A successful safety program requires several ingredients are

 System
 Attitude
 Fundamentals
 Experience
 Time
 You
20. Write short notes on zoning? (2M)

Hazardous areas are defined in DSEAR as "any place in which an explosive atmosphere may
occur in quantities such as to require special precautions to protect the safety of workers".

Hazardous areas are classified into zones based on an assessment of the frequency of the
occurrence and duration of an explosive gas atmosphere, as follows:
 Zone 0: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is present continuously or for long
periods;
 Zone 1: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is likely to occur in normal operation;
 Zone 2: An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is not likely to occur in normal
operation and, if it occurs, will only exist for a short time.
Various sources have tried to place time limits on to these zones, but none have been officially
adopted. The most common values used are:
 Zone 0: Explosive atmosphere for more than 1000h/yr.
 Zone 1: Explosive atmosphere for more than 10, but less than 1000 h/yr.
 Zone 2: Explosive atmosphere for less than 10h/yr., but still sufficiently likely as to require
controls over ignition sources.

21. Write the difference between unit operation & unit process? (2M)

Difference between unit operation and process

Unit process includes all the treatment methods in which the removal of contaminants is
brought about by chemical or biological reactions. It is considered as a secondary treatment.
While Unit Operation involves only the methods in which physical forces predominates. It is
considered as primary treatment.

22. List out the precautions when working with anhydrous ammonia? (2M)

Precautions When Working with Anhydrous Ammonia

 Use good equipment specially designed for handling anhydrous ammonia.
 Keep your equipment in good repair. Worn hoses, loose connections, and other defects can
cause accidents.
 Follow the prescribed sequence of operations for connecting to, filling, and disconnecting from
the applicator tank.
 Never leave the equipment during the transfer operation.
 After filling the applicator tank, close all valves.

23. What is meant by Auto Ignition Temperature? (2M)

Auto-ignition Temperature: The minimum temperature that will initiate a self-sustained
combustion of liquid, gas or solid in the absence of a spark or flame; the lower the auto-ignition
temperature, the greater the fire hazard.

24. What is combustible dust? (2M)

Essentially, a combustible dust is any fine material that has the ability to catch fire and explode
when mixed with air. Combustible dusts can be from:
 Most solid organic materials (such as sugar, flour, grain, wood, etc.)
 many metals, and
 Some non-metallic inorganic materials.
Some of these materials are not "normally" combustible, but they can burn or explode if the
particles are the right size and in the right concentration.
25. What is entry permits system? What Information it discloses? (8M)

An Entry Permit is an administrative tool used to document the completion of a hazard

assessment for each confined space entry. Someone fully trained and experienced in confined
space work should complete the Entry Permit.
Before entering a confined space, an entry permit should be written. It should contain at least
the following information:

to enter the confined space.

The location and description of the confined space.

e and outside the space.

- when, where, results,

date monitoring equipment was last calibrated. Ideally, calibration would be done just before
each use. If this is not possible, follow the equipment manufacturer’s guidelines for frequency
of calibration.
the use of mechanical ventilation and other protective
equipment needed and any other precautions that will be followed by every worker who is
going to enter the confined space.
nd the
attendant.

any person who takes part in a rescue or responds to other emergency situations in the
confined space
signature of a worker who did the confined space air testing. The signature on the permit
would indicate that adequate precautions are being taken to control the anticipated hazards.
as been properly
evaluated, prepared, and it is safe for entry and work.
The entry permit should be posted at the confined space and remain so until the work is
completed. The employer should keep a copy of the completed permit on file.

26. Define fire Tetrahedron? (2M)

The Fire Tetrahedron
 Fires start when a flammable and/or a combustible material, in combination with a sufficient
quantity of an oxidizer such as oxygen gas or another oxygen rich compound (though non
oxygen oxidizers exist that can replace oxygen), is exposed to a source of heat or ambient
temperature above the flash point for the fuel/oxidizer mix, and is able to sustain a rate of rapid
oxidation that produces a chain reaction. This is commonly called the fire tetrahedron. Fire
cannot exist without all of these elements in place and in the right proportions. For example, a
flammable liquid will start burning only if the fuel and oxygen are in the right proportions. Some
fuel oxygen mixes may require a catalyst, a substance that is not directly involved in any
chemical reaction during combustion, but which enables the reactants to combust more
readily.
Once ignited, a chain reaction must take place whereby fires can sustain their own heat by the
further release of heat energy in the process of combustion and may propagate, provided
there is a continuous supply of an oxidizer and fuel. Fire can be extinguished by removing any
one of the elements of the fire tetrahedron

27. Name four Inspection techniques explain any one of them? (2M)

Four important procedures supervisors can use to Identify and correct hazards:
 Inspections
 Observation
 Job Hazard Analysis
 Incident/Accident Analysis
Job Hazard Analysis (JHA):
Effective use of JHAs will do the following:
• Provide a clear picture of what the employee must do to stay safe
• Help recognize needed changes in the equipment or procedures
• Provide a way to increase employee involvement.

Incident/Accident Analysis:
Fault-finding: If you're conducting accident investigations primarily to determine:
1. What happened
2. If the employer violated safety rules
 Therefore, these kinds of investigations primarily to fix the… BLAME
Fact-finding: Accident investigation is far more helpful when the employer performs an
accident analysis primarily to determine:
1. What Happened?
2. System design or performance factors that contributed to the accident.

The primary reason to conduct the analysis is to fix the...SYSTEM.

28. (a) Write on the chemistry of fire (8M)

Fire is the rapid oxidation of a material in the exothermic chemical process of combustion,
releasing heat, light, and various reaction products. Slower oxidative processes like rusting or
digestion are not included by this definition.
(b) What are types of portable fire Extinguishers?
 Water Extinguisher
 Foam Extinguisher
 Dry Chemical Powder Extinguisher
 Carbon dioxide Extinguisher

(c) Draw a sketch of a DCP Extinguisher and name its parts?

29. What is meant by Fire Explosion and its effects? (2M)

 FIRE EXPLOSION
Dangerous substances are any substances used or present at work that could, if not properly
controlled, cause harm to people as a result of a fire and explosion. Explosive atmospheres
can be caused by flammable gases, mists or vapours or by combustible dusts.
The effects of accidental fires or explosions can be devastating in terms of lives lost, injuries,
damage to property and the environment, and to business continuity.
Working with flammable liquids, dusts, gases and solids is hazardous because of the risk of
fire and explosion.

30. Explain the function procedures of different flame defectors? (8M)

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM

Automatic Fire Detection and Alarm Systems
Automatic fire detection and alarm systems are designed to warn building occupants of a fire
situation, they do not generally intervene in the fire growth process except where interfaced
with a fire suppression or other fire control system.
These systems generally use smoke, heat or flame detectors to detect the outbreak of fire and
to alert building occupants and the fire brigade. Manual call points which allow an occupant
who discovers fire to raise the alarm may also be included in the system.
Single station residential smoke alarms, as installed in most homes, are the simplest system
Foresting a fire and warning the building occupants.
The time between the outbreak of fire and the commencement of fire fighting is the single most
important factor in fire control and can be effectively reduced by having the system monitored
directly by the fire brigade.
Fire alarm systems must be heard by the building occupants in all parts of the building. To
achieve this, they are often connected to occupant evacuation warning and
intercommunication systems which sound a defined "beep - beep - beep" throughout the
building when the detection system has been activated.
Sometimes these systems automatically close smoke and fire doors operate flashing warning
lights, stop air-conditioning systems or alert critical staff via personal pagers. Today these
systems extensively rely upon computer systems and are changing at the same rapid pace as
is computer technology. Today's systems can be "intelligent" defining exactly where the fire is,
determining if the smoke is from a fire threat or just burnt toast and advising the maintenance
manager when the detector needs cleaning or other routine maintenance work is required.
31. Explain routes of entry of pesticides into human body? (8M)

Routes of entry of pesticides into body

 Workers can be exposed to pesticides in three ways:
 Dermal exposure
 Oral exposure
 Inhalation exposure

Dermal exposure
Pesticides may be absorbed through intact or broken skin. Therefore, one should:
 avoid coming into direct skin contact with pesticides
 not wear clothing contaminated with pesticides
 avoid exposure to pesticide droplets or vapours

Oral exposure
Pesticides can enter the body through the digestive system. Thus,
 after coming into contact with pesticides, one should not drink, eat or smoke until having
cleaned their hands and faces
 pesticide containers should be clearly labelled to avoid accidental swallowing of pesticides
 one should avoid contamination of food by pesticides

Inhalation exposure
Volatile or aerosol pesticides can enter the body through the respiratory system. Therefore,
one should:
 maintain good ventilation
 use protective respirators properly
 prevent pesticides from spreading through the ventilation system

Symptoms of poisoning
Symptoms depend on the toxicity of the pesticide as well as dose and mode of intake.
Common symptoms include:
 Headache, giddiness, nervousness
 A feeling of general numbness
 Diarrhoea, vomiting
 Contraction of eye pupils
 Excessive sweating, tearing, saliva secretion
Severe cases may include the following symptoms:
 Irregular heart beat
 Breathing difficulty
 Convulsion
 Confusion
 Coma

32. List out the precautions for use of explosives? (8M)

PRECAUTIONS FOR USE OF EXPLOSIVES:

1) When you open a box of explosives in any case, do not use a metal crowbar or wedge. You
will need a wooden wedge or non-metallic tool.

2) Do not smoke or allow smoking to others. Do not allow the introduction of an open flame or
any other source of heat or fire near the area of explosives.

3) Do not place the explosives, where they may be exposed to flame, excessive heat, which
may spark or shock effect.

4) Put the lid or close the top of the box after use of explosives.

5) Do not carry explosives in your pocket or even closer to the body during a given time. Even
with sabotage better carry explosives in a separate container.

6) Assembly operations fuses or stepped ignition capsules do not perform near any other
explosives, blasting or slow burning.

7) Ignition Caps, despite the fact that they are purely a supporting role, are in themselves
powerful enough charge and should be treated with the appropriate yardstick.

8) In the vent cap can be inserted only wick without any other inclusions. To ensure normal
functional state and the proper sensitivity of ignition capsules with them must be handled with
due care.

9) Do not experiment with ignition capsules, trying to analyse them by applying the shock
impact, making arbitrary changes to the design or even delete their contents. Do not try to
extract the wire from an electric fuse detonator.

10) In the period of care and handling of explosives near them are only specially selected
individuals. All unauthorized and incompetent persons should immediately leave the area.
Among these persons, of course, also include children and animals.

11) Do not operate explosives and removed from the storage of explosives when approaching
storm. Take measures to prevent access by anyone to this area and proper safety measures.
 12) Before the practical application, check all the equipment and never use ammunition with
certain injuries or weak functional qualities.

13) Never try to self-lead in the original, normal state of a given explosive or primer material

33. List out the precautions to be observed during blasting? (8M)

Precautions to be observed during Blasting
The Blasting Mate shall be responsible:-
a) To see that when blasting is conducted in the neighborhood of a public or private road or
building, or of any place where there may be people who would be endangered, experienced
Watchmen are sent, with red flags, to stop traffic or warn persons. These Watchmen would be
warned from the work spot, of the commencement and cessation of blasting operations:
b) To see that, before blasting commences, all persons except those who are actually to light
the fuses, are warned by the repeated striking of an empty tin or blowing of a siren and are at
a distance of not less than 150 metres and that, in special cases, suitable extra precautions
are taken;
c) To see that, in order to avoid damage to structures (such as girder bridges and telegraph
wires) which may be in close proximity to the blasting spot, only shallow bore-holes are drilled
and light charge used or vary the angle of bores to control the blast;
d) To select and instruct carriers of the explosives, detonators and safety fuse after they have
been drawn from the magazine;
e) To ensure that no one interferes in his absence with any explosive, detonators or caps
already drawn by him from the magazine;
f) To see that neither himself nor any person within 10 metres of himself smokes while he is
conveying, handling or using explosives;
g) To see that bore holes are of such a size that cartridges can easily pass down them; that
bore holes are clear of all debris before a cartridge is inserted, that charging is done by himself
and the position of the charged holes are noted carefully.
h) To drop several centimetres of tamping of sand or clay on top of the primer cartridge before
beginning to stem or press and that this tamping is gently pressed down on top of the primer
without the use of force;
i) To see that the safety fuses of the charged holes are lighted in his presence and have
properly ignited;
j) To compare the number of shots actually heard with shots intended to be fired and to
carefully inspect the work after blast and satisfy himself that all holes have exploded and the
broken rock does not contain any unexploded cartridge or pieces of cartridges;
k) To take precautions as given below in cases of misfires
(i) If a charge has apparently missed fire, to immediately warn all present and see that no
person is allowed to go near it for an hour,
(ii) If a charge misses fire, to examine the hole and mark a red cross over it,
(iii) To see that a shot that has missed fire is not bored or picked out; that no further charge is
introduced into the hole ;
(iv) To determine the direction of the hole for which purpose a few centimeters (inches) of
tamping may, if necessary, be picked out and a stick placed in the misfired hole and to drill,
after 60 minutes have passed, a fresh hole near the charge which has missed fire and that this
is done at a safe distance from the former hole and in such position and direction that the
boring tool cannot come in contact with the explosive which has missed fire. The Blasting Mate
must not leave the spot on any account whatsoever until the second hole (which should
explode the old charge) has been fired. He must carefully examine the result and continue the
operation, if necessary, until the original charge has exploded.
I) To make sure that there is only one key to the exploder and that this is in his pocket when he
has to leave the exploder. This is necessary for his own protection.
 34. What is work permit system? (2M)

Work permit system:

A permit-to-work system is a formal written system used to control certain types of work that
are potentially hazardous. A permit-to-work is a document which specifies the work to be
done and the precautions to be taken. Permits-to-work form an essential part of safe
systems of work for many maintenance activities.

35. What is the main aspect of colour coding of pipelines and state its advantages? (2M)
 Most of you have seen in operating process plants that pipes are coloured in various
colour. There are two main reasons behind it:
 To allow the metallurgy of each spool to be easily identified in the warehouse before
erection
 Process and utility piping can be properly and clearly identified for use by plant personnel

So colour coding will help in identifying the Piping components shipped individually to the
jobsite and Material identification shall not be required for pipe spools that have been verified
by the shop and have mark piece numbers associated with them.
Permanent colour pipe service markers shall be used for process and utility services.
Fabricator shall provide service markers for spools produced. Placing the marker on the spool
shall be done after piping has been installed, coated, or insulated if required.

36. Discuss the Importance of MSDS. What are the main heading in an MSDS and what
kind of information do they contain? (8M)

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is a document that contains information on the potential
hazards (health, fire, reactivity and environmental) and how to work safely with the chemical
product. It is an essential starting point for the development of a complete health and safety
program.
MSDS ELEMENTS:
MSDS must be written in English and contain the following information:
1. Chemical Identity: Name of the product including the common name if one exists
2. Manufacturer’s Information: Name, address, phone number, and emergency phone number
of the manufacturer
3. Hazardous Ingredients/Identity Information: List of hazardous chemicals. Depending on the
state, the list may contain all chemicals even if they are not hazardous, or only those
chemicals that have OSHA standards. Since chemicals are often known by different names, all
common (trade) names should be listed. The OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) for
each hazardous ingredient must be listed.
4. Physical/Chemical Characteristics: Boiling point, vapor pressure and density, melting point,
evaporation rate, etc.
5. Fire and Explosion Hazard Data:
Flash point, flammability limits, and ways to extinguish special firefighting procedures, and
unusual fire and explosion hazards.
6. Reactivity Data: How certain materials react with others when mixed or stored together.
7. Health Hazard Data: Health effects (acute=immediate; chronic=longterm), ways the hazard
can enter the body (lungs, skin, or mouth), signs and symptoms of exposure, emergency and
first-aid procedures, and any medical conditions which are generally recognized as being
aggravated by exposure to the chemical.
8. Precautions of Safe Handling and Use: What to do in case materials spill or leak, how to
dispose of waste safely, how to handle and store materials in a safe manner, appropriate
hygienic practices, and protective measures to be used during the repair and maintenance of
contaminated equipment.
 9. Control Measures: Ventilation (local, general, etc.), type of respirator/filter to use, other
appropriate engineering controls, work practices or personal protective equipment (PPE) such
as gloves, safety glasses, or goggles, face shields, aprons, etc.
10. Primary Routes of Entry: inhalation, absorption, etc.
11. Emergency and First-Aid Procedures: flushing with water, removal to fresh air, etc.

37. Define hazardous process as per the Factories act and list ten chemicals covered under
schedule 1? (8M)

As per factories act 1948 section 41 C (b) "hazardous process" means any process or activity
in relation to an industry specified in the 'First Schedule where, unless special care is taken,
raw materials used therein or the intermediate or finished products, bye-products, wastes or
effluents thereof would-
 cause material impairment to the health of the persons engaged in or connected therewith, or
result in the pollution of the general environment:

 Acetone Cyanohydrin
 Benzyl Chloride
 Cadmium and Compounds
 Decabromodiphenyl Oxide
 Endosulfan
 Ethylene
 Fluoracetic Acid and Salts, Esters, Amides
 Glyconitrile
 Hexachloro Cyclopentadiene
 Isodrin
 Lead Azide
 Peracetic Acid
 Trinitroaniline
 Xylene

38. What is Toxin? List and types of toxins? (2M)

Toxins
A toxic substance is one that, even in small amounts, can injure living tissue.
Types of Toxins:
 Irritants
 Corrosive substances
 Allergens
 Asphyxiants
 Carcinogens
 Reproductive & developmental toxins
 Neurotoxins
 Toxins affecting other organs

39. What is meant by chemical compatibility? (2M)

Chemical Compatibility:
Chemical compatibility testing is important from the standpoint of selecting chemicals that are
compatible with the production, fracturing, completion, storage and hydro test fluids that they
may encounter, as well as other production chemicals that they may contact in direct or dilute
 form. Chemical incompatibility can result in the formation of solids, gels and deposits that can
plug injection lines and valves or reduce product effectiveness.

40. List out the characteristics of Dry chemical powder? (2M)

CHARECTERISTICS
Multipurpose Dry Chemical is usually monoammonium phosphate-based and is effective on
fires in ordinary combustibles, such as wood or paper, as well as on fires in flammable liquids,
etc.
1. Best applicable to fire extinguishing systems for protection of dangerous and associate articles
which involve serious hazard and the danger of quick spread of fire.
2. Easy to clean after application of Dry chemicals Economical as they are less contaminative.
3. Excellent insulation permits application of Dry chemicals to high-tension electric installation
such as a transformer.
4. Handling of Control Valve is simple and plain ensuring easy cleaning of piping after use

41. What is the difference between deflagration and detonation? (2M)

 Deflagration means ‘to burn down’, whereas detonation means ‘to explode’.
 Deflagration is a relatively slow process when compared to detonation which happens at
supersonic speeds.
 Detonation releases more energy than a deflagration process during a shorter time.
 Heat and energy propagation in a detonation process occurs via a shock wave front whereas,
in a deflagration process, heat transfer happens by heat escaping from layer to layer in the
medium.
 In a detonation process, high pressure gas is released in addition to heat, but in deflagration it
is mainly heat that is released and causes relatively less release in pressure.
 Toxicity

42. What are the precautions to be observed during Blasting? (8M)

Precautions to be observed during Blasting
The Blasting Mate shall be responsible:-
a) To see that when blasting is conducted in the neighbourhood of a public or private road or
building, or of any place where there may be people who would be endangered, experienced
Watchmen are sent, with red flags, to stop traffic or warn persons. These Watchmen would be
warned from the work spot, of the commencement and cessation of blasting operations:
b) To see that, before blasting commences, all persons except those who are actually to light
the fuses, are warned by the repeated striking of an empty tin or blowing of a siren and are at
a distance of not less than 150 metres and that, in special cases, suitable extra precautions
are taken;
c) To see that, in order to avoid damage to structures (such as girder bridges and telegraph
wires) which may be in close proximity to the blasting spot, only shallow bore-holes are drilled
and light charge used or vary the angle of bores to control the blast;
d) To select and instruct carriers of the explosives, detonators and safety fuse after they have
been drawn from the magazine;
e) To ensure that no one interferes in his absence with any explosive, detonators or caps
already drawn by him from the magazine;
f) To see that neither he nor any person within 10 metres of himself smokes while he is
conveying, handling or using explosives;
g) To see that bore holes are of such a size that cartridges can easily pass down them; that
bore holes are clear of all debris before a cartridge is inserted, that charging is done by himself
and the position of the charged holes are noted carefully.
h) To drop several centimetres of tamping of sand or clay on top of the primer cartridge before
beginning to stem or press and that this tamping is gently pressed down on top of the primer
without the use of force;
 Note:- The primer-cartridge is the cartridge in which the detonator or cap and fuse are
attached and is usually fixed as the last cartridge of the charge.
i) To see that the safety fuses of the charged holes are lighted in his presence and have
properly ignited;
j) To compare the number of shots actually heard with shots intended to be fired and to
carefully inspect the work after blast and satisfy himself that all holes have exploded and the
broken rock does not contain any unexploded cartridge or pieces of cartridges;
k) To take precautions as given below in cases of misfires
(i) If a charge has apparently missed fire, to immediately warn all present and see that no
person is allowed to go near it for an hour,
(ii) If a charge misses fire, to examine the hole and mark a red cross over it,
(iii) To see that a shot that has missed fire is not bored or picked out; that no further charge is
introduced into the hole ;
(iv) To determine the direction of the hole for which purpose a few centimetres (inches) of
tamping may, if necessary, be picked out and a stick placed in the misfired hole and to drill,
after 60 minutes have passed, a fresh hole near the charge which has missed fire and that this
is done at a safe distance from the former hole and in such position and direction that the
boring tool cannot come in contact with the explosive which has missed fire. The Blasting Mate
must not leave the spot on any account whatsoever until the second hole (which should
explode the old charge) has been fired. He must carefully examine the result and continue the
operation, if necessary, until the original charge has exploded.
I) To make sure that there is only one key to the exploder and that this is in his pocket when he
has to leave the exploder. This is necessary for his own protection.

43. What are the Classification of Hazardous Material? (2M)

There are nine (9) hazard classes. Their order does not indicate degree of danger.
1. Explosives
2. Gases
3. Flammable Liquids
4. Flammable Solids
5. Oxidizing Substances
6. Toxic & Infectious Substances
7. Radioactive Material
8. Corrosives
9. Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods

44. List out the general precaution to be taken for cabinet and shelf storage? (8M)
General Storage Requirements:
 Always review a chemical’s MSDS/SDS for proper storage procedures
 Do not store glass chemical containers on the floor(without secondary containment)or window
ledges
 Chemical storage areas should be well lit, appropriately ventilated and kept away from aisles,
exits, and heat
 Minimize storage on the lab bench, in fume hoods, and other work areas.
 Use first-in, first-out system (oldest chemicals first); to avoid degradation of older chemicals
and their containers.
 Inspect stored chemicals often for expiration, deterioration and chemical integrity.
 Storage Shelves/Cabinets:
 Ensure chemical storage shelves are securely fastened to the wall and have lips or other
suitable methods to prevent bottles from falling in the event of an earthquake.
 Avoid storing all chemicals above shoulder height. Large containers (1 gal or larger), liquids,
and corrosive materials should be stored no higher than eye level
 Do not overcrowd shelves
 Flammables (in excess of 10 gal) must be stored in a flammable storage cabinet
 Label chemical storage cabinets according to the type of chemical family or hazard
classification found there (Acid Storage, Solvent Storage, etc.)

45. What are the locations to use of Explosives? (2M)

Explosives are used in the following cases:-
a) For clearing boulders which fall on the railway line, as in ghat sections;
b) For quarrying rock;
c) For widening rock cuttings;
d) For deepening wells;
e) For cuttings in rock,
f) Excavation of foundations in rock; and
g) Construction of tunnels.

46. What are the advantages of safety programmers? (8M)

Safety Programs
A successful safety program requires several ingredients, These ingredients are
 System
 Attitude
 Fundamentals
 Experience
 Time
 You
The ingredients of a successful safety program.
First, the program needs a system
(1) to record what needs to be done to have an outstanding safety program,
(2) to do what needs to be done, and
(3) to record that the required tasks are done.
Second, the participants must have a positive attitude. This includes the willingness to do
some of the thankless work that is required for success.
Third, the participants must understand and use the fundamentals of chemical process safety
in the design, construction, and operation of their plants.
Fourth, everyone must learn from the experience of history or be doomed to repeat it. It is
especially recommended that employees
(1) Read and understand case histories of past accidents and
(2) Ask people in their own and other organizations for their experience and advice.
Fifth, everyone should recognize that safety takes time. This includes time to study, time to do
the work, time to record results (for history), time to share experiences, and time to train or be
trained. Sixth, everyone (you) should take the responsibility to contribute to the safety
program. A safety program must have the commitment from all levels within the organization.
Safety must be given importance equal to production.
The most effective means of implementing a safety program is to make it everyone's
responsibility in a chemical process plant. The older concept of identifying a few employees to
be responsible for safety is inadequate by today's standards. All employees have the
responsibility to be knowledgeable about safety and to practice safety.
It is important to recognize the distinction between a good and an outstanding safety program.
 A good safety program identifies and eliminates existing safety hazards.
 An outstanding safety program has management systems that prevent the existence of safety
hazards.
 A good safety program eliminates the existing hazards as they are identified, whereas an
outstanding safety program prevents the existence of a hazard in the first place.
The commonly used management systems directed toward eliminating the existence of
hazards include safety reviews, safety audits, hazard identification techniques, checklists, and
proper application of technical knowledge.
 Safety protects workers, employers and all people in the plant including strangers from illness,
injuries or death.
 Ensuring survival of company’s business.
 It prevents company’s property and facility from damage.
 It enhances company’s reputation.
 It teaches people in the plant how to work safely.
 It helps company to achieve its targets and objective.
 Keeping company away from law suits and penalties.
 It keeps workers to feel comport, happy and safe.
 Company will be avoided from unnecessary cost.
 It keeps workers awareness alive.
 Safety teaches everyone in the plant to pay attention to their workplaces and surrounding.
 It keeps customer’s confidence to do business with the company.
 Safety program is a cost-effective decision for the company.
 Safety is able to reduce employee’s turn over and increase productivity.
 Safety can prevent production process interruption and shut down

47. What is unfired pressure vessel? (2M)

An unfired pressure vessel is any type of pressure vessel that is not fired. This means that
they are not exposed to combustion or burner fire. Since it is an unfired vessel, there is a
lesser risk of overheating.
Unfired pressure vessels are very helpful in preventing corrosion by being an instrument of
heat exchange. With these vessels, the occurrence of corrosion due to extremely high
temperatures and other related factors can be prevented.
Fire Pressure vesselA fired pressure vessel is partially or totally open to burners and
combustion gases and is prone to overheating. Examples of fired vessels include thermal oil
heaters related to organic liquid piping systems as well as boilers that are used to generate hot
water or steam.

48. Define “Unit Operation” and Unit process? (2M)

Unit Operation:
A unit operation is a basic step in a process. Unit operations involve a physical change or
chemical transformation such as separation, crystallization, evaporation, filtration,
polymerization, isomerization, and other reactions. A process may require many unit
operations to obtain the desired product from the starting materials, or feed stocks.
Unit Process:
Processes that involve making chemical changes to materials, as a result of chemical reaction
taking place. For instance, in the combustion of coal, the entering and leaving materials differ
from each other chemically: coal and air enter, and flue gases and residues leave the
combustion chamber. Combustion is therefore a unit process. Unit processes are also referred
to as chemical conversions.
Together with unit operations (physical conversions), unit processes (chemical conversions)
form the basic building blocks of a chemical manufacturing process. Most chemical processes
consist of a combination of various unit operations and unit processes.
49. Explain briefly about protective precautions for toxic chemicals? (8M)
PROTECTIVE PRECAUTIONS FOR TOXIC MATERIALS
As previously indicated, exposure to toxic chemicals can seriously affect health. However, if
appropriate precautions are taken, these chemicals can be handled safely. There are a variety
of methods which provide protection from such exposures. The design of the workplace, the
work practices and hygiene practices followed and the protective equipment worn may all be
essential in controlling exposure to toxic substances. The protective measures which must be
considered include:-
1. Elimination/Substitution
Ideally, the toxic substance used or generated should be eliminated. Since this is not always
possible, substituting a less hazardous substance can often be effective in reducing work
exposure to toxic substances.
E.g. Is it necessary to use benzene for cleaning; usually, 1,1,1-trichloroethane will do the job
just as well.
2. Engineering Controls
a. Isolation
Hazardous processes or equipment can be segregated into separate rooms or areas or put in
enclosures so as not to contaminate the whole workplace.
E.g. Operator booths are common in crusher operations (extremely dusty environments),
crane cabs in hazardous areas, etc.
b. Design or Change of Process
Often simple considerations can significantly improve conditions.
E.g. packaging of exact amounts of material to add to a process rather than pouring, pumping,
scooping, etc. from a bulk supply
E.g. grouping of hazardous operations for better control.
c. Local Suppression
Wetting or pelletizing of dusty materials or blanketing of toxic liquids.
e.g. Use of damp mopping in contaminated, dusty areas
e.g. Use of plastic balls or surface active agents in liquid tanks such as plating tanks.
d. Ventilation
Ventilation is used to control airborne hazards in the form of dusts, fibres, mists, fumes, gases,
and vapours. The two methods of applying ventilation to provide contaminant control are: -
general dilution ventilation and local exhaust.
Dilution Ventilation - dilution of contaminated air with uncontaminated air in a general area,
room, or building for the purpose of health hazard, nuisance control, and/or heating and
cooling.
Local exhaust - involves the capture of pollutants at the source.
Air movement is achieved by either natural or mechanical methods such as fans, or the choice
or type of ventilation depends on such factors as:
1. Toxicity or nuisance of the contaminant
2. Method and rate of generation
3. Physical state of the contaminant
4. Relative costs of different types of ventilation.
3. Work Practices and Hygiene Practices
Work practices, procedures and hygiene practices supplement engineering controls. These
practices represent on the job activities that reduce the potential for exposure to toxic
substances and include:-
 Posting warning signs and labelling hazardous materials
 Preventive maintenance of equipment.
 Keeping records of employee exposure and making them available to employees
 Providing emergency facilities, such as eyewash fountains and deluge showers, where
appropriate
 Prohibiting eating, drinking or smoking in areas where materials in use are toxic by
ingestion or may be inhaled through smoking.
 Maintaining good housekeeping - good housekeeping provides for the removal of
hazardous materials that might otherwise become airborne. In addition, a clean workplace
tends to foster good work habits that probably reduce accumulations.
 Maintaining personal Cleanliness - clean work clothes, regular showers and frequent
washing will reduce skin contamination that may lead to skin absorption, dermatitis or
ingestion. A further consideration for personal cleanliness is the possibility of an individual
carrying toxic material home on work clothes or on the person and in turn placing the family at
risk.
 Training - Individuals should be well aware of the hazards of the materials being used
and the precautions to be observed. An informed worker can make a rational decision to
accept such work and to wisely use the equipment provided for his protection.
4. Personal Protective Devices
These include protective glasses and goggles, face shields, protective clothing (laboratory
coats and gloves), skin creams, and respirators. It should be noted that respirators in
particular, are not intended to be used as a primary means of control in lieu of other methods.
Two essential elements of protective equipment use are:-
1. The choice of the proper type.
For example, when choosing respirators and hearing protectors, the factors to be considered
include:-
o type of hazard
o extent of exposure
o individual preference
o individual fit
o ease of supervision
o legislative requirements

2. The provision of an adequate maintenance program for the equipment.

A maintenance program for the equipment must be in the care of a qualified person and will
include, at regular intervals:-
a) Inspection and Repair - All parts should be checked to be certain that materials have not
deteriorated, valves are working, etc. As necessary, equipment must be replaced or repaired.
With respirators, new filters or cartridges must be made available to workers at all times. With
self- contained breathing apparatus cylinders must recharged and all mechanisms checked.
b) Cleaning - Equipment must be cleaned, sterilized and dried after each use. While it is
referable for workers to have their own personal equipment, because of cost and other
considerations, particularly with self-contained air supplied units sharing may be necessary. In
such cases cleaning and sterilizing becomes very important.
C) Storage - Equipment should be stored in clean, dry locations protected against extremes of
temperature, humidity and sunlight.
5. Other Safe Practices and Emergency Provisions
a) Leak and Chemical Spill Procedure
Prompt action is necessary to reduce and eliminate hazards created by a chemical spill.
1. Wear proper personal protective equipment (e.g. gloves, respirators) as specified in the
MSDS.
2. Absorb or neutralize liquids.
3. Sweep solids into a container.
4. Ventilate area to dispel vapours if required.
5. Wash affected area with soap and water or detergent.
6. All materials used in clean-up, including absorbed liquids are to be disposed as
hazardous waste. Label waste appropriately.
If proper equipment is not available to safely contain and decontaminate a spill - evacuate the
area and contact the appropriate personnel.
b) Waste Disposal
The disposal of hazardous chemicals is regulated by Ontario environmental legislation.
Generators of hazardous wastes are responsible for properly packaging and labelling such
wastes.
c) Storage Requirements
The hazard potential presented by flammable, reactive and toxic substances can also be
reduced by adherence to safe storage procedures.
o Quantities of these substances should be kept to a minimum.
o All containers must be labelled with the names of the contents and appropriate hazard
warnings
o In laboratories or stockrooms, care should be taken to avoid exposure of chemicals to
heat or direct sunlight.
o Always observe precautions regarding the proximity of incompatible substances (e.g. do
not store alphabetically - store in compatible groups).
o Highly toxic chemicals should be stored in ventilated storage areas in unbreakable
chemically resistant secondary containers.
o Properly labelled portable safety cans should be used for handling small quantities of
flammable liquids. When not in use these portable cans should be kept in enclosed fire-
resistant cabinets. Larger quantities of solvents should be stored in correctly designed
ventilated stores.
o Flammable liquids should not be stored in laboratory refrigerators unless the unit is an
approved, explosion-proof, or laboratory-safe type.

50. List out chemical storage Guidelines? (8M)

Chemical Storage General Guidelines

 Secure storage areas against unauthorized removal of chemicals by students or others.

 Protect the school environment by restricting emissions from stored reagent chemicals.
Vents should be ducted to the outside.

 Where possible, storage areas should have two separate exits.

 Maintain clear access to and from the storage areas.

 Do not store chemicals in aisles or stairwells, on desks or laboratory benches, on floors

or in hallways, or in fume hoods.

 Use approved storage cabinets for flammable chemicals.

 Use an appropriate "Acid Cabinet" for any acid solutions of 6 M concentration or higher.
Nitric acid needs to be isolated.

 Use refrigerators of explosion-proof or explosion-safe design only. Do not use standard

refrigerators to store flammable chemicals. Place NO FOOD labels on refrigerators used to
store chemicals.

 Label storage areas with a general hazard symbol to identify hazardous chemicals and
indicate correct fire fighting procedures.
 File a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for every chemical stored in the laboratory.

 Store all reagent chemicals in compatible family groups. Do not alphabetize.

 Store all chemicals at eye level and below. The preferred shelving material is wood
treated with polyurethane or a similar impervious material. All shelving should have a two-inch
lip. If you use shelving with metal brackets, inspect the clips and brackets annually for
corrosion and replace as needed.

 Store chemical reagents prepared in the laboratory in plastic bottles (if possible and
appropriate to the chemical) to minimize the risk of breakage.

 Date containers upon receipt and again when opened.

 Attach chemical labels with all necessary information to all containers.

 When opening newly received reagent chemicals, immediately read the warning labels
to be aware of any special storage precautions such as refrigeration or inert atmosphere
storage.

 Test peroxide-forming substances periodically for peroxide levels; dispose of these

substances after three months unless the MSDS for the substance indicates a longer shelf life.
 Check chemical containers periodically for rust, corrosion, and leakage.

 Store bottles of especially hazardous and moisture-absorbing chemicals in chemical-

safe bags.

 Maintain a complete inventory in the room where the chemicals are stored, and make a
copy available to fire fighters.

 Keep storage areas clean and orderly at all times.

 Have spill clean-up supplies (absorbents, neutralizers) in any room where chemicals
are stored or used.

51. Explain Fire briefly? (8M)

Fire:
It is a chemical reaction between fuel and heat in the presence of oxygen.

Common factors contributing to industrial fires

Here is a quick refresher on common factors contributing to industrial fires and explosions:
Common Causal Factors:
- Design flaws in ventilation system
- Lack of hazard assessment
- Lack of prevention & mitigation
May cause explosion when:
- Dispersed in air or other oxidant
- Concentration is at or above minimum exposable concentration
- Ignition source is present
- Dust is confined
Explosions can cause major damage and even trigger secondary explosions

Classification of Fires
Should the nature and size of the fire make it controllable, use the appropriate available
extinguisher and proceed with the methods described below. Should the fire be judged
“uncontrollable”, follow the “Evacuation Procedures for Uncontrollable Fires”? In all cases, call
Public Safety at (212)854-5555 (Morningside) or (212)305-7979 (CUMC) to report the
incident. Public Safety can, along with notifying emergency responders, direct emergency
responders quickly to your location.
CLASS A. (Wood, paper, textiles, and rubber). The ABC extinguisher can extinguish this type
of fire.

CLASS B. (Flammable or combustible liquids, greases, petroleum products, solvents)

Carbon dioxide or dry chemical ABC extinguishers should be used. Carbon dioxide
extinguishers do not leave any residue, whereas dry chemical devices do. Pressurized water
units should not be used since the immiscibility of solvents and water may result in spreading
of the fire.

CLASS C. (Live electrical equipment involved in a fire). If possible, turn off the electrical
power to the devices, and then use either the dry chemical extinguisher or a carbon dioxide or
halon extinguisher, if available.

CLASS D. (Sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium and other metals)

If sodium, potassium, magnesium, or any other flammable metal powders are to be used in a
laboratory, call EH&S for guidance on the appropriate dry powder-extinguishing agent. A
specific "Class D" (dry powder) extinguishing agent such as graphite, limestone, sand or
sodium carbonate must be made available for fire emergency before work is started.

Class K
Class K Fires are fires that involve cooking oils, grease or animal fat and can be extinguished
using Purple K, the typical agent found in kitchen or galley extinguishers.

52. What are the basic safety practices for flammable and combustible liquids? (8M)

Following these basic safe practices will help protect you from the hazards of flammable and
combustible liquids:
 Obtain and read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for all of the materials you
work with.
 Be aware of all of the hazards (fire/explosion, health, chemical reactivity) of the
materials you work with.
 Know which of the materials that you work with flammable or combustible liquids are.
 Eliminate ignition sources (sparks, smoking, flames, hot surfaces) when working with
flammable and combustible liquids.
 Use the smallest amount of flammable liquid necessary in the work area.
 Keep storage areas cool and dry.
 Store flammable and combustible liquids away from incompatible materials (e.g.,
oxidizers).
 Use approved containers for disposal of rags and other work.
 Store, handle and use flammable and combustible liquids in well-ventilated areas.
 Use approved equipment, including labelled safety containers, for flammable and
combustible liquids.
 Keep containers closed when not in use.
 Bond and ground metal containers when transferring flammable and combustible
liquids.
 Practice good housekeeping and equipment maintenance. Keep area clear of burnable
materials.
 Wear the proper personal protective equipment for each of the jobs you do.
 Know how to handle emergencies (fires, spills, personal injury) involving the flammable
and combustible liquids you work with.
 Follow the health and safety rules that apply to your job.

53. Explain about emergency action plan (EAP)? (8M)

Emergency Action Plan
The purpose of an EAP is to facilitate and organize employer and employee actions during
workplace emergencies. Well-developed emergency plans and proper employee training (such
that employees understand their roles and responsibilities within the plan) will result in fewer
and less severe employee injuries and less structural damage to the facility during
emergencies. A poorly prepared plan, likely will lead to a disorganized evacuation or
emergency response, resulting in confusion, injury, and property damage.

Minimum Requirements
Putting together a comprehensive emergency action plan that deals with those issues specific
to your worksite is not difficult. It involves taking what was learned from your workplace
evaluation and describing how employees will respond to different types of emergencies,
taking into account your specific worksite layout, structural features, and emergency systems.
Most organizations find it beneficial to include a diverse group of representatives
(management and employees) in this planning process and to meet frequently to review
progress and allocate development tasks. The commitment and support of all employees is
critical to the plan's success in the event of an emergency; ask for their help in establishing
and implementing your emergency action plan. For smaller organizations, the plan does not
need to be written and may be communicated orally if there are 10 or fewer employees. [29
CFR 1910.38(b)]
At a minimum, the plan must include but is not limited to the following elements [29 CFR
1910.38(c)]:
 Means of reporting fires and other emergencies
 Evacuation procedures and emergency escape route assignments
 Procedures for employees who remain to operate critical plant operations before they
evacuate
 Accounting for all employees after an emergency evacuation has been completed
 Rescue and Medical Duties for Employees Performing Them
 Names or job titles of persons who can be contacted
Although they are not specifically required by OSHA, you may find it helpful to include the
following in your plan:
 A description of the alarm system to be used to notify employees (including disabled
employees) to evacuate and/or take other actions. The alarms used for different actions should
be distinctive and might include horn blasts, sirens, or even public address systems.
 The site of an alternative communications centre to be used in the event of a fire or
explosion.

Emergency Action Plan Checklist

Drafting an emergency action plan (EAP) is not enough to ensure the safety of your
employees. When an evacuation is necessary, you will need responsible, trained individuals
who can supervise and coordinate activities to ensure a safe and successful evacuation. An
EAP will be useful only if its content is up to date and employees are sufficiently educated and
trained before an actual evacuation. The following sections will help you successfully develop
and implement your plan:
 Development of an emergency action plan
 Authority
 Employee training and plan review
 Plan review, coordination, and update

54. Write short notes on UN classification of hazardous good? (2M & 8M)
Hazard Classes and U.N. Markings
A. Packages containing dangerous goods must be durably marked with the correct technical
name and with distinctive labels or stencils of the labels.
B. The International Maritime Organization (IMO) classifies dangerous goods into nine hazard
classes. Diamond labels denote the hazards involved by means of colors and symbols.
C. Some hazard classes are further subdivided into hazard divisions due to their wide scopes.

There are nine (9) hazard classes. Their order does not indicate degree of danger.
1. Explosives - This class has six divisions; in addition, this class has 13 compatibility groups
that identify the kind of explosive articles and substances deemed to be compatible, which is
very important when handling this type of cargo.

2. Gases - This class comprises compressed gases, liquefied gases, gases in solution, and
mixtures of one or more gases with one or more vapors of substances of other classes. This
class is organized into three subdivisions based on the primary hazards of gases during
transport.
Flammable Liquids - This class has no subdivisions and includes liquids or mixtures of liquids,
liquids containing solids in solution or in suspension that give off a flammable vapor at a
temperature of not more than 60.5° C (150° F) open-cup test, normally referred to as the flash
point. For example, paints, varnishing, lacquers, etc.
Flammable Solids - This class is divided into three divisions and includes all flammable solids
and substances liable to spontaneous combustion or substances that emit flammable gases in
contact with water.
Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides - This class has two divisions:
a. Division 5.1 - Oxidizing Substances, which themselves are not necessarily combustible, but
may generally cause or contribute to the combustion of other material by yielding oxygen.
b. Division 5.2 - Organic Peroxides, which are substances that are thermally unstable and may
undergo exothermic, self-accelerating decomposition. They are sensitive to impact and friction.
2. Toxic Materials and Infectious Substances - This class has two divisions:
a. Division 6.1 - Toxic Substances, which are liable to cause death if swallowed, inhaled or
contacted by the skin.
b. Division 6.2 - Infectious Substances, which include all those substances that are infectious
to humans and/or animals, and which include microorganisms and organisms, biological
products, diagnostic specimens, and medical waste.

3. Radioactive Materials - Radioactive materials are articles or substances, which

spontaneously and continuously emit certain types of radiation that can be harmful to health
but which cannot be detected by any of the human senses. In this group, the principal
considerations are the article activity and the transport index (TI), which is a single number,
assigned to a cargo and is used to provide control of radiation exposure.
4. Corrosives - Substances that in the event of leakage can cause severe damage by chemical
action when in contact with living tissue or that can materially damage other freight or the
means of transport.
5. Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods - Articles and substances that during air transport present
a danger not covered by other classes.
 IS-07

1. State the classification of fires? (2M)

2. Explain “colour coding of pipelines”? (8M)
3. Write the advantages and Disadvantages of fire Extinguishers? (2M & 8M)
4. Define Deflagration and Detonation? (2M)
5. What are the Standards components of Fire weather Index? Explain? (8M)
6. What is purpose and objective of work permit system? (2M)
7. Write the difference of
(a) Vent pipe and over flow pipe
(b) Safety valve and Rupture Disc (8M)
8. List out the classification of Explosive Material? (2M)
9. Write a short note on “Fired pressure vessel? (2M)
10. Define corrosion Explain the types of corrosion? (8M)
12. List down the important points for prevention of corrosion in pipelines carrying liquid chemicals?
(8M)
13. What is zoning? Explain types of Zones? (2M)
14. State hazard area classification for flammable gases and vapours? (8M)
15. Write short notes on rupture Disc? (2M)
16. Tabulate the effects of the Inhalation of fumes? (8M)
17. What are the protective precautions for toxic materials? (2M)
18. 18. What are the precautions to be taken in storing pesticides? (2M)
19. List out successful safety program Ingredients? (2M)
20. Write short notes on zoning? (2M)
21. Write the difference between unit operation & unit process? (2M)
22. List out the precautions when working with anhydrous ammonia? (2M)
23. What is meant by Auto Ignition Temperature? (2M)
24. What is combustible dust? (2M)
25. What is entry permits system? What Information it discloses? (8M)
26. Define fire Tetrahedron? (2M)
27. Name four Inspection techniques explain any one of them? (2M)
28. (a) Write on the chemistry of fire (8M)
29. What is meant by Fire Explosion and its effects? (2M)
30. Explain the function procedures of different flame defectors? (8M)
31. Explain routes of entry of pesticides into human body? (8M)
32. List out the precautions for use of explosives? (8M)
33. List out the precautions to be observed during blasting? (8M)
34. 34. What is work permit system? (2M)
35. Discuss the Importance of MSDS. What are the main heading in an MSDS and what kind of
information do they contain? (8M)
35. Define hazardous process as per the Factories act and list ten chemicals covered under schedule 1?
(8M)
36. What is Toxin? List and types of toxins? (2M)
37. What is meant by chemical compatibility? (2M)
38. List out the characteristics of Dry chemical powder? (2M)
39. What is the difference between deflagration and detonation? (2M)
40. What are the precautions to be observed during Blasting? (8M)
41. What are the Classification of Hazardous Material? (2M)
42. List out the general precaution to be taken for cabinet and shelf storage? (8M)
43. What are the locations to use of Explosives? (2M)
44. What are the advantages of safety programmers? (8M)
45. What is unfired pressure vessel? (2M)
46. Define “Unit Operation” and Unit process? (2M)
47. Explain briefly about protective precautions for toxic chemicals? (8M)
48. List out chemical storage Guidelines? (8M)
49. Explain Fire briefly? (8M)
50. What are the basic safety practices for flammable and combustible liquids? (8M)
51. Explain about emergency action plan (EAP)? (8M)
52. Write short notes on UN classification of hazardous good? (2M & 8M)
 IS-08

1. Write about the functions of welfare board? (2M)

2. Explain the types of ladders and safety of the ladders utilization? (8M)
3. WHAT ARE THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO STORE DANGEROUSLY REACTIVE MATERIALS?
(2M)
4. LIST FEW TYPES OF OCCUPATIONAL HAZARDS? (2M)
5. WHAT ARE THE HEALTH EFFECTS DUE TO ASPHALT FUMES? HOW TO CONTROL POLLUTION
IN ASPHALT PLANT? (8M)
6. What are the safety precautions while using stair case? (2M)
7. State the types of demolition and Explain in detail? (8M)
8. What is the purpose of conducting accident investigation? (2M)
9. State the types of scaffolds? (2M & 8M)
10. What are the roles and responsibilities of construction safety officer and safety
committee? (8M)
11. What are the occupational diseases generally encountered by construction workers?
Explain in details about at least two occupational diseases? (8M)
12. What types of information should be issued to the scaffold contractor at the time of
planning? (8M)
13. What are the safe access provisions required at workplace? (2M)
14. Explain with a schematic diagram, what are different ways by which Electric shock occurs?
Write briefly about earthing? (8M)
15. State the types of soils? (2M)
16. Explain the types of Trench failures? (8M)
17. What is shielding? (2M)
18. Write safety measures while handling glass materials? (2M)
19. List out the elements in pre work planning? (8M)
20. List out precautions followed by constructions employers & machinery operators? (8M)
21. List out health safety issues and their preventive measures the glaziers? (8M)
22. Write the concept of maximum allowable slopes? (2M)
23. Prepare a Safety checklist at the time of demolition activity? (8M)
24. What is maintenance and explain its types? (2M)
25. What is meant by Hazardous Atmosphere? (2M)
26. List out safe operating procedures (SOP)’s and rules for motor powered trucks? (8M)
27. What are the basic safe practices when working with dangerously reactive liquids and
solids? (8M)
28. List out points in ore demolition checklist? (8M)
29. What is meant by scaffold? (2M)
30. Write about perimeter fencing? (2M)
31. What are various ways to improving housekeeping at worksite, what is an Example of a
workplace housekeeping checklist for construction sites? (8M)
32. List out the heavy equipment used in construction and List out safety rules maintained by
the heavy equipment operators while in operation? (8M)
33. Prepare safety checklist for erection and dismantling of Scaffold?
34. Define Excavation and confined space? (2M)
35. What are the common demolition nusense factors? (2M)
36. How to use pneumatic tools safely? (2M)
37. List out steps in stair case safety? (2M)
38. Write short notes on suspended scaffold? (2M)
39. Define the hazardous for floor openings? (2M)
40. List out precautions for floor openings? (2M)
41. List out the fire safety measures as per national building code? (8M)
42. List out the safety measures in piling operation? (2M)
43. What are the welfare measures for construction workers? (2M)
44. What are the important precautions shall be taken during loading and unloading of
petroleum product? (8M)
45. What are the hazards in crane operation? (2M)
46. State the health effects to painters and List out the prevention measures from hazards?
(8M)
47. List out air hoses handling steps? (8M)
48. List out general requirements of stair rails and handrails? (8M)
49. What is meant by Demolition? (2M)
50. Explain types of Excavations? (8M)
51. What is the purpose of workplace housekeeping? (2M)
52. What is sign board? Explain? (2M)
53. What are excavation hazards? (2M)
54. List out the hazards by motor powered tricks? (2M)
 IS-08

1. Write about the functions of welfare board? (2M)

Welfare Board
The scheme under the Workers Act, seeks to provide safety, health and welfare to the building and
construction worker, by establishing Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Boards,
which are required to generate revenues by implementing the Cess Act.

Section 2(K) defines "fund” to mean the Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Fund of
a Board constituted under sub-section (1) of Section 24.
The Government of Maharashtra vide Notification No.DCA-2009/CR-8/7A dated 1st May 2011 has
constituted "The Maharashtra Building and Other Construction Workers’ Welfare Board” (as per
provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 18)

Functions of the Board

 Registration of building workers as beneficiaries,
 Issuance of identity cards to beneficiaries,
 maintaining of registers of beneficiaries,
 To collect contribution of building workers, and if the beneficiary is unable to pay his
contribution due to any financial hardship, the Board can waive the payment of such contribution
for a period not exceeding three months at a time
 Formulate and implement schemes for welfare of beneficiaries.

2. Explain the types of ladders and safety of the ladders utilization? (8M)

Ladder Categories
-300 pounds extra heavy duty
-250 pounds, heavy duty
-225 pounds, medium duty
-200 pounds, light duty

Fixed Ladder – A ladder that cannot be easily moved or carried, and may be an integral part of a
structure.

Policy
All Tufts employees and students who use ladders should have Ladder Safety Training.
Ladder Safety Training will consist of recognition of possible hazards associated with ladder use,
proper maintenance and safety precautions to be taken when using ladders.
All employees and students who use ladders at Tufts must inspect them for defects or possible
hazards before the ladders are used. Ladders with loose parts or faulty rungs should be taken out of
service immediately.
Ladders that are taken out of service should be tagged "Defective" and removed from the work
area.
Whenever possible have someone within shouting distance while on a ladder.

Safe Ladder Setup

1. All ladders must be placed on firm ground.
2. Do not set ladders on boxes, blocks or other objects that might move.
3. Do not lean or reach out while standing on ladders.
4. Secure ladders whenever a danger of slippage might occur.
5. Do not use ladders in high wind or during inclement weather conditions.
6. Never set up ladders in front of or around doors, unless the door is posted or locked.
7. Do not sit on ladders.
8. Use safety shoes or other rubber sole shoes when climbing a ladder.

Climbing and Standing on Ladders Safely

Always face a ladder when climbing up or down.
Avoid carrying materials or tools when climbing a ladder. Climb the ladder first then pull up the
materials with a rope.
Rungs and steps should be clear of grease, oil, wet paint, snow, and ice before climbing.
Do not climb onto a ladder from the side.
Do not slide down a ladder.
Climb or stand on a ladder with your feet in the center of the rung.
Do not stand on the top rung or step of a ladder.

Proper Use and Care of Ladders

Never use metal ladders near exposed electrical wires.
Place warning signs or setup barriers around a ladder before use.
Do not move a ladder while someone is on it.
Never use a ladder when under the influence of alcohol or prescription medications.
Do not leave tools or materials on top of ladders.
Only one person should be on a ladder at a time.
Do not use a ladder on a scaffold.
Do not try to rock a ladder to move it.
Store wood ladders where they will not be exposed to the elements.
Make sure ladders are properly secured when transported.
Do not paint wood ladders. Painting could hide potentially dangerous defects.
Remove defective ladders from service.

Step Ladder Safety

Never use a stepladder over 20 feet in length.
Always open a stepladder completely and make sure the spreader is locked before use.
Do not stand higher than the second step from the top of a step ladder.
Do not straddle a stepladder.

Extension Ladder Safety

The sections of an extension ladder should overlap enough to retain the strength of the ladder.
Never splice or tie two short ladders together.
When using a ladder for access to a landing, it must extend 3 rungs or 3 feet above the landing.
The top of an extension ladder should rest against a flat, firm surface.
Elevate and extend these extension ladders only from the ground.
When practical, secure extension ladders at both the base and the top.

Extension Ladder Setup

Lay the ladder on the ground when it is collapsed.
Have someone foot the ladder or make sure it is braced against something.
Pick up the ladder and walk it to an upright position, making sure it will not be obstructed by trees
or wires.
Slide the bottom of the ladder outwards to the proper angle and set the feet correctly.
Then extend the ladder by pulling the extension line.
Make sure the rungs on the upper half of the ladder are properly secured by the locking
mechanism.
If possible, tie the ladder off or have someone steady the ladder as you climb it.

Fixed Ladder Safety

Fixed ladders must be secured to the object they are attached to.
Fixed ladders over 20 feet must have a safety cage surrounding the ladder.
The safety cage should have 15" clearance to all points from the center.
Defects in fixed ladders should be repaired as soon as possible.
When a defect is not repairable the ladder must be taken out of service.
Length of Required
Ladder overlap
Up to 36′ 3 Feet
Over 36’to 48′ 4 Feet
Over 48′ to 60′ 5 Ft

3. WHAT ARE THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO STORE DANGEROUSLY REACTIVE MATERIALS?

(2M)
STORE DANGEROUSLY REACTIVE MATERIALS IN AREAS WHICH ARE:
 WELL VENTILATED.
 SUPPLIED WITH ADEQUATE FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SPRINKLERS
(SPRINKLERS MAY NOT BE ALLOWED IN AREAS WHERE MATERIALS THAT REACT DANGEROUSLY
WITH WATER ARE PRESENT).
 SUPPLIED WITH SUITABLE SPILL CLEAN-UP EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS.
 FREE OF IGNITION SOURCES SUCH AS SPARKS, FLAMES, BURNING TOBACCO OR HOT
SURFACES.
 ACCESSIBLE AT ALL TIMES.
 LABELLED WITH SUITABLE WARNING SIGNS

4. LIST FEW TYPES OF OCCUPATIONAL HAZARDS? (2M)

OCCUPATIONAL HAZARDS:
• PHYSICAL HAZARDS
• MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
• BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
• PSYCHOLOGICAL HAZARDS
• RADIATION HAZARDS

5. WHAT ARE THE HEALTH EFFECTS DUE TO ASPHALT FUMES? HOW TO CONTROL POLLUTION
IN ASPHALT PLANT? (8M)

ASPHALT FUMES HAZARD SUMMARY:

• ASPHALT CAN AFFECT YOU WHEN BREATHED IN.
• EXTRACTS OF CERTAIN ASPHALTS HAVE BEEN SHOWN TO CAUSE CANCER IN ANIMALS.
• ASPHALT FUMES CAN IRRITATE THE EYES ON CONTACT.
• BREATHING ASPHALT FUMES CAN IRRITATE THE NOSE, THROAT AND LUNGS CAUSING COUGHING,
WHEEZING AND/OR SHORTNESS OF BREATH.
• CONTACT CAN IRRITATE AND CAUSE SEVERE BURNS OF THE SKIN AND MAY CAUSE DERMATITIS
AND ACNE-LIKE LESIONS.
• EXPOSURE TO ASPHALT FUMES CAN CAUSE HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, NAUSEA AND VOMITING.
• LONG-TERM CONTACT CAN CAUSE SKIN PIGMENT CHANGE WHICH IS MADE WORSE BY SUNLIGHT
EXPOSURE.
• CUTBACK AND RAPID CURING ASPHALT ARE FLAMMABLE AND FIRE HAZARDS.
• ASPHALT IS DERIVED FROM PETROLEUM.
• ASPHALT AND COAL TAR PITCH ARE DIFFERENT. IF YOU ARE ACTUALLY WORKING WITH COAL TAR
CHEMICALS,

WORKPLACE EXPOSURE LIMITS:

• NIOSH: THE RECOMMENDED AIRBORNE EXPOSURE LIMIT IS 5MG/M3, WHICH SHOULD NOT BE
EXCEEDED DURING ANY 15-MINUTE PERIOD.
• ACGIH: THE RECOMMENDED AIRBORNE EXPOSURE LIMIT IS 0.5MG/M3 (FOR THE INHALABLE
FRACTION OF THE BENZENE -SOLUBLE AEROSOL), AVERAGED OVER AN 8-HOUR WORK SHIFT.

WAYS OF REDUCING EXPOSURE:

• WHERE POSSIBLE, ENCLOSE OPERATIONS AND USE LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION AT THE SITE OF
CHEMICAL RELEASE. IF LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION OR ENCLOSURE IS NOT USED, RESPIRATORS
SHOULD BE WORN.
• WEAR PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING.
• WASH THOROUGHLY IMMEDIATELY AFTER EXPOSURE TO ASPHALT AND AT THE END OF THE
WORK SHIFT.
• POST HAZARD AND WARNING INFORMATION IN THE WORK AREA. IN ADDITION, AS PART OF AN
ON-GOING EDUCATION AND TRAINING EFFORT, COMMUNICATE ALL INFORMATION ON THE
HEALTH AND SAFETY HAZARDS OF ASPHALT TO POTENTIALLY EXPOSED WORKERS.

ACUTE HEALTH EFFECTS:

• THE FOLLOWING ACUTE (SHORT-TERM) HEALTH EFFECTS MAY OCCUR IMMEDIATELY OR SHORTLY
AFTER EXPOSURE TO ASPHALT:
• ASPHALT FUMES CAN IRRITATE THE EYES ON CONTACT.
• BREATHING ASPHALT FUMES CAN IRRITATE THE NOSE, THROAT AND LUNGS CAUSING COUGHING,
WHEEZING AND/OR SHORTNESS OF BREATH.
• CONTACT CAN IRRITATE AND CAUSE SEVERE BURNS OF THE SKIN AND MAY CAUSE DERMATITIS
AND ACNE-LIKE LESIONS.
• EXPOSURE TO ASPHALT FUMES CAN CAUSE HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, NAUSEA AND VOMITING.

CHRONIC HEALTH EFFECTS

• THE FOLLOWING CHRONIC (LONG-TERM) HEALTH EFFECTS CAN OCCUR AT SOME TIME AFTER
EXPOSURE TO
• ASPHALT AND CAN LAST FOR MONTHS OR YEARS:

CANCER HAZARD:
• WHILE ASPHALT HAS NOT BEEN IDENTIFIED AS A CARCINOGEN, IT SHOULD BE HANDLED WITH
CAUTION SINCE EXTRACTS OF CERTAIN ASPHALTS HAVE BEEN SHOWN TO CAUSE CANCER IN
ANIMALS.
• REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD
• ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION PRESENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF
HEALTH AND SENIOR SERVICES, ASPHALT HAS NOT BEEN TESTED FOR ITS ABILITY TO AFFECT
REPRODUCTION.
OTHER LONG-TERM EFFECTS:
• LONG-TERM CONTACT CAN CAUSE SKIN PIGMENT CHANGE WHICH IS MADE WORSE BY SUNLIGHT
EXPOSURE.
• ASPHALT FUMES CAN IRRITATE THE LUNGS. REPEATED EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE BRONCHITIS TO
DEVELOP WITH COUGH, PHLEGM, AND/OR SHORTNESS OF BREATH.

PLACE CONTROLS AND PRACTICES:

• UNLESS A LESS TOXIC CHEMICAL CAN BE SUBSTITUTED FOR A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE,
ENGINEERING CONTROLS ARE THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAY OF REDUCING EXPOSURE. THE BEST
PROTECTION IS TO ENCLOSE OPERATIONS AND/OR PROVIDE LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION AT THE
SITE OF CHEMICAL RELEASE. ISOLATING OPERATIONS CAN ALSO REDUCE EXPOSURE. USING
RESPIRATORS OR PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IS LESS EFFECTIVE THAN THE CONTROLS MENTIONED
ABOVE, BUT IS SOMETIMES NECESSARY. IN EVALUATING THE CONTROLS PRESENT IN YOUR
WORKPLACE, CONSIDER:
• (1) HOW HAZARDOUS THE SUBSTANCE IS, (2) HOW MUCH OF THE SUBSTANCE IS RELEASED INTO
THE WORKPLACE AND (3) WHETHER HARMFUL SKIN OR EYE CONTACT COULD OCCUR. SPECIAL
CONTROLS SHOULD BE IN PLACE FOR HIGHLY TOXIC CHEMICALS OR WHEN SIGNIFICANT SKIN, EYE,
OR BREATHING EXPOSURES ARE POSSIBLE.

IN ADDITION, THE FOLLOWING CONTROLS ARE RECOMMENDED:

• WHERE POSSIBLE, AUTOMATICALLY PUMP LIQUID ASPHALT FROM DRUMS OR OTHER STORAGE
CONTAINERS TO PROCESS CONTAINERS.
• BEFORE ENTERING A CONFINED SPACE WHERE ASPHALT MAY BE PRESENT, CHECK TO MAKE SURE
THAT AN EXPLOSIVE CONCENTRATION DOES NOT EXIST.
• GOOD WORK PRACTICES CAN HELP TO REDUCE HAZARDOUS EXPOSURES. THE FOLLOWING WORK
PRACTICES ARE RECOMMENDED:
• WORKERS WHOSE CLOTHING HAS BEEN CONTAMINATED BY ASPHALT SHOULD CHANGE INTO
CLEAN CLOTHING PROMPTLY.
• CONTAMINATED WORK CLOTHES SHOULD BE LAUNDERED BY INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE BEEN
INFORMED OF THE HAZARDS OF EXPOSURE TO ASPHALT.
• EYE WASH FOUNTAINS SHOULD BE PROVIDED IN THE IMMEDIATE WORK AREA FOR EMERGENCY
USE.
• IF THERE IS THE POSSIBILITY OF SKIN EXPOSURE, EMERGENCY SHOWER FACILITIES SHOULD BE
PROVIDED.
• ON SKIN CONTACT WITH ASPHALT, IMMEDIATELY WASH OR SHOWER TO REMOVE THE
CHEMICAL. AT THE END OF THE WORK SHIFT, WASH ANY AREAS OF THE BODY THAT MAY HAVE
CONTACTED ASPHALT, WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN SKIN CONTACT HAS OCCURRED.
 Do not eat, smoke, or drink where Asphalt is handled, processed, or stored, since the
chemical can be swallowed. Wash hands carefully before eating, drinking, applying cosmetics,
smoking, or using the toilet.

6. What are the safety precautions while using stair case? (2M)

STAIR CASE SAFETY

One of the most important things you can do when ascending or descending stairs is to utilize the
handrail. Holding on to the handrail give you a two points of contact and balance at all times. Here
are some other tips:
 Never run up or down stairs
 Never read papers while using stairs.
 Focus on the stairs, not conversations or other distractions that may be present.
 Always look straight ahead when using stairs.
 Only take one step at a time.
 Get help if you have to carry something up or down stairs.
 Ensure you always have at least 1 hand free when using stairs.
 If the steps are located outside, be extremely careful if it is raining or snowing.

7. State the types of demolition and Explain in detail? (8M)

Demolition is the tearing-down of buildings and other structures. Demolition contrasts with
deconstruction, which involves taking a building apart while carefully preserving valuable elements
for re-use.
For small buildings, such as houses, that are only two or three stories high, demolition is a rather
simple process. The building is pulled down either manually or mechanically using large hydraulic
equipment: elevated work platforms, cranes, excavators or bulldozers. Larger buildings may require
the use of a wrecking ball, a heavy weight on a cable that is swung by a crane into the side of the
buildings. Wrecking balls are especially effective against masonry, but are less easily controlled and
often less efficient than other methods. Newer methods may use rotational hydraulic shears and
silenced rock-breakers attached to excavators to cut or break through wood, steel, and concrete.
The use of shears is especially common when flame cutting would be dangerous.
Demolition Method: Implosion
Implosion is a violent bursting inward that allows the sequential elimination of structure supports.
Enough explosives are used to eliminate the critical vertical structural supports. The placement of
the charges and the sequential detonation timing is if vital importance, allowing the collapse of the
building induced by the weight of the structure. Implosion demolition methods are used in urban
areas and often involve large structures.
For a successful demolition a complete set of structural blueprints must be analyzed to study the
main component of such building. Also another important step is to have the blaster crew complete
an assessment of the structure of the buildings to identify other areas that need to be blasted, in
addition to the ones identify on the blueprints. As a final step is important to decide the type of
explosives to use, where to position them in the building and how to time their detonations
High Reach Arm
High reach arm is another traditional method of demolition. The threshold for defining a high reach
demolition is when it reaches a height of more than 20 meters. This method is usually formed by a
base machine (excavator, tank, engine, counterweights), a demolition arm consisting of three
sections or by a telescopic boom and a primary tool attached to the base machine (crushers, shears,
hammers) High reach demolition machines can be equipped with different tools to make them
suitable for executing demolitions of structures. This method is used on reinforced concrete,
masonry, steel and mixed material structures. The machines used in this type of demolition are not
the only machines used in the process; there must be additional components used for secondary
operations such as crunching of material. Several factors control the method like the height of the
structure being demolished, site conditions and structure shape.
Demolition Method: Crane & Ball
One of the oldest and most commonly used methods for building demolition, the ball and crane use
a wrecking ball weighing up to 13,500 pounds to demolish concrete and masonry structures. During
the process, the ball is either dropped onto or swung into the structure that is to be demolished.
The ball and crane, however, is unsuitable for all demolition applications. Some limitations:
 Additional work removing rebar in concrete structures is needed.
 Only highly skilled and experienced crane operators should be used on ball and crane
demolition
 Smoothness in controlling the swing of the ball is CRITICAL since missing the target may tip
or overload the crane.
 The size of the building that can be demolished with this method is limited by crane size
and working room, including proximity to power lines.
 This form of demolition creates a great deal of dust, vibrations and noise

Selective Demolition
Also known as strip-out, this process is very popular right now. As recycling and salvaging of
material are very attractive to builders during these days, allowing them to re-use material or
recycle it. Selective interior / exterior demolition or recycle of wood, brick, metals and concrete are
all recycled for future use in new structures blending the old with the new. This demolition process
is not limited to removal of interior equipment, walls, floor, ceilings and exterior components. The
main purpose of this method is to recover the maximum amount of primarily reusable and
secondary recyclable material in a safe and cost-effective procedure. Although it is a labor intensive
process and can be very difficult to achieve in a timely and economical manner for light framed
buildings.
PRIOR TO DEMOLITION
Pre-demolition survey of each building
• Pre-construction activities and site mobilization
• Verification of utility disconnects and isolations by others
• Removal of remaining chemicals and hazardous materials
• Removal of asbestos containing materials (ACM) and lead-based paint (LBP) mitigation, as
necessary
• Demolition of existing buildings.
• Removal of demolition debris and material to appropriate offsite disposal/recycling facilities.

Demolition Planning
Most building demolition planning can be addressed and adequately handled by the project team.
However, additional demolition planning expertise is sometimes warranted in some situations. For
example, demolition planning is especially crucial for projects in which the removal of materials
poses risks to the safety of people or adjacent property. For instance, the following situations may
require a higher level of planning rigor and analysis:
• A structure to be demolished is close to others (e.g., in highly congested down town areas).
A contaminated structure requires special demolition techniques and material handling to avoid
exacerbating dangerous conditions.
• A structure to be demolished has historic significance.
• A building with special construction features requires special demolition techniques (e.g., post-
tensioned concrete structures, buildings with significant structural damage, etc.).
• Portions of an existing facility must be kept in operation while demolition work is carried out in
adjacent portions.
• Assets of high value are to be salvaged for sale or for reuse.
For these project situations, among others, demolition contractors ultimately determine which
demolition methods and techniques are used

COMMON DEMOLITION NUSENSE FACTORS

Dust. is one of the most frequent problems caused by any demolition project. New technology has
made it possible for equipment to control fugitive dust more effectively, preventing it from
becoming a nuisance to neighbours and workers. Dust emissions can also be reduced by modifying
demolition methods.
Noise. Noise levels on any construction project can be mitigated by using properly equipped sound
suppression devices on heavy equipment and by scheduling noisy work activities to avoid, or at
least reduce, noise levels during evening hours or special events.
Vibration. Vibration from demolition activities can be annoying to neighbors and, in some cases,
can damage nearby structures. Work methods and scheduling can be effective means of controlling
vibration-related problems.
PERMIT FOR DEMOLITION
When Is A Demolition Permit Required?
A demolition permit is required when any building is being razed or removed in its entirety from a
lot. For structures 25 years and older (not single-family dwellings) which have demolition permits.
What is the Purpose?
The purpose of a demolition permit is to ensure that the lot is clear of debris and other health
hazard material and that the utility connections have been plugged and sealed.
Hazards that should be identified and controlled appropriately include (but are not limited to):
 falling/flying objects and debris;
 falls from height;
 dust;
 noise/vibration;
 fire/explosion;
 unintentional collapse of the structure;
 hazardous substances and materials; and
 Heavy machinery movements, including truck movements on and off the site.
PRE DEMOLITION CHECKS
Site inspection
 The demolition contractor must check the site, building or structure, its contents and
environment for likely hazards. These include:
 asbestos-containing materials;
 PCBs and other toxic substances (including lead, pesticides, timber treatment chemicals);
 hazardous and flammable substances;
 electric power lines, cables or transformers;
 gas supply lines;
 fire alarm and riser services, including water, telephone and electrical;
 fire extinguishers and other compressed gas containers;
 biological hazards, including sewage, rotten matter (food waste, for example), bird guano,
fleas, rodent and animal faces, hypodermic needles and other matter that may pose a risk to the
health of employees and others;

8. What is the purpose of conducting accident investigation? (2M)

The purpose of conducting Accident Investigation:

 To reveal the Facts
 To find the root causes
 To avoid the Repetition

9. State the types of scaffolds? (2M & 8M)

TYPES OF SCAFFOLDINGS
Supported Scaffolding
This is the most commonly used form of scaffolding and is the type that you will see being used in
construction work and on most other forms of work where elevation is required. Extra support may
be required if the scaffolding will be long or required to take a lot of weight.
Supported scaffolding is built from the base upwards, and will normally be used wherever possible.
It is considered the easiest, most convenient, safest, and most cost effective form of scaffolding
construct. Different forms of supported scaffolding are available, and each will serve a very specific
purpose and used in specific circumstances.
Suspended Scaffolding
Suspended scaffolding is typically suspended from a roof or other tall construct. It is most
commonly used when it is not possible to construct a base, or where access to upper levels may be
required, and the building of scaffolding from floor to the required level would be impractical.
This type of scaffolding is commonly used by window cleaners on tall buildings, but may also be
seen where repairs are needed to the exterior of upper levels of similarly tall buildings. Supported
scaffolding is usually preferred where possible.
Rolling Scaffolding
Rolling scaffolding is a similar type of construct to supported scaffolding, but rather than offering a
stable base, it uses castor style wheels that enable the base to be moved. This is a useful form of
scaffolding when you need to complete work over a longer distance than a single scaffolding
construction would permit should be locked when workers or materials are on the scaffolding, in
order to ensure the safety of those using it, and those around it.
Mobile Scaffolding
There are a number of factors to consider when deciding whether to use static or mobile
scaffolding. Ease of access is one such consideration, along with the amount of movement on the
scaffolding itself. Where possible, you should rely on the use of a single scaffolding structure, or a
number of structures, because mobile units, while perfectly safe when well-constructed and used
properly, do pose more of a hazard than mobile constructs.
Most scaffolding is considered semi-permanent. Once used, it can be taken apart and moved to
another location before it is constructed again. Fixed scaffolding can be left in position for longer
periods of time, making it especially useful in those situations where permanent access may be
needed to elevated positions.
Aerial Lifts
Aerial lifts should be used where workers need to be able to access a number of levels in order to
be able to complete a construction. For example, if building work is being completed on the outside
of a multi-story property and both workers and materials will be needed to work outside two or
more floors, at different times, then an aerial lift will make it easier and safer to lift even large
amounts of material, and multiple workers to the levels required.

10. What are the roles and responsibilities of construction safety officer and safety committee?
(8M)

Roles and Responsibilities of safety officer in construction:

A construction safety officer ensures that construction workers are following established policies
and safety regulations. A construction safety officer may take on additional roles and
responsibilities, but their primary job is helping to create safer construction sites. Construction
safety officers work closely with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
A construction safety officer:
 Inspects the site to ensure it is a hazard-free environment.
 Verifies that all tools and equipment are adequate and safe for use.
 Promotes safe practices at the job site.
 Enforces safety guidelines.
 Trains and carries out drills and exercises on how to manage emergency situations.
 Conducts investigations of all accidents and near-misses.
 Reports to concerned authorities as requested or mandated by regulations.
 Conducts job hazard analyses.
 Establishes safety standards and policies as needed.
 Performs emergency response drills.
 Watches out for the safety of all workers and works to protect them from entering
hazardous situations.
  Responds to employees’ safety concerns.
 Coordinates registration and removal of hazardous waste.
 Serves as the link between state and local agencies and contractors.
 Receives reports from and responds to orders issued by Department of Labor inspectors.
 Arranges for OSHA mandated testing and/or evaluations of the workplace by external
agencies/consultants.
Roles and Responsibilities of safety committee in construction:
 Review the measures taken to ensure the health and safety of the workers.
 Planning for control of physical hazards such as guarding of machinery, supply of tools, and
guarded equipment.
 Promotion of health and safety of the workers through coordinative functions.
 Arouse and maintain workers interest in safety.
 Safety training
 Investigation of accidents
 Study of accidents and records
 Improve cooperative spirit among employees and departments
 Provide opportunity for free discussions on accident problems and preventive measures
 Safety activities should be integral part of operating principals, methods and functions of
operation
 Conduct safety inspections periodically
 Spot out hazardous condition and practices
 Make suggestions for improvement

11. What are the occupational diseases generally encountered by construction workers? Explain in
details about at least two occupational diseases? (8M)
Occupational disease in construction:
 Asbestos still with us ...
 Silica: Reparable Crystalline Silica and Rock Dust”
 Lead: hazards of lead in paints and coatings
 Isocyanides
Diseases resulting from chemical hazards:
 Chemical hazards usually reach people by air. They stem from smoke, fog, vapour and odor.
Chemicals endanger via inhaling or dermal contact (organic solvents and pesticides). Also, liquid-
semi-liquid chemicals (glue, gum, adhesive, asphalt, tar) and powders (cement powder) are
dangerous. Frequent diseases are as follows:
 a. Silicosis: It is a disease caused by inhaling tiny bits of silica and contact. It is seen among
people who blende sand, use rock drilling machines and dig a tunnel.
 b. Asbestosis: It is a lung disease caused by inhaling asbestos fibres. It is often seen among
people who work with asbestos.
 c. Bronchitis: It is common among welders.
 d. Skin allergies: It is widespread among workers and masons working with cement.
 e. Neurological (nervous system) disorders: It is seen among workers and painters who
work with organic solvents and leads.
 f. Lung cancer: It is mostly observed among workers working with asbestos, roofers, workers
of woodwork and welders.
 g. Lead poisoning: It is seen among workers working for bridge repair and painters.
 Therefore, necessary environment measurements should be conducted in the places where
workers are exposed to dust and gases
12. What types of information should be issued to the scaffold contractor at the time of
planning? (8M)

At the start of the planning process, the user should supply relevant information to the scaffold
contractor to ensure an accurate and proper design process is followed. Typically this information
should include:
 site location
 period of time the scaffold is required to be in place
 intended use
 height and length and any critical dimensions which may affect the scaffold
 number of boarded lifts
 maximum working loads to be imposed and maximum number of people using the scaffold
at any one time
 type of access onto the scaffold e.g. staircase, ladder bay, external ladders
 whether there is a requirement for sheeting, netting or brick guards
 any specific requirements or provisions e.g. pedestrian walkway, restriction on tie locations,
inclusion/provision for mechanical handling plant e.g. hoist)
 nature of the ground conditions or supporting structure
 information on the structure/building the scaffold will be erected against together with any
relevant dimensions and drawings
 any restrictions that may affect the erection, alteration or dismantling process
 Prior to installation, the scaffold contractor or scaffold designer can then provide relevant
information about the scaffold. This should include:
 type of scaffold required (tube & fitting or system)
 maximum bay lengths
 maximum lift heights
 platform boarding arrangement (i.e. 5 + 2) and the number of boarded lifts that can be used
at any one time
 safe working load / load class
 maximum leg loads
 maximum tie spacing both horizontal and vertical and tie duty
 details of additional elements such as beamed bridges, fans, loading bays etc., which may be
a standard configuration or specifically designed
 information can be included in relevant drawings if appropriate
 any other information relevant to the design, installation or use of the scaffold
 reference number, date etc. to enable recording, referencing and checking
 All scaffolding must be erected, dismantled and altered in a safe manner. This is achieved by
following the guidance provided by the NASC in document SG4 ‘Preventing falls in scaffolding’ for
tube and fitting scaffolds or by following similar guidance provided by the manufacturers of system
scaffolding.
 For scaffolds that fall outside the scope of a generally recognised standard configuration the
design must be such that safe erection and dismantling techniques can also be employed
throughout the duration of the works. To ensure stability for more complex scaffolds, drawings
should be produced and, where necessary, these may need to be supplemented with specific
instructions.
 Any proposed modification or alteration that takes a scaffold outside the scope of a
generally recognised standard configuration should be designed by a competent person and proven
by calculation.

13. What are the safe access provisions required at workplace? (2M)
SAFE ACCESS
 Where practicable, suitable ladders, work platforms and scaffolds meeting the requirements
of Ladders, Scaffold and Temporary Work Platforms must be provided for and used by a worker for
activities requiring positioning at elevations above a floor or grade.
 There must be suitable access for the safe delivery of equipment and materials to locations
in the workplace where they will be used.

14. Explain with a schematic diagram, what are different ways by which Electric shock occurs?
Write briefly about earthing? (8M)

In electricity supply systems, an earthing system or grounding system is circuitry which connects
parts of the electric circuit with the ground, thus defining the electric potential of the conductors
relative to the Earth's conductive surface. The choice of earthing system can affect the safety and
electromagnetic compatibility of the power supply. In particular, it affects the magnitude and
distribution of short circuit currents through the system, and the effects it creates on equipment
and people in the proximity of the circuit. If a fault within an electrical device connects a live supply
conductor to an exposed conductive surface, anyone touching it while electrically connected to the
earth will complete a circuit back to the earthed supply conductor and receive an electric shock.
Demolition safety check list
Once the demolition has commenced onsite, here are some recommended checks that should be
completed by the demolition contractor and site supervisor and maintained throughout the course
of the job.
Methods of Earthing | Types of Earthing
Earthing can be done in many ways. The various methods employed in earthing (in house wiring or
factory and other connected electrical equipment and machines) are discussed as follows:
1). Plate Earthing:
In plate earthing system, a plate made up of either copper with dimensions 60cm x 60cm x 3.18mm
(i.e. 2ft x 2ft x 1/8 in) or galvanized iron (GI) of dimensions 60cm x 60cm x 6.35 mm (2ft x 2ft x ¼ in)
is buried vertical in the earth (earth pit) which should not be less than 3m (10ft) from the ground
level.
2). Pipe Earthing:
A galvanized steel and a perforated pipe of approved length and diameter is placed vertically in a
wet soil in this kind of system of earthing. It is the most common system of earthing.
3). Rod Earthing
it is the same method as pipe earthing. A copper rod of 12.5mm (1/2 inch) diameter or 16mm
(0.6in) diameter of galvanized steel or hollow section 25mm (1inch) of GI pipe of length above 2.5m
(8.2 ft) are buried upright in the earth manually or with the help of a pneumatic hammer.
4). Earthing through the Waterman
In this method of earthing, the waterman (Galvanized GI) pipes are used for earthing purpose. Make
sure to check the resistance of GI pipes and use earthing clamps to minimize the resistance for
proper earthing connection.
5). Strip or Wire Earthing:
In this method of earthing, strip electrodes of cross-section not less than 25mm x 1.6mm (1in x
0.06in) is buried in a horizontal trenches of a minimum depth of 0.5m.

15. State the types of soils? (2M)

Determination of Soil Type

OSHA categorizes soil and rock deposits into four types, A through D, as follows:
A. Stable Rock is natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain
intact while exposed. It is usually identified by a rock name such as granite or sandstone.
Determining whether a deposit is of this type may be difficult unless it is known whether cracks
exist and whether or not the cracks run into or away from the excavation.
B. Type A Soils are cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tons per square
foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples of Type A cohesive soils are often: claysalty clay, sandy clay,
clay loam and, in some cases, salty clay loam and sandy clay loam. (No soil is Type A if it is fissured,
is subject to vibration of any type, has previously been disturbed, is part of a sloped, layered system
where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of 4 horizontal to 1 vertical (4H:1V) or greater,
or has seeping water.
C. Type B Soils are cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48
kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa). Examples of other Type B soils are: angular gravel; silt; silt loam;
previously disturbed soils unless otherwise classified as Type C; soils that meet the unconfined
compressive strength or cementation requirements of Type A soils but are fissured or subject to
vibration; dry unstable rock; and layered systems sloping into the trench at a slope less than 4H:1V
(only if the material would be classified as a Type B soil).
D. Type C Soils are cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or
less. Other Type C soils include granular soils such as gravel, sand and loamy sand, submerged soil,
soil from which water is freely seeping, and submerged rock that is not stable. Also included in this
classification is material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation or have
a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or greater.
E. Layered Geological Strata. Where soils are configured in layers, i.e., where a layered geologic
structure exists, the soil must be classified on the basis of the soil classification of the weakest soil
layer. Each layer may be classified individually if a more stable layer lies below a less stable layer,
i.e., where a Type C soil rests on top of stable rock.

16. Explain the types of Trench failures? (8M)

A number of stresses and deformations can occur in an open cut or trench. For example, increases
or decreases in moisture content can adversely affect the stability of a trench or excavation. The
following diagrams show some of the more frequently identified causes of trench failure.
A. Tension Cracks. Tension cracks usually form at a horizontal distance of 0.5 to 0.75 times the
depth of the trench, measured from the top of the vertical face of the trench. See the accompanying
drawing for additional details.
Tension Crack :

B. Sliding or sloughing may occur as a result of tension cracks, as illustrated below.

Sliding:
C. Toppling. In addition to sliding, tension cracks can cause toppling. Toppling occurs when the
trench's vertical face shears along the tension crack line and topples into the excavation.
Toppling:

Subsidence and Bulging. An unsupported excavation can create an unbalanced stress in the soil,
which, in turn, causes subsidence at the surface and bulging of the vertical face of the trench. If
uncorrected, this condition can cause face failure and entrapment of workers in the trench.
Subsidence and Bulging:

E. Heaving or Squeezing. Bottom heaving or squeezing is caused by the downward pressure created
by the weight of adjoining soil. This pressure causes a bulge in the bottom of the cut, as illustrated in
the drawing above. Heaving and squeezing can occur even when shoring or shielding has been
properly installed.
Heaving or Squeezing:

F. Boiling is evidenced by an upward water flow into the bottom of the cut. A high water table is one
of the causes of boiling. Boiling produces a "quick" condition in the bottom of the cut, and can occur
even when shoring or trench boxes are used.
Boiling:

G. Unit Weight of Soils refers to the weight of one unit of a particular soil. The weight of soil varies
with type and moisture content. One cubic foot of soil can weigh from 110 pounds to 140 pounds or
more, and one cubic meter (35.3 cubic feet) of soil can weigh more than 3,000 pounds.

17. What is shielding? (2M)

Shield - a structure able to withstand a cave-in and protect employees generally made with wood or
metal.
Example: Trench Box.

18. Write safety measures while handling glass materials? (2M)

Tempered glass is the safest of all types of glass. It’s designed to shatter into small pieces when it
breaks which cuts down on the possibility of serious injury. This doesn’t mean tempered glass is
completely safe, however, and it can still cut and injure quite seriously. You need to remain aware
of the dangers of tempered glass and take adequate safety precautions.
Safety Goggles
Whenever you work with glass, you need to wear safety goggles. If you have an accident and the
glass shatters, your eyes will be protected. It should be a priority to put them on before you do any
work with glass. Wearing goggles is especially important with tempered glass because it shatters
into small piece and these can easily find their way to your eyes unless they’re covered.
Corner Protectors
Tempered glass has many uses and is ideal for applications where issues of safety arise. A perfect
example of this is the use of tempered glass on shower doors. When you’re moving a sheet of
tempered glass, make sure you keep the corner protectors on.
While the glass is strong, the corners are the most vulnerable points and need to be protected as
much as possible. If you don't pay attention to using protectors, there’s a danger of catching the
corner on a snagging point and it will cause the glass to shatter.
Standing the Glass
With tempered glass, you need to be very careful how you stand the glass. Don’t stand a sheet of
tempered glass on cement, tile or metal. This is because the glass can topple over and if it does, the
entire sheet of tempered glass will shatter.
On tile, there’s also a strong chance that the sheet of tempered glass will slip and the results will be
exactly the same. Similarly, if you’re putting in a new tempered glass shower door, you should never
stand the glass in the tub since it’s also very liable to slipping and you’ll possibly end up with a tub
full of broken glass.
Room Temperature
When you’re installing tempered glass, it ideally needs to be at room temperature in order to be
able to work with it and to avoid the possibility of it shattering. To do this, keep the glass in the
house overnight in an area where it can warm up properly.
Safety Gloves
You should always wear safety gloves when you work with tempered glass. Make sure that the
gloves are strong enough to protect your hands in case of breakages. However, the gloves should
also be thin enough so that you can work comfortably and the palms should not be too slippery so
you can maintain a good grip on the glass.
Padding
You should always carry a piece of tempered glass in an upright position in order to keep the best
grip on it. This gives you more control which means there's less chance of dropping it and the glass
breaking. Additionally, when you do set it down, it’s best to do so on some softly padded material
which takes away the danger of the glass shattering as it makes contact with a solid surface.

19. List out the elements in pre work planning? (8M)

PRE-WORK PLANNING:
 A health & safety plan
 An OH&S policy displayed
 An accident report book
 Induction training records
 Workplace inspection records
 Documented safe working procedures or method statements
 Protective clothing & equipment records
 Material safety data sheets (MSDS) available
 Health & safety system manual
 Health and safety representatives appointed including management safety representative
 Contract-specific risk assessment conducted
 Emergency procedures and necessary training records for small worksites or construction
projects, look for the dangers on site (not as a substitute for a full risk assessment) and take the
following preventive actions:
 Ensure that dangerous substances on site are being properly stored and used
 Provide and ensure that all persons on site wear proper personal protection equipment
 Identify ways that a risk can be controlled without using personal protective equipment
(PPE)
 Ensure that workers are using the right and fit PPE for the job.
 Check all plant, machinery and equipment (including PPE) are marked and correctly labeled,
e.g. Safe Working Load
 Fence the site against unauthorized entry
 Take measures to prevent objects from falling from height and to take measures to protect
members of the public (such as persons passing by the site)
 Provide and keep safe egress and access to the place of work, such as access to scaffolding
 Put up appropriate signs including traffic routes, authorized personnel only etc.
 Keep the site tidy, well lit and well laid out
 Provide sufficient welfare and first aid facilities
 Provide adequate fire precautions such as fire extinguishers, escape routes
 Ensure that existing power lines (buried or overhead) are identified and associated safe
 systems of work in place
 Take necessary precautions to ensure that electrical systems are well maintained in a safe
condition
 Ensure that vehicles and people are kept apart, especially slewing vehicles, with traffic
routes
 maintained in a safe condition
 Ensure that vehicle and plant operators are suitably trained or licensed if required
 Ensure that hoists and lifting appliances are properly installed and checked by competent
persons
 Ensure that scaffolds are erected, altered and dismantled by competent people only
 Take measures to stop workers from falling and ensure fall protection
 Minimize and eliminate risk of manual handling by the use of mechanical equipment, or
arrange material to be supplied in manageable sizes and weights to reduce the risk of back injury
 Take all measures to reduce exposure to noise and vibration
 Ensure that holes are protected, with clear marking and fixed covers to prevent falls.
 Ensure that excavations are adequately supported or otherwise constructed to minimize the
risk of collapse and arrange regular inspection by a competent person.

20. List out precautions followed by constructions employers & machinery operators? (8M)

Construction employers and mobile machinery operators should:

 Ensure a risk assessment / Safe System of Work is carried out for the type of hitch in use;
 Ensure workers / members of the public do not come in range of the working radius /
envelope of a mobile machine;
 Ensure mechanical locking pins (where required) are fitted to prevent an uncontrolled
release of the attachment;
 Ensure all operators hold a current CSCS card / trained in use;
 Ensure all operators have received ad equate familiarization training in the specific
machinery they are operating including the hitch systems and attachments;
 Ensure manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for the plant and attachments
are kept in the cab or close by.
 Review operating procedures and standard work instructions to ensure that quick hitch
mechanisms are used correctly and in line with the manufacturer’s recommendations;
 Review maintenance and inspection practices to ensure that quick hitch mechanisms are
maintained in a clean and fully serviceable condition;
 Provide supervision, monitoring and checking to ensure compliance with work procedures
by workers and plant operatives.

Inspection and maintenance

 All mobile plant and machinery should be properly maintained, and in particular, safety
critical parts
 Should be regularly inspected. All employers shall ensure that:
 Basic maintenance / inspection is carried out as required;
 Scheduled preventative maintenance is carried out;
 Statutory Inspections for lifting equipment (where applicable) are completed and
documented.
 Lifting equipment used on a construction site must also be examined weekly by the user as
regards features related to its safe working. A record of these results must be kept in a suitable
form e.g. use of form GA2 – Report of Weekly Inspection, and kept available for inspection for a
minimum of three months from date of examination;
 Maintenance work is appropriately planned and risk assessed. Fitters / mechanics working in
the field are exposed to increased hazards associated with different environments and conditions.
 The list below is an example of some of the areas that may need to be inspected by
operators, fitters/mechanics.

21. List out health safety issues and their preventive measures the glaziers? (8M)

Glaziers can work in a variety of settings. Some of these settings, such as construction sites, may
contain many hazards which glaziers must be aware of.

The main health and safety issues for glaziers include:

 Work at heights, including work on ladders and scaffolds - fall injuries.

 Handling large, awkward, heavy sheets of glass - back and arm injuries.
 Working in awkward positions and standing for long periods of time - back and arm injuries.
 Slips, trips and falls.
 Cuts and lacerations from sharp edges of glass.
 Eye injuries from flying particles when cutting and grinding glass.
 Exposure to dust from cutting, grinding, drilling and polishing of glass.
 Using hand tools and powered hand tools.
 Exposures to solvents in adhesives, sealants and cleaning products.
 Working outdoors in hot or cold weather.
 Working alone.
Preventative measures for a glazier:

 Proper procedures for working at heights on ladders and scaffolds.

 Apply safe lifting techniques.
 Ensure that tools and equipment are in good working order. Use ergonomic friendly tools.
 Know how to use tools and equipment safely.
 Use correct personal protective equipment such as eye protection when cutting and
grinding.
 Use protective gloves and footwear when handling glass sheets.
 Take frequent breaks to avoid fatigue.
 Keep a first-aid kit/box within easy access.
 Learn how to prevent heat stress and cold stress when working in extreme hot and cold
environments.
 Carry a mobile phone or other alternative means to contact with a designated person when
working alone.

22. Write the concept of maximum allowable slopes? (2M)

Maximum allowable slopes for excavations less than 20 ft. (6.09 m) based on soil type and angle to
the horizontal are as follows:

Soil type Height/Depth Slope angle

ratio
Stable Rock Vertical 90°
Type A ¾:1 53°
Type B 1:1 45°
Type C 1½:1 34°
Type A(short- ½:1 63°
term)

23. Prepare a Safety checklist at the time of demolition activity? (8M)

Once the demolition has commenced onsite, here are some recommended checks that should be
completed by the demolition contractor and site supervisor and maintained throughout the course
of the job.
24. What is maintenance and explain its types? (2M)
In this context, maintenance simply means keeping the workplace, its structures, equipment,
machines, furniture and facilities operating safely, while also making sure that their condition does
not decline. Regular maintenance can also prevent their sudden and unexpected failure.
There are two main types of maintenance:
 preventive or proactive maintenance - periodic checks and repairs; and
 Corrective or reactive maintenance - carrying out unforeseen repairs on workplace facilities
or equipment after sudden breakage or failure. This is usually more hazardous than scheduled
maintenance.

25. What is meant by Hazardous Atmosphere? (2M)

Hazardous Atmosphere is an atmosphere that by reason of being explosive, flammable, poisonous,

corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen-deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful may cause death,
illness, or injury to persons exposed to it.

26. List out safe operating procedures (SOP)’s and rules for motor powered trucks? (8M)

Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) & Rules

• Only authorized and trained personnel will operate Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts).

• All Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts) will be equipped with a headache rack, fire extinguisher,
rotating beacon, back-up alarm and seat belts. Seat belts will be worn at all times by the Operator.

• The operator will perform daily pre- and post-trip inspections.

• Any safety defects (such as hydraulic fluid leaks; defective brakes, steering, lights, or horn; and/or
missing fire extinguisher, lights, seat belt, or back-up alarm) will be reported for immediate repair or
have the Powered Industrial Truck (Forklift) taken "Out of Service".

• Operators will follow the proper recharging or refueling safety procedures.

• Loads will be tilted back and carried no more than 6 inches from the ground. Loads that restrict
the operator's vision will be transported backwards.

• Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts) will travel no faster than 5 mph or faster than a normal walk.

• Hard hats will be worn by Powered Industrial Truck (Forklift) Operators in high lift areas. .

• Operator will sound horn and use extreme caution when meeting pedestrians, making turns and
cornering.

• Passengers may not ride on any portion of a Powered Industrial Truck (Forklift). Only the operator
will ride Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts). "NO PASSENGERS" decals will be affixed on all
Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts).

• If a Powered Industrial Truck (Forklift) is used as a man lift, an appropriate man lift platform (cage
with standard rails and toe-boards) will be used.

• Aisle will be maintained free from obstructions, marked and wide enough (six foot minimum) for
vehicle operation.

• Lift capacity will be marked on all Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts). Operator will assure load
does not exceed rated weight limits.

• When un-attended, Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts) will be turned off, forks lowered to the
ground and parking brake applied.

• All Powered Industrial Trucks (Forklifts) (with exception of pallet jacks) will be equipped with a
multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguisher. (Minimum rating; 2A:10B:C)

• Operators are instructed to report all accidents, regardless of fault and severity, to Management.
Management will conduct an accident investigation.

• When loading rail cars and trailers, dock plates will be used. Operators will assure dock plates are
in good condition and will store on edge when not in use.

• Rail cars and trailers will be parked squarely to the loading area and have wheels chocked in place.
Operators will follow established Docking/Un-Docking Procedures.

27. What are the basic safe practices when working with dangerously reactive liquids and
solids? (8M)

Following these basic safe practices will help protect you from the hazards of dangerously reactive
liquids and solids:
 Read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) and labels for all of the materials you work
with.
 Know all of the hazards (fire, explosion, health, corrosion, chemical reactivity) of the
materials you work with.
 Know which of the materials you work with are dangerously reactive.
 Store dangerously reactive materials in suitable, labeled containers (usually their shipping
containers) in a cool, dry area.
 Store, handle and use dangerously reactive materials in well-ventilated areas and away from
incompatible materials.
 Follow the chemical supplier's advice on maximum and minimum temperatures for storage
and use.
 Follow the chemical supplier's advice on checking and maintaining inhibitor and dissolved
oxygen levels where appropriate.
 Eliminate ignition sources (sparks, smoking, flames, hot surfaces) when working with
dangerously reactive materials.
 Handle containers carefully to avoid damaging them or shocking their contents.
 Keep containers closed when not in use.
 Keep only the smallest amount possible (not more than one day's supply) in the work area.
 Dispense dangerously reactive materials carefully into acceptable containers, using
compatible equipment.
 Do not subject dangerously reactive materials to any type of friction or impact.
 Be careful when performing operations such as separations or distillations that concentrate
dangerously reactive materials.
 Practice good housekeeping, personal cleanliness and equipment maintenance.
 Handle and dispose of dangerously reactive wastes safely.
 Wear the proper personal protective equipment for each of the jobs you do.
 Know how to handle emergencies (fires, spills, personal injury) involving the dangerously
reactive materials you work with.
 Follow the health and safety rules that apply to your job.

28. List out points in ore demolition checklist? (8M)

PRE DEMOLITION CHECKS

Site inspection

The demolition contractor must check the site, building or structure, its contents and environment
for likely hazards. These include:

 asbestos-containing materials;
 PCBs and other toxic substances (including lead, pesticides, timber treatment chemicals);
 hazardous and flammable substances;
 electric power lines, cables or transformers;
 gas supply lines;
 fire alarm and riser services, including water, telephone and electrical;
 fire extinguishers and other compressed gas containers;
 biological hazards, including sewage, rotten matter (food waste, for example), bird guano,
fleas, rodent and animal faces, hypodermic needles and other matter that may pose a risk to the
health of employees and others;
 sewerage and storm water supply lines;
 underground tanks, pits, sumps, basements or other voids;
 telecommunications;
 unsafe structural members, including floors, roofs etc.;
 unsafe access routes; and
 traffic conditions.

29. What is meant by scaffold? (2M)

Scaffolding, also called scaffold or staging, is a temporary structure used to support a work crew
and materials to aid in the construction, maintenance and repair of buildings, bridges and all other
manmade structures. Scaffolding is also used in adapted forms for formwork and shoring,
grandstand seating, concert stages, access/viewing towers, exhibition stands, ski ramps, half pipes
and art projects.
There are four main types of scaffolding used worldwide today. These are Tube and Coupler (fitting)
components, prefabricated modular system scaffold components, H-frame / facade modular system
scaffolds, and timber scaffolds.
Each type is made from several components which often include:
 A base jack or plate which is a load bearing base for the scaffold.
 The standard which is the upright component with connector joins.
 The ledger (horizontal brace).
 The transom which is a horizontal cross section load bearing component which holds the
batten, board or decking unit.

30. Write about perimeter fencing? (2M)

The law says you must conduct your business without putting members of the public at risk. This
includes the public and other workers who may be affected by your work.
The project client or co-ordinator should provide information about:
 boundaries
 adjacent land usage
 access; and
 measures to exclude unauthorized persons

This will influence the measures contractors take Key issues are:
 Managing site access
 Hazards causing risk to the public
 Vulnerable groups

31. What are various ways to improving housekeeping at worksite, what is an Example of a
workplace housekeeping checklist for construction sites? (8M)
DO
 Gather up and remove debris to keep the work site orderly.
 Plan for the adequate disposal of scrap, waste and surplus materials.
 Keep the work area and all equipment tidy. Designate areas for waste materials and provide
containers.
 Keep stairways, passageways, ladders, scaffold and gangways free of material, supplies and
obstructions.
 Secure loose or light material that is stored on roofs or on open floors.
 Keep materials at least 2m (5 ft.) from openings, roof edges, excavations or trenches.
 Remove or bend over nails protruding from lumber.
 Keep hoses, power cords, welding leads, etc. from laying in heavily travelled walkways or
areas.
 Ensure structural openings are covered/protected adequately (e.g. sumps, shafts, floor
openings, etc.)
 DO NOT
 Do not permit rubbish to fall freely from any level of the project. Use chutes or other
approved devices to materials.
 Do not throw tools or other materials.
 Do not raise or lower any tool or equipment by its own cable or supply hose.

Flammable/Explosive Materials
 Store flammable or explosive materials such as gasoline, oil and cleaning agents apart from
other materials.
 Keep flammable and explosive materials in proper containers with contents clearly marked.
 Dispose of greasy, oily rags and other flammable materials in approved containers.
 Store full barrels in an upright position.
 Keep gasoline and oil barrels on a barrel rack.
 Store empty barrels separately.
 Post signs prohibiting smoking, open flames and other ignition sources in areas where
flammable and explosive materials are stored or used.
 Store and chain all compressed gas cylinders in an upright position.
 Mark empty cylinders with the letters "mt," and store them separately from full or partially
full cylinders.
 Ventilate all storage areas properly.
 Ensure that all electric fixtures and switches are explosion-proof where flammable materials
are stored.
 Use grounding straps equipped with clamps on containers to prevent static electricity build
up.
 Provide the appropriate fire extinguishers for the materials found on-site. Keep fire
extinguisher stations clear and accessible.

32. List out the heavy equipment used in construction and List out safety rules maintained by
the heavy equipment operators while in operation? (8M)

Types of Heavy Equipment used in constructions

There are several pieces of machinery classified as heavy equipment. Examples of heavy equipment
are:
 Dozers
 Loaders
 Graders
 Excavators
 Scrapers
 Backhoes
 Cranes-Draglines
 Forklifts-Man lifts
 Compactors/Rollers
 Cable Plows
 American Augers
 Mixers
 Heavy Haul Trucks

Safety Rules
The agency should also establish a set of safety rules and expectations for operators when
operating heavy equipment. The following is a partial list of rules and safe work practices that
should be observed by employees. The agency should add to this list to ensure that all aspects of
safety are addressed for heavy equipment operators. Before operating:
1. Provide operator manuals for equipment operators and vehicle maintenance employees to
review
2. Ensure that operators wear appropriate clothing and protective equipment (hearing protection,
work gloves, sturdy work shirt and pants, safety footwear, reflective vests, hard hat, etc.)
3. Establish hand signals (if ground workers are present)
4. Conduct regular vehicle inspections (use a daily sign in/inspection sheet)
5. Make sure equipment has a rollover protective structure (ROPS)
6. Fill tank with fuel when the equipment is cool with the engine off (no smoking)
7. Inspect steps, handrails, pedals, grab irons, and cab floor for debris or defects
During operation:
1. Always wear seatbelts
2. Check controls for proper operation (including backup alarms)
3. Check the work area for obstacles, holes, overhead utility lines, etc.
4. Have the utility service provider identify underground cables and supply lines before digging
5. When working on slopes, operate up and down the face of the slope instead of across the face
6. Never jump off of or onto the equipment (use 3-point contact rule)

33. Prepare safety checklist for erection and dismantling of Scaffold?

Scaffolding Inspection Checklist

SCAFFOLD SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST – Use this list to remind yourself of what to look for in
order to prevent accidents. Check each item as you see them:
BEFORE USING THE SCAFFOLD-
 Has this work location been examined before the start of work operations and have all the
appropriate precautions been taken? (e.g., checking for: overhead objects, falling or tripping
hazards, uneven ground, opening onto a door)
 Will fall protection be required when using this scaffold?
 Has the scaffold been setup according to manufacturer’s instructions?
34. Define Excavation and confined space? (2M)

An Excavation is any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface that is formed
by earth removal. A Trench is a narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface
of the ground. In general, the depth of a trench is greater than its width, and the width (measured
at the bottom) is not greater than 15 ft. (4.6 m). If a form or other structure installed or constructed
in an excavation reduces the distance between the form and the side of the excavation to 15 ft. (4.6
m) or less (measured at the bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a
trench.
Confined Space is a space that, by design and/or configuration, has limited openings for entry and
exit, unfavourable natural ventilation, may contain or produce hazardous substances, and is not
intended for continuous employee occupancy.

35. What are the common demolition nusense factors? (2M)

COMMON DEMOLITION NUSENSE FACTORS
Dust. is one of the most frequent problems caused by any demolition project. New technology has
made it possible for equipment to control fugitive dust more effectively, preventing it from
becoming a nuisance to neighbors and workers. Dust emissions can also be reduced by modifying
demolition methods.

Noise. Noise levels on any construction project can be mitigated by using properly equipped sound
suppression devices on heavy equipment and by scheduling noisy work activities to avoid, or at
least reduce, noise levels during evening hours or special events.

Vibration. Vibration from demolition activities can be annoying to neighbors and, in some cases,
can damage nearby structures. Work methods and scheduling can be effective means of controlling
vibration-related problems.

36. How to use pneumatic tools safely? (2M)

Pneumatic tools safely

 Review the manufacturer's instruction before using a tool.

 Wear safety glasses or goggles, or a face shield (with safety glasses or goggles), and, where
necessary, safety shoes or boots and hearing protection.
 Post warning signs where pneumatic tools are used. Set up screens or shields in areas where
nearby workers may be exposed to flying fragments, chips, dust, and excessive noise.
 Ensure that the compressed air supplied to the tool is clean and dry. Dust, moisture, and
corrosive fumes can damage a tool. An in-line regulator filter and lubricator increases tool life.
 Keep tools clean and lubricated, and maintain them according to the manufacturers'
instructions.
 Use only the attachments that the manufacturer recommends for the tools you are using.
 Be careful to prevent hands, feet, or body from injury in case the machine slips or the tool
breaks.
 Reduce physical fatigue by supporting heavy tools with a counter-balance wherever
possible.

37. List out steps in stair case safety? (2M)

STAIR CASE SAFETY

One of the most important things you can do when ascending or descending stairs is to utilize the
handrail. Holding on to the handrail give you a two points of contact and balance at all times. Here
are some other tips:
 Never run up or down stairs
 Never read papers while using stairs.
 Focus on the stairs, not conversations or other distractions that may be present.
 Always look straight ahead when using stairs.
 Only take one step at a time.
 Get help if you have to carry something up or down stairs.
 Ensure you always have at least 1 hand free when using stairs.
 If the steps are located outside, be extremely careful if it is raining or snowing.

38. Write short notes on suspended scaffold? (2M)

Suspended Scaffolding:
Suspended scaffolding is typically suspended from a roof or other tall construct. It is most
commonly used when it is not possible to construct a base, or where access to upper levels may be
required, and the building of scaffolding from floor to the required level would be impractical.
This type of scaffolding is commonly used by window cleaners on tall buildings, but may also be
seen where repairs are needed to the exterior of upper levels of similarly tall buildings. Supported
scaffolding is usually preferred where possible.

39. Define the hazardous for floor openings? (2M)

Hazardous Atmospheres and Confined Spaces

Employees shall not be permitted to work in hazardous and/or toxic atmospheres. Such
atmospheres include those with:
 Less than 19.5% or more than 23.5% oxygen;
 A combustible gas concentration greater than 20% of the lower flammable limit; and
 Concentrations of hazardous substances that exceed those specified in the Threshold Limit
Values for Airborne Contaminants established by the ACGIH (American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists).

40. List out precautions for floor openings? (2M)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR FLOOR OPENINGS

Falls through skylights and roof and floor openings can cause severe injuries and, in the worst case,
death. According to NIOSH, workers should follow these tips to protect themselves:
 Do not sit on, lean against, or step on a skylight or any covering placed over a hole in a roof
or floor. The material may not support your weight, and you could fall.
 Before leaving a work area, guard or securely cover any hole you created or uncovered. If
you do not, other workers may not notice the hole and fall through.
 Ask your supervisor about the type of safety procedures to follow when covering or guarding
a hole.
 Always use a personal fall arrest system that includes a full-body harness, lanyard,
connectors and appropriate anchorage points when working over an unguarded or uncovered
opening more than 6 feet above a lower level.
 If using a personal fall arrest system, inspect it every day and report any damage or
deficiencies to your supervisor. Tie off only to anchorage points that your supervisor has marked as
safe.
 If you notice any unguarded skylights or roof or floor openings – or other fall hazards in your
workplace – report them to your supervisor immediately.
 Follow safe work practices provided by your employer.
Ask your employer for instructions if you are unclear on how to safely perform your job.

41. List out the fire safety measures as per national building code? (8M)
 Extinguishers
 Small Bore Hose Reels
 Dry Riser Wet Riser
 Down comer
 Yard Hydrant system
 Automatic Sprinkler Installation
 Manual Fire Alarm System
 Automatic Fire Alarm System
 Underground Storage Tank
 Terrace Tank
 Ground level Pumps
 Terrace level pumps

42. List out the safety measures in piling operation? (2M)

Some possible hazards and risks

 Health hazards such as contact with contaminated risings or groundwater and contact with
hazardous materials or dusts.
 Noise, vibration
 Contact with plant or machinery during lifting, slewing and pitching of piling elements. the
movement of piling rigs etc.
 Plant instability caused by gradients, variable ground conditions, and/or inadequate bearing
capacity
 Hazards of buried or overhead services
 Collapse of excavations, nearby structures etc.

Considerations
The stability of the surrounding structures is a prime consideration. The method of piling used may
well be influenced by this.
All underground services should be located and made safe. A careful investigation should be
undertaken to ensure there are no cellars, underground water courses, or ground conditions, which
could lead to hazardous situations.
All workers on the operation should be trained in the particular method statement to be used.
All cranes, lifting appliances and lifting gear must have appropriate test certificates proving periodic
statutory examination and must be adequate for the job in hand.
Such equipment should be placed on a firm level base and /or crane mats used.
Consideration should be given to the risk of damage to lifting gear from sharp edges.
Noise and vibration are particular hazards and all persons associated with the operation should
wear the appropriate protective clothing and equipment such as hard hats, eye and hearing
protection.
Where it is necessary to raise or lower workers by crane such cranes should be fitted with a dead
man's handle and all lowering should be done under power. The workers should be carried in
properly constructed cages which cannot spin or tip.

43. What are the welfare measures for construction workers? (2M)
WELFARE MEASURE FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKERS
 Group Personal Accident Insurance Scheme
 Funeral Assistance
 Natural Death
 Educational Assistance
 For Higher Education
 Marriage Assistance
 Maternity Assistance
 Purchase of Spectacles
 Pension for Construction Workers
 Training
 Crèches
 immediate assistance in case of accident
 Medical expenses for major ailments
 Maternity benefit to female beneficiaries
 Hours of work per day.
 Paid weekly rest day.
 Wages for overtime.
 Drinking water, toilets, first-aid at the work sites.
 Temporary dwellings near work sites

44. What are the important precautions shall be taken during loading and unloading of
petroleum product? (8M)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING TT LOADING / UNLOADING

Following precaution shall be taken due to associated hazards during transfer of Petroleum
products to or from a tank truck.
i) Open source of ignition shall not be allowed in the area where product transfer operations are
carried out.
ii) Vapour space of not less than 5% of its capacity shall be kept in each container and 3% in each
tank truck in respect of petroleum Class A&B products. Similarly minimum 3% vapour space shall be
kept in containers and 2% vapour space in tank trucks in respect of petroleum Class C.
iii) Fire extinguishers shall be placed near the tank trucks during operations in a designated marked
place.
iv) The Double pole master switch shall be put off immediately after parking the truck in position.
No electrical switch on the truck shall be turned "on" or "off" during the transfer operation.
v) The first operation after positioning the truck shall be to provide proper earthling. Earthling shall
be disconnected just before the release of the truck.
vi) Hoses shall be handled with care and inspected periodically as per OISD-STD-135.
vii) No repairs shall be made on the truck while it is in the loading/unloading area.
viii) Personnel shall wear applicable Personal Protective equipment.
ix) Filling/transfer operations should be suspended immediately in the event of -
PROCEDURES FOR OPERATION

A. LOADING OPERATIONS
i) Check for following in a tank truck as per statutory regulations before accepting it for filling:
Provision of PV vent, emergency vent, Master valve and other safety fittings.
back cover without any opening will be considered as fire screen.
f Fire Extinguishers of ISI mark (1 no. X 10 kg DCP and 1 no. 1 kg CO2 /DCP / Approved equivalent
fire extinguisher) available.
ii) Move truck to the loading bay.
iii) Place the truck on loading bay and place wheel chokes at front and rear wheels. Keep the truck in
neutral mode with hand brakes "ON".
iv) Stop the engine and switch off all electrical equipment.
v) All persons should leave the driver's cabin.
vi) Provide earthling connections of the vehicle at specified point to the fixed grounding system.
vii) Start the loading operations.
viii) The quantity loaded into the truck can be assessed by -

B. UNLOADING OPERATIONS
i) Operations described under clause 8.5(a) should be selectively carried out.
ii) Test the connections for leaks
iii) Start the Unloading operations
iv) Before empty release ensure valves are closed/ends are capped.
v) An authorized person of the company shall supervise the transfer operation and respond
immediately in the event of an emergency.

45. What are the hazards in crane operation? (2M)

Crane Hazards:
• Improper load rating
• Excessive speeds
• No hand signals
• Inadequate inspection and maintenance
• Unguarded parts
• Unguarded swing radius
• Working too close to power lines
• Improper exhaust system
• Shattered windows
• No steps/guardrails walkways
• No boom angle indicator
• Not using outriggers

46. State the health effects to painters and List out the prevention measures from hazards?
(8M)
Painters can work at a variety of workplaces, construction sites, homes, etc. and face a constantly
changing set of hazards. The hazards include:
 Working at heights.
 Ladders, platforms and scaffolds.
 Working in confined spaces.
 Risk of eye injury.
 Slips, trips and falls.
 Risk of injury from falling objects.
 Exposure to moulds, fungi and bacteria.
 Exposure to bird and rodent droppings.
 Exposure to paint products, solvents, lead and other toxic substances.
 Proximity to flammable or combustible materials.
 Working in awkward positions, or performing repetitive physical tasks.
 Standing for long periods of time.
 Lifting heavy or awkward objects.
 Exposure to heat and ultraviolet radiation.
 Noise.
 Stress.
 Electrical hazards from working close to live electrical power lines or equipment.
 Shift work or extended work days.
What are some preventive measures for painters?
 Learn correct procedures for working at heights.
 Select the correct ladder for the job.
 Avoid awkward body positions or take frequent breaks.
 Learn safe lifting techniques.
 Know how to prevent injury from electrical hazards. Maintain safe distances from energized
electrical equipment or utility lines.
 Keep tools and equipment, and their safety features, in good working order.
 Wear appropriate personal protective equipment and footwear.
 Keep work areas clear of clutter and equipment.
 Learn safety procedures for working in confined spaces.
 Maintain good ventilation during painting.
 Know how to prevent exposure to bird and rodent droppings.

47. List out air hoses handling steps? (8M)

 Use the proper hose and fittings of the correct diameter.

 Use hoses specifically designed to resist abrasion, cutting, crushing and failure from
continuous flexing.
 Choose air-supply hoses that have a minimum working pressure rating of 1035 kPa (150
psig) or 150% of the maximum pressure produced in the system, whichever is higher.
 Check hoses regularly for cuts, bulges and abrasions. Tag and replace, if defective.
 Blow out the air line before connecting a tool. Hold hose firmly and blow away from yourself
and others.
 Make sure that hose connections fit properly and are equipped with a mechanical means of
securing the connection (e.g., chain, wire, or positive locking device).
 Install quick disconnects of a pressure-release type rather than a disengagement type.
Attach the male end of the connector to the tool, NOT the hose.
 Do not operate the tool at a pressure above the manufacturer's rating.
 Turn off the air pressure to hose when not in use or when changing power tools.
 Do not carry a pneumatic tool by its hose.
 Avoid creating trip hazards caused by hoses laid across walkways or curled underfoot.
 Do not use compressed air to blow debris or to clean dirt from clothes.

48. List out general requirements of stair rails and handrails? (8M)

The following general requirements apply to all stair rails and handrails:
 Stairways having four or more risers, or rising more than 30 inches (76 cm) in height,
whichever is less, must have at least one handrail. A stair rail also must be installed along each
unprotected side or edge. When the top edge of a stair rail system also serves as a handrail, the
height of the top edge must not be more than 37 inches (94 cm) nor less than 36 inches (91.5 cm)
from the upper surface of the stair rail to the surface of the tread.
 Winding or spiral stairways must be equipped with a handrail to prevent using areas where
the tread width is less than 6 inches (15 cm).
 Stair rails installed after March 15, 1991, must not be less than 36 inches (91.5 cm) in height.
 Mid rails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate
structural members must be provided between the top rail and stairway steps of the stair rail
system.
 Mid rails, when used, must be located midway between the top of the stair rail system and
the stairway steps.
 Screens or mesh, when used, must extend from the top rail to the stairway step, and along
the opening between top rail supports.
 Intermediate vertical members, such as balusters, when used, must not be more than 19
inches (48 cm) apart.
 Other intermediate structural members, when used, must be installed so that there are no
openings of more than 19 inches (48 cm) wide.
 Handrails and the top rails of the stair rail systems must be capable of withstanding, without
failure, at least 200 pounds (890 n) of weight applied within 2 inches (5 cm) of the top edge in any
downward or outward direction, at any point along the top edge.
 The height of handrails must not be more than 37 inches (94 cm) nor less than 30 inches (76
cm) from the upper surface of the handrail to the surface of the tread.
 The height of the top edge of a stair rail system used as a handrail must not be more than 37
inches (94 cm) nor less than 36 inches (91.5 cm) from the upper surface of the stair rail system to
the surface of the tread.
 Stair rail systems and handrails must be surfaced to prevent injuries such as punctures or
lacerations and to keep clothing from snagging.
 Handrails must provide an adequate handhold for employees to grasp to prevent falls.
 The ends of stair rail systems and handrails must be constructed to prevent dangerous
projections such as rails protruding beyond the end posts of the system.
 Temporary handrails must have a minimum clearance of 3 inches (8 cm) between the
handrail and walls; stair rails systems, and other objects.
 Unprotected sides and edges of stairway landings must be provided with standard 42-inch
(1.1 m) guardrail systems.

49. What is meant by Demolition? (2M)

Demolition is the tearing-down of buildings and other structures. Demolition contrasts with
deconstruction, which involves taking a building apart while carefully preserving valuable elements
for re-use.
For small buildings, such as houses, that are only two or three stories high, demolition is a rather
simple process. The building is pulled down either manually or mechanically using large hydraulic
equipment.

50. Explain types of Excavations? (8M)

According to Type of Material Excavated

Topsoil excavation is removal of the exposed layer of the earth’s surface, including vegetation.
Since the topsoil, or mantle soil, supports growth of trees and other vegetation, this layer contains
more moisture than that underneath. So that the lower layer will lose moisture and become easier
to handle, it is advantageous to remove the topsoil as soon as possible. When removed, topsoil
usually is stockpiled. Later, it is restored on the site for landscaping or to support growth of
vegetation to control erosion.

Earth excavation is removal of the layer of soil immediately under the topsoil and on top of rock.
Used to construct embankments and foundations, earth usually is easy to move with scrapers or
other types of earthmoving equipment. Rock excavation is removal of a formation that cannot be
excavated without drilling and blasting. Any boulder larger than 1⁄2 yd3 generally is classified as
rock. In contrast, earth is a formation that when plowed and ripped breaks down into small enough
pieces to be easily moved, loaded in hauling units, and readily incorporated into an embankment or
foundation in relatively thin layers. Rock, when deposited in an embankment, is placed in thick
layers, usually exceeding 18 in.

Muck excavation is removal of material that contains an excessive amount of water and
undesirable soil. Its consistency is determined by the percentage of water contained. Because of
lack of stability under load, muck seldom can be used in an embankment. Removal of water can be
accomplished by spreading muck over a large area and letting it dry, by changing soil characteristics,
or by stabilizing muck with some other material, thereby reducing the water content.

Unclassified excavation is removal of any combination of topsoil, earth, rock, and muck.
Contracting agencies frequently use this classification. It means that earthmoving must be done
without regard to the materials encountered. Much excavation is performed on an unclassified
basis because of the difficulty of distinguishing, legally or practically, between earth, muck, and
rock. Unclassified excavation must be carried out to the lines and grades shown on the plans
without regard to percentage of moisture and type of material found between the surface and final
depth.

According to Purpose of Work

Excavation also may be classified in accordance with the purpose of the work, such as stripping,
roadway, drainage, bridge, channel, footing, borrow. In this case, contracting agencies indicate the
nature of the excavation for which materials are to be removed. Excavation designations differ with
agencies and locality. Often, the only reason a certain type of excavation has a particular
designation is local custom.

Stripping usually includes removal of all material between the original surface and the top any
material that is acceptable for permanent embankment.

Roadway excavation is that portion of a highway cut that begins where stripping was completed
and terminates at the line of finished subgrade or bottom of base course. Often, however, stripping
is made part of roadway excavation.

Drainage excavation or structure excavation is removal of material encountered during installation

of drainage structures other than bridges. Those structures are sometimes referred to as minor
drainage structures and include roadway pipe and culverts. A culvert is usually defined as any
structure under a roadway with a clear span less than 20 ft., whereas a bridge is a structure
spanning more than 20 ft. After a pipe or culvert has been installed, backfilling must be done with
acceptable material. This material usually is obtained from some source other than drainage
excavation, which generally is not acceptable or workable. Often, culvert excavation does not
include material beyond a specified distance from the end of a culvert.

Bridge excavation is removal of material encountered in digging for footing and abutments. Often,
bridge excavation is subdivided into wet, dry, and rock excavation. The dividing line between wet
and dry excavation usually is denoted by specification of a ground elevation, above which material
is classified as dry and below which as wet. A different elevation may be specified for each
foundation.

Channel excavation is relocation of a creek or stream, usually because it flows through a right-of
way. A contracting agency will pay for any inlet or outlet ditch needed to route water through a pipe
as channel excavation, to the line where culvert excavation starts.

Footing excavation is the digging of a column or wall foundation for a building. This work usually is
done to as neat a line and grade as possible, so that concrete may be cast without forms. Although
elimination of forms saves money, special equipment and more-than-normal handwork are usually
required for this type of excavation.

Borrow excavation is the work done in obtaining material for embankments or fills from a source
other than required excavation. In most instances, obtaining material behind slope lines is classified
as borrow, although it commonly is considered as getting material from a source off the site. Most
specifications prohibit borrow until all required excavation has been completed or the need for
borrow has been established beyond a reasonable doubt. In some cases, need for a material not
available in required excavation makes borrow necessary. A borrow pit usually has to be cleared of
timber and debris and then stripped of topsoil before desired material can be excavated.
51. What is the purpose of workplace housekeeping? (2M)

Poor housekeeping can be a cause of accidents, such as:

 tripping over loose objects on floors, stairs and platforms
 being hit by falling objects
 slipping on greasy, wet or dirty surfaces
 striking against projecting, poorly stacked items or misplaced material
 cutting, puncturing, or tearing the skin of hands or other parts of the body on projecting
nails, wire or steel strapping
To avoid these hazards, a workplace must "maintain" order throughout a workday. Although this
effort requires a great deal of management and planning, the benefits are many.

52. What is sign board? Explain? (2M)

A signboard is a sign that provides information or instruction using a combination of shape, colour
and symbols but excludes information in writing.
 Red for prohibition
 Yellow for caution
 Green for positive action
 Blue for mandatory actions
 O Discs for prohibitions and instructions
 Δ Triangles for warnings
 □ Squares and rectangles for emergency and information signs.

53. What are excavation hazards? (2M)

EXCAVATION HAZARDS

Cave-ins
Workers can be critically injured or die in cave-ins. Many cave-ins occur on small jobs of short
duration, such as water, gas, electrical and sewer line connections.

More hazards
 falls into trenches or excavations
 tripping over equipment, debris and spoil
 excavated material or other objects falling on workers
 exposure to underground services or overhead electrical cables
 unstable adjacent structures
 mishandled or poorly placed materials
 hazardous atmosphere (noxious gases/lack of oxygen)
 toxic, irritating or flammable and explosive gases
 incidents involving vehicles and other mobile equipment

54. List out the hazards by motor powered tricks? (2M)

Hazards
• Falling loads

• Overloading of equipment
• Impact with equipment

• Piercing of containers

• Loading dock roll off

• Chemical contact - battery acid

• Fires during refuelling